Retour

Explorez tous les épisodes du podcast Marketing Agency Exposed Podcast

Plongez dans la liste complète des épisodes de Marketing Agency Exposed Podcast. Chaque épisode est catalogué accompagné de descriptions détaillées, ce qui facilite la recherche et l'exploration de sujets spécifiques. Suivez tous les épisodes de votre podcast préféré et ne manquez aucun contenu pertinent.

Rows per page:

1–50 of 137

TitreDateDurée
Ep 137: How to LEAD Client Expectations10 Nov 202300:43:34

Navigating the promises and pitfalls of the agency-client relationship. Discover strategies for aligning expectations, establishing boundaries, and crafting clarity around goals, metrics, and shared vision. The key to success? Honest communication, mutual understanding, and a relationship built on trust and partnership.

Summary:

In this week's episode, the guys delve into the nuances of managing client expectations and optimizing the agency-client relationship. Bob kicks things off by highlighting the disconnect that can occur when clients request general awareness and agencies deliver specific metrics. Ken emphasizes that agencies can only control their expertise, not guaranteed outcomes, since external factors also influence results. Brad shares an example where a client disregarded research recommendations, then blamed the agency when their gut instinct didn't pan out. Bob advocates for an immersion day to align on goals and strategy before engagement. Ken argues that clients should view agencies more like employees, carefully vetting values and vision. He notes that in successful past relationships, mutual philosophy and respect were key. Brad stresses empathy for clients' high-stakes position while hiring agencies. Bob recommends using tools like HumanIK to analyze clients' psychological profiles and craft tailored communication. In closing, the guys encourage honest, ongoing dialogue to establish shared expectations and boundaries. Keeping clients' ultimate aims top of mind, whether fame or fortune, can help agencies LEAD expectations by forging trust, partnership and clarity.

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:
  1. Agencies: Guide, Don't Guarantee. Agencies should view themselves as experts and guides, not miracle workers promising guaranteed outcomes. While skilled advisors can absolutely influence results, many external factors also contribute to an agency's impact. Establish reasonable expectations by being upfront about what your expertise can and cannot control. Guide clients to success without overpromising uncontrollable results.

  2. Clients: Seek Shared Values, Not Just Skills. When hiring an agency, look beyond just skills to carefully assess if their values, vision and problem-solving philosophy align with yours, as you would with a new employee. Shared principles and mutual respect create the foundation for successful relationships, not just temporary wins. Avoid viewing agencies as interchangeable vendors to be swapped out. Seek out an agency that is a true fit.

  3. Both: Define Success in Their Language. Switchtracking wastes time and fractures trust. Make sure you're speaking the same language when defining goals and metrics for success. Agencies: Interpret marketing-speak into practical business aims clients care about. Clients: Articulate your ultimate definitions of victory. Laser focus on shared communication pays dividends.

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes: About The Guys:

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from 2000-2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob:

 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

 

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken:

Show Highlights:

[1:42] Brad introduces the topic of managing client expectations around results when working with agencies.

[3:18] Ken discusses how agencies can only control their expertise, not guarantee outcomes.

[5:39] Brad shares an example where a client disregarded research recommendations, then blamed the agency when it didn't work.

[8:20] Ken argues clients should view agencies like employees, carefully vetting values and vision.

[11:37] Brad stresses empathy for clients' high-stakes position while hiring agencies.

[17:47] Brad highlights the difference between what clients say and what they actually want.

[22:11] Ken emphasizes the importance of mutual philosophy and respect in successful agency-client relationships.

[28:55] Bob advocates for defining perfect customer criteria to evaluate fit.

[32:13] Brad discusses the high-risk stakes for clients hiring agencies.

[33:40] Ken compares hiring an agency to hiring an employee.

[38:38] Bob recommends using HumanIK to analyze clients' communication styles.

[41:16] Brad suggests identifying red flags early to navigate new client relationships.

[42:36] Bob reminds listeners to like, subscribe and check out the new 3-camera format on YouTube.

Ep 136: How to Invest Your Time and Money Like a Boss20 Oct 202300:45:07

Learn how to get the highest returns on your time and money investments. The guys provide actionable tips on becoming a "time multiplier," maximizing conference experiences, starting a podcast, and aligning your efforts with principles that create exponential growth. Discover how to build assets that compound over time.

Summary:

In this episode, the guys discuss strategies for investing time and money wisely to achieve optimal returns. They talk about the concept of becoming a "time multiplier" by investing time upfront into tasks that eliminate repetitive work and create compounding returns. For example, spending time to automate processes saves ongoing effort in the future. They emphasize the importance of focusing on high-impact activities versus low-value repetitive tasks. Regarding conferences, the guys debate their value, with mixed opinions. Conferences can offer opportunities to connect and gain insights, but often lack real ROI. More curated events like TED provide better educational experiences. Interactive workshops and pre-recorded talks can also enhance conferences. Ultimately, investing in a mastermind group or coach provides higher returns than conferences for many. Starting a podcast is highlighted as a worthwhile investment; it enables access to high-profile individuals and provides a platform to share valuable insights. The guys stress the power of aligning efforts with universal success principles that compound over time, whether in business or personal contexts. Rather than scarcity, adopting an abundance mindset is key. Overall, the episode provides pragmatic tips for becoming a wise steward of time and money, creating assets that continue to pay dividends into the future.

Top 3 Curtain Pulls from this episode:
  1. Become a time multiplier. Dramatically increase your productivity by identifying tasks that eliminate repetitive work. Invest time upfront into efforts that create exponential returns in the future. Automating processes is a simple example that saves huge amounts of time long-term. Become a wise steward of your most precious asset.

  2. Conferences have mixed value. Conferences offer networking but often lack real ROI compared to other investments like masterminds or coaches. Look for events with genuine educational experiences like TED. Interactive workshops and pre-recorded talks can also enhance conferences.

  3. Adopt abundance and success principles. Shift to an abundance mindset regarding time and money. Align efforts with universal success principles that compound over time. Start a podcast to share your own insights. Keep learning and growing through the ups and downs.

  About The Guys: 

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

 

Show Highlights:

[5:08] Ken talks about the importance of good times and bad times in life and business for growth.

[7:09] Bob asks the guys about their thoughts and predictions for 2023 and changes they'll make in their businesses.

[7:34] Brad discusses focusing on new business development, evaluating their services, and figuring out how to better serve current clients in the new year.

[11:52] Ken emphasizes the importance of profit and the misconception that high profit is greedy or selfish.

[18:27] Bob discusses changing mindsets and beliefs around profit.

[20:30] Brad applies the adage "shoot for the stars, land on the moon" to goal setting.

[22:22] Ken suggests questions agencies should ask themselves to prompt mindset shifts.

[25:54] Bob talks about becoming a "time multiplier" and investing time to get exponential returns.

[28:50] Brad compares the concept of a time multiplier to compound interest.

[31:13] Brad emphasizes the importance of setting measurable goals and targets.

[33:23] Ken introduces his new show "Growth Time" and the topics and episodes he's covered.

[38:59] Brad asks about the frequency of Ken's podcast and how often guests appear.

[40:49] Ken commits to releasing a book by the end of 2023 based on his podcast.

Ep 126: How to use AI in your agency to save you time31 Mar 202300:42:27

Subtitle:

When most people think about AI, they think of the dangerous robots or technology from movies that destroy the human race. Though AI does have the potential to be dangerous, it also has a lot of potential to assist businesses by creating content, cleaning up writing, and helping with research. Today, the guys dive into the practical uses and dangers of Chat GPT and AI. They also talk about communication, misinformation, human nuance, Wall-E, and more on this week’s episode.

 

Summary:

In this week’s episode, Bob, Ken, and Brad engage in a discussion about Chat GPT and AI. Bob starts by asking how the guys use AI practically in their agency and business. Bob also explains that machine learning is the precursor to AI and has been around since the 1960s. He defines AI as generative, meaning it takes a prompt and tries to match and complete the thought as accurately as possible. The group then delves into the importance of words and communication in human relationships. They consider if it is the words alone, the context of the words, or the embodiment behind the words that matter most. Bob highlights the complexity of communication and how AI may struggle to understand the nuances of human language and relationships. Brad shares his experience exploring and using Chat GPT. He tests its capabilities and tries to find ways to use it to save time and create authentic content. He also discusses the amount of information that Chat GPT can retain as context, which affects its ability to generate accurate responses. Ken brings up the importance of using technology and AI wisely, leveraging time and avoiding the dangers of atrophy. He warns about relying too heavily on AI and losing valuable skills, such as writing. Brad agrees and highlights how Chat GPT has helped him save time and create content. Ken then asks Brad if he has used Chat GPT for research purposes. Brad discusses the extensive knowledge that Chat GPT has and also raises concerns about the dangers of AI creating and publishing false information. He emphasizes the importance of fact-checking and ensuring the accuracy of the information generated by AI. Brad highlights that the value of writing is not the writing itself, but the concepts behind it. Bob elaborates on the idea that AI does not have the same understanding of nuances as humans do, which could lead to misinformation. He explains that AI is only trying to give what it thinks the user wants, but has no incentive to provide what is true and accurate. Bob raises the concern about the potential for the best AI to become a tool solely for wealthy individuals and businesses. He warns about the unequal distribution of technology and the consequences of a small group having access to such powerful tools. Finally, Ken wraps up the discussion with a warning about the need for discipline in balancing technology and human skills. He emphasizes the importance of finding a balance between using technology and preserving valuable skills, such as critical thinking and writing. He stresses that there is no self-discipline in technology, and it is up to us to exercise discipline in its use.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  1. AI has the potential to increase your comfort or leverage; choose wisely. AI can revolutionize the way we live and work, offering new levels of comfort and efficiency. Whether you're looking to streamline your daily tasks, automate repetitive processes, or gain insights from large data sets, AI has the potential to increase your comfort and leverage in many ways. However, the danger of atrophy remains so it is vital to examine the motives behind using AI. “There's two ways you can use technology and AI. One way is to increase comfort, and the other way is to increase leverage.”

  2. AI is a tool, not a human. AI is a useful tool but lacks the emotions, empathy, and understanding of human relationships that are essential to many aspects of our lives. By recognizing the limitations of AI and balancing its use with human skills, we can unlock its full potential and use it to enhance our lives and work. “There's no self discipline to balance technology with not technology. We have to exercise a lot of human discipline with these things, because they're really powerful.” 

  3. The dangers of AI are very real.The dangers of AI are real and can't be ignored. It lacks human nuance and context, leading to misinterpretation and false information. Misinformation spread by AI can have serious impacts, so it's important to use AI transparently, accurately, and responsibly to avoid these dangers and ensure its benefits to society. “It's just trying to give you what it thinks you want, but it has no incentive to give you what is true and what is accurate.”




For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:42] Bob begins a discussion about this episode’s topic, Chat GPT and AI. 

[1:35] Ken asks the guys how they use AI practically for agency and business.

[3:14] Bob talks about how machine learning is the prequel to AI, and AI has been around since the 60s. He says that AI is, “what we call generative. It's taking a prompt and it's actually trying to match that prompt and finish that thought and make it as accurate as possible.”

[5:45] Bob dives deep and asks, “what's the importance of words and communications in how we relate to other human beings? Is it the words alone? Is it the context of the words? Or is it the actual embodiment of someone behind those words?” 

[10:00] Brad talks about some of the practical ways he’s been exploring and using Chat GPT. “I'm just testing it out, I'm trying to figure out how this thing can help me. What type of processes can I throw at it that it would give me the results I'm looking for? how much information could it retain, that it can use as context?”

[13:48] Ken talks about the importance of leveraging your time wisely and how to use technology and AI to either increase comfort or leverage; he also discusses the dangers of atrophy. “If you just asked it to write everything for you, eventually you'd lose the ability to write.”

[15:39] Brad talks about other ways he’s been using Chat GPT and how it has helped him save time and create authentic content. 

[18:29] Ken asks, “Have you used it for anything on the research side of things?”

[18:33] Brad discusses the extensive knowledge that Chat GPT has and also launches a discussion about the dangers of AI creating and publishing false information. 

[21:25] Brad says that, “The value of writing is not the writing. It's the concepts.”

[23:57] Bob elaborates on the idea that AI doesn’t have the same understanding of nuances as humans do and how this could lead to misinformation and its various dangers. “It's just trying to give you what it thinks you want, but it has no incentive to give you what is true and what is accurate”

[33:49] Bob talks about the potential for the best AI to become a tool solely for wealthy individuals and businesses. 

[36:18] Ken wraps up with a warning, “There's no self discipline to balance technology with not technology. We have to exercise a lot of human discipline with these things, because they're really powerful.”

 

Ep 37: What’s Your Agency Content Strategy? How do you produce great content that produces results?09 Sep 202000:53:38

Summary:

Understanding the importance of great content creation is the first step in moving towards a killer content strategy- everyone knows they should be doing it, but prioritizing content creation over client work isn’t always the most appealing prospect. In today’s episode, we dive into the DEEP value in creating your own content and how the process has worked for us in our own agencies. 

 

Top 3  Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. If the content you’re creating isn’t genuine and true to who you are as a business, people will pick up on that. Stay true to your message and brand- don’t put out content just to get it out the door. 
  2. Writing a book is a great initiative- promoting that in different places is a powerful way to connect your name with your industry. 
  3. Great content is a long play. While your lead counts may not go up right away as a result, the QUALITY should shift over time. Focus on your industry specialty, creating great content that speaks to those pain points withe unique perspective, and the clients will find YOU!

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[3:24] Brad talks about the challenge of beginning the process of content creation for yourself, reflecting on the idea that it’s not selfish to do so but actually an important investment! “We need to be our #1 client… and it’s really difficult to get employees on board with that.” 

  • He shares the struggle of perfectionism, wanting to get everything 100% perfect when in reality 85% is great. 

[4:55] Ken talks about how difficult it is to get your voice heard amongst the other screaming voices in the industry.

[7:18] Ken says that creating a strong voice for yourself that is based on being a thought leader in the industry is the philosophy for Metacake.

[7:26] Bob: “I know for me,one of the things that was really successful was Itried to blog and write a lot and try to position myself as somebody who knew what theywere talking about. In that field.”

[9:25] Bob speaks about how agencies should think of themselves more as a media company that just marketing and/or advertising. 

  •  One simple way to start: Write a book! Being able to say you’ve authored a book about the subject matter you’re speaking about automatically adds legitimacy to your “thought leader” role. 

[14:05] Brad asks Bob to talk about content writing, as it’s something Bob has been a strong advocate for for a long time. 

[15:00] Bob responds: “Over time, if you see content writing as part of your longterm strategy, there is power in that. You can google the name of my agency and stuff I wrote 10 or 15 years ago still pops up.”

  • Think of yourself as an agency “on the offensive” and play from an offensive perspective-  creating more content with your name on it means you’re first to come up in Google listings. 

[19:00] Ken talks about what truly good content is and how much investment of time and energy it really takes. Properly writing about new ideas or strategies takes a lot of time and intentionality.

[23:00] Brad: When you’re writing, look at the news of the day and write about it from the perspective of your own industry and how it relates. 

[25:26] Brad: Consistency is key- the biggest influencers and content creators in the world didn’t happen into their success, they showed up every day and put the work in. Be consistent in your content creation and the results will come over time. 

[27:47] Ken speaks on finding your unique point of view and passion for that perspective. 

  • “In my opinion, you should not write for search engines. Write for people, find your passion, and then you get the best of both worlds… you want to help align them with the services that you offer.” 

[36:00] Ken continues to speak on client who are hungry for a specific type of agency relationship- “there is an appetite for good educational content that people could do to help sell themselves or their business” and so Metacake serves to fill that need. 

  • “You have to balance short term activities that drive revenue with longterm activities that will build recognition and benefit your business in 5, 10, 15 years.” 

[39:11] Brad asks Ken about how he gets Metacake behind his content strategy as a team. 

[40:09] Ken: “I think being genuine is really important because… if you’re not genuine and it’s really contrived, you do it just to put a content strategy out… that’s not true to who you are. I think people will feel that hypocrisy and I imagine it will be harder to to get behind longterm, but the truth is a big part of our heart is what we believe our purpose is as a business.”

[41:00] Ken responds: “I believe a product that all agencies sell information and experience… you might deliver that by creating a website, or you might deliver that by writing a book, but you’re still brokering information and experience.”

  • “I’ve tried to intentionally instill that in our team and discuss it… being genuine about what we’re doing has helped create a sort of mantra in the office, and our team is excited about it now… educating our world with how to create a better business using e-commerce. We get to teach people about having a healthy business… and even if you’re an executive at the top direct consumer company in the world, you can still laugh. And so we don’t want to be a talking head, but we want to have a personality that’s true to us and also a little bit fun.”
  • He talks about how Metacake has used humor and silliness in YouTube content to get people’s attention and help establish a personality for Metacake through this process. Sometimes those efforts don’t quite hit the mark, but they’re fun and informative!

[48:00] Brad talks about the importance of deciding where to spend your money wisely- the process of trying something new can pay off massively in learning for your team. 

  • Brad’s agency Anthem hosted lunch and learn session for local businesses a few years back- and they became a much more recognized company as a result. Ken shares that although they may not have gotten immediate ROI for these events, they reaped rewards in other ways.

[48:21] Ken “I have a theory that most of the reason why people don’t put effort into content strategy is they don’t know where to start- what to talk about, what their personality and style are going to be. And so put time into that- that’ll prove returns but also, just DO IT.” 

[51:42] Bob speaks on the next episode, and how The Guys will dive into maximizing content and some of the tools that are used to make this happen. “We’ve convinced you to focus on this content creation, but now we need to know where to start.” 

 

Ep 36: Surviving Crisis and Coming Out Stronger with Guest Chris Brewer of OMG Commerce02 Sep 202000:56:02

Summary:

In today’s episode, we talk with Chris Brewer about the challenges his agency has faced since March of 2020. Chris breaks down the steps he and his team took to gain stable financial footing early on, the way that their team culture and mindset has impacted their client relationships throughout the pandemic, and the value that comes from creating loyalty with your team and clients in hard times.

 

Top 3  Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Don’t do business with jerks! Bring clients (and team members) on board that you know are aligned with your philosophies- this is for the benefit of your team as well as the quality of work that you’re putting out. 
  2. Transparency with your team will only help to build up confidence in your decision making- this builds a team culture that will support you even in the worst crisis. 
  3. Embracing a hybrid model of working from home/ from the office/ remotely will empower your team- you may even see productivity increase!

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:



About Our Guest: 

Chris Brewer is the co-founder of OMG Commerce. He is a 10 year Agency veteran out of St Louis with experience building 7-figure businesses. OMG Commerce has the honor of being a Premier Google Partner- something that only 3% of Google Partner businesses attain. OMG delivers online/offline marketing expertise, advice, and education to ecommerce businesses and brands worldwide.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[4:09] Ken introduces Chris Brewer, founder of OMG Commerce. “His company has risen to a level that less than 3% of all Google Partner Agencies worldwide attain- the rank of premier partner… this company delivers online/offline marketing expertise, advise, and education to ecommerce businesses and brands worldwide. Chris has a history of building 7-figure businesses. In addition to the incredible growth and success with OMG, his entrepreneurial accomplishments have included an outdoor advertising firm and a publishing company.” 

[4:58] Bob asks Chris about how Covid-19 has impacted their business. “Has it really brought a whole new level of business for you?”
[5:15] Chris responds that the first couple weeks of March were scary and unstable, and leads just stopped coming in. They applied for PPE loans out of a sense of urgency and then wound up having to hire more individuals for the team. He talks about having survivors guilt once the pandemic is over, as he’s aware that it’s been devastating for many. 

[6:17] Bob asks who Chris’ typical client is. 

[6:23] Chris responds: For Amazon clients, having at least a million in annual revenue is necessary- for the Google clients they must be spending at least 5K a month over the last 90 days. 

  • He talks about limiting the number of new clients they take on, so as to keep their employees afloat and not overworked and also to keep their quality of work high. 
  • They don’t do business with people who are jerks- people who are not in it for the long-term and those who treat people in a disrespectful way. 

[7:42] Bob asks how they filter those people.

[7:48] Chris responds that he collaborates with his business partner and they both call attention to potential red flags for themselves. 

  • They want to work with brands who have past success, who are willing to take chances and come into the relationship with an education about how things work. Taking on a smaller/newer company means more guidance, more room for scope creep and more room for error- often they send smaller leads or leads that wouldn’t usually be a great fit to other Google Agencies, purely because it would be better in the long run for the client. 
  • If you know a client has a lot of learning curves and that your costs would be unfair to them, don’t take them on as clients! Refer them to other agencies with costs that suit their needs more appropriately. 

[12:30] Ken asks what Coroniavirus looked like for OMG commerce- layoffs, shakeups? 

[12:54] Chris talks about his 10 years of experience in the business, the punches he’s already taken and recovered from over the years and how the fear that Covid brought was nothing like any of those past experiences. 

  • He shares that his wife actually asked him what his plan was before anyone else- and he eventually called attention to the virus with his business partners so they could begin planning for the possibility of a global pandemic. 
  • They had a nice sum in money market accounts that they quickly pulled out- several months worth of operations gave some comfort. 
  • Their team has always had a 100% clear view of their finances, every month employees get a review of their numbers. So they shared all this with their employees, there was 100% transparency. 

[19:30] Chris shares that they wound up being profitable at the end of Q2, which was surprising. Their bonus structure program was based on quarterly numbers, and they made the decision to go ahead and hand out those bonuses at the height of the pandemic. They made that decision and it blew their employees away- which has in turn strengthened their culture and work ethic and grown the business in more ways than just financially. 

[23:00] Ken talks about how great that decision was- stressing that it creates a loyalty that is incredibly valuable on the team side. 

  • Metacake takes a Dave Ramsey approach to savings- they try to have a years worth of operations costs saved up for emergencies. 

[23:36] Chris: “It took a pandemic for us to realize that if we’re doing the right things for our clients (and employees) as an agency, it would have to be very dark times in the US for us to lose enough clients to put us out of business.” 

[25:09] Bob asks about how Chris communicated with his team during this early Covid phase. 

[25:23] Chris responds: There were a lot of discussions about what people were and weren’t comfortable with. They kept a skeleton crew of people at the office for as long as they could, but as soon as someone asked if they could work from home, they let everyone know that it was an option. Allowing people the option to feel safe, heard, and cared for resulted in more productivity and actual growth for the company overall. 

[30:00] Ken asks Chris about the necessity of working in an office at all anymore- will they ever go to a full remote model? 

  • Chris says that a hybrid model is what they’ll lean into- they’ve realized that their workers can be trusted to work and get things done, even from home. 

[33:00] Ken shares that a hybrid working model is better suited for the reality of life and how humans function- the freedom of blending home life with work life helps to create a healthy balance that results in more productivity and happier individuals. 

[35:00] The Guys chat with Chris about how well this hybrid model has worked for them so far. They speak on the empathy that has been extended in many directions, as we are seeing one another through a more human lens. Not necessarily informality, but a more realistic look at how we all function in our lives. Just being on video calls has made this more applicable than ever. 

[40:00] Ken asks Chris about OMG differentiates themselves in an oversaturated market. 

[41:45] Chris says that by shining a light on your team and your culture, you can create a name for yourself, a reputation that spreads in a positive way about what you’re doing. 

  • OMG stands for Online Marketing Giant- at the time they were considered a local agency but wanted to aim higher and bigger, because his partner saw where ecommerce was going. 
  • They position themselves to be “experts” in their industry, and do an incredible job of getting themselves in the spotlight on popular platforms in that way- Shopify for example.
  • They create content that educates and positions them in that knowledge leadership position as well. 

[46:32] Chris: “I would say to other agencies- if you’ve got a great blog or you have a certain skillset that you can turn into a guide, just get it done, find someone to get that done for you…” Start with someone who’s willing to publish your content- SEO it and put legs underneath it!

[47:30] Bob asks Chris about his plans for the future. 

[47:37] Chris: They’re looking into ways to go full service on Amazon, as they’ve had a couple clients who left out of necessity. 

  • Message for smaller agencies: “Be patient. We’ve been at this 10 years and we’re just now getting the levels that we kind of dreamed of seven years ago… if you try to push the envelope or try to skip steps to building a culture, building your processes… you’re never gonna make it.” 

[53:07] Bob thanks Chris for his transparency and honesty, saying that it’s encouraging as an agency owner to hear others that are further along talk about their experience and the hard lessons they’ve learned. 

[55:00] Ken asks Chris where we can find him online- social plugs! Fun fact: If you live chat OMG Commerce, Chris is likely the one that will respond to you! You can also find him on Twitter, Instagram, etc. Check him out!

Ep 35: Employees vs Contractors - What’s the Ideal Team Makeup?26 Aug 202000:57:55

Summary:

In today’s episode, we’re breaking down the “image” of a giant advertising office with a giant team vs the reality. We hit on the pain points of proving yourself to new clients, managing dynamic work preferences in a changing work landscape, and the deep, long-lasting benefits of a blended team with varied levels of experience. How do you determine which roles require a full-time employee versus an independent contractor? How much access should those contractors have to your clients directly, if any? What are the pros and cons of each? We’re diving into all this and more!

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. When hiring, think about the future and the company you want to be. Being forward-thinking with your hiring strategy is key. 
  2. Regardless of how much work is being done by a contractor, make sure they are part of your team and sold on your way of doing things and your company culture. 
  3. Work smarter. Having a blended team of full-time employees, freelancers, and contracts with other agencies or individuals with awesome skillsets should be the goal.

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[2:38] Bob introduces our topic- contractors, team composition, and how you communicate with the outside world about that. 

[3:21] Ken says that although there is an image of a large office with a ton of employees, in reality “there’s always a blend of staff and that’s usually a good thing.”

  • “How does it better serve the client and yourself to blend the team?”

[4:16] Brad shares his experience with a team of developers in Romania that he has a strong business relationship with. It began 10 years ago and has only grown stronger since then. Technically they would be considered freelancers but the relationship is so strong, that team feels like an extension of his team here in the States. 

[7:18] Bob asks what is the main reason for maintaining that relationship over the years, when certainly there have been opportunities to bring it closer. Is it availability, skillsets, etc?

[7:26] Brad says it used to be cost, but that has definitely gone up over time. “We’ve had to adjust a lot of their fees and stuff for us, right now I wouldn’t say they’re super competitive to the US… but they know so much information, especially clients that we’ve dealt with for years… there’s a value in that.” 

  • He speaks to the positives of waking up and seeing work that has been done overnight- purely because of the time difference. “We haven’t felt the need to hire for any of that internally.” 

[9:25] Bob asks Ken about outsourcing.

[9:28] Ken says that the general rule of thumb for him is that if it’s a core business need, then you really want someone internal, or full time… “especially in niche specialities, which is a lot of what we do.”

  • “When you hire, you hire for the future and you gotta hire looking forward… how do I build a team for the company that I want to be?” 

[11:40] Ken continues: Not only is it important to be forward-thinking in this way for your own business, but it is tremendously helpful to express this to your clients as well. 

  • Oftentimes, agencies find themselves as the outsourced employee, a larger agency hires them to do something for a client, etc. There has been a stigma attached to that- with clients asking “Why can’t x agency get it done themselves? Are they trying to pull the wool over our eyes?” 

[14:05] Brad shares that a recent client expressed worry about this and asked if a project would be done by his agency or if it would be outsourced- they have had bad experiences in the past in this way. 

[15:00] Brad and Ken talk about how it really shouldn’t make a difference who’s doing the work, so long as the client experience is stable and seamless. For example, if they’ve worked with a specific person to establish the projects scope, etc and then are moved to work with a totally different team for execution, the switch can be jolting and not always a seamless experience. 

  • What makes a difference is the integration of those contractors into your team. If they are separate entities completely, how can the client rely on them to be as invested in the project as you are?

[16:51] Ken mentions that the argument could be said for the other side as well, that because contractors are solely responsible for their own business, and compared to an employee that gets paid either way they may invest more in the project and do a better job. 

  • The point is, it comes down to the relationship with your people. 
  • “Do you have a deep relationship with people working for you, with you, on your team?” If they’re integrated, and deeply invested in the relationship, it really doesn’t matter how they get paid. 

[18:31] Brad says that even those employees that don’t work directly with the main team should get an invite to team events and functions. 

[22:13] Bob speaks about companies like Fivver and Upwork being available to help create entire agencies of freelancers. While this may be a quick, somewhat easy and direct way to get employees quickly, attempting to build a lasting company on this strategy is questionable.

[22:19] Ken adds that this is definitely not a winning strategy.

[22:52] Brad says there is a difference between a contractor that is doing a specific, niche part of a project and will never have face-to-face interaction with the client- versus someone who’s a contractor that has face time with the client and needs to be fully bought into your company culture. 

  • If you are hiring a contractor only for a season, but they do have face time with the client, be sure to make it clear to the client what that relationship is so that down the line they don’t feel misled when those same individuals aren’t their primary point of contact. 

[24:46] Ken switches gears to the dynamics of agencies hiring and working closely with other agencies. Do you keep them behind the scenes or bring them into the picture with the client? How do you communicate that relationship? 

[25:46] Brad speaks on how Anthem does this. Typically the partner agency doesn’t lead on strategy. He always makes sure the partner agency comes in with a very defined, strong statement of work and a detailed list of deliverables so the client can see everything very clearly. This helps to prevent scope creep, which tends to be worse as more hands reach into the project. 

  • This can be challenging, because you have to renegotiate a few times and redo things.

[27:47] Ken speaks on Metacake’s experience of being hired as an Ecommerce specialist. Typically MC leads strategy on this front, bringing in smaller sub contractors for more niche parts of the larger project.

[31:27] Bob asks for platforms that have helped with finding contractors. He mentions a private Slack group for Nashville- NashDev.

  • Speaks to his experience hiring an animator through Fivver. “I was really impressed with the quality that they gave us for the cost. It was unbelievable… we wrote this, the creative and the script, but the production was awesome, and there’s no way I could ever compete with that.” 

[33:56] Brad speaks to the level of healthy competition that those platforms create. Quality of work, speed, cost, etc are all wound into the platform algorithm and help to produce high quality candidates with varied skillsets at competitive prices. 

[36:00] Ken talks about how access to these high-quality creatives allow for more risk taking and new opportunities in projects. The cost is cheaper, the track record and portfolio is right there for you, so why not ask them to try out this project and see where it takes us? 

[39:11] Bob speaks on the quality of people available on UpWork specifically, and how the algorithm seems to have worked out the nuances of how to promote and reward competition between qualified freelancers. 

  • The only people that can rate on UpWork are those who have paid someone to do actual work, so there is no room for faking reviews or ratings. 

[41:10] Ken talks about how Metacake uses freelancers from UpWork for smaller animation projects, with the lead designer doing all the art direction and giving feedback. This frees up so much time for other less specialized projects. 

[44:46] Bob: “The value that we bring as agencies to our clients- what we’re really good at- is the strategy, our knowledge, our background. And that always has to guide the freelancers, and that has to kind of govern where we go…”

  • He mentions that the way Agency owners talk about freelancers might be the way that our clients talk about us as agencies, so this is a great opportunity to look in the mirror and do some self-reflecting. 

[47:47] Ken talks about finding the balance of when it’s appropriate to use a freelancers versus when bringing someone in-house may be more beneficial.

[50:50] Brad talks about how important it is to integrate those who will have direct contact with your employees- freelancers who come in for projects often should feel a part of the team and well-integrated when they come in on a project. 

[53:00] Brad continues “What I found is really valuable for me, the best freelancers are the ones where when I bring them in, there’s a passion for the client and there’s a passion for the end result that is hard to find and that is worth more than anything.” 

  • Freelancers who bring in the busy-ness of their other clients or relationships are never fun to work with or great to rely on. 

[55:41] Ken clarifies: “Full time means I have access full time” and it’s important to define those parameters with your internal as well as external team members. 

Ep 34: How do you create a great company culture? With guest Taylor Watt19 Aug 202000:52:09

Summary:

Last episode we got to hear our guest, Taylor Watt, discuss her experiences working for various agencies. They have ranged from horrible to great. Today we’re talking about what we can practically do (and what we have done) to create a genuinely great company culture. Different personality types and management styles have to be taken into account along the way. Our guest Taylor Watt shares practical tips from firsthand experience that have created a more balanced work/life relationship for her. We’re discussing how personality impacts performance under pressure, how to strengthen working relationships amidst a changing industry landscape, and what it means to have “work hours” and “non-work hours” when everyone is working from home. Keeping spirits and motivations high when everyone is separated is a tricky balancing act- so today we’re bringing some practical advice for agency and business owners alike. 

 

Top 4 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Contrary to the social media accounts of every business, “culture” is not one size fits all. It’s not standing desks, snack bars, and company relay races. True culture takes into account the personality of your team and the pedigree that you want to create within your organization. Having healthy, balanced, and committed humans is the only way to success, so you must define that and move with intention towards it.
  2. As a leader, you MUST be healthy and have emotional intelligence - this is not an option. When giving feedback, keeping someone’s personality type in mind can be the difference between motivating a positive end result and leaving them frozen in inaction. 
  3. “Businesses run by processes, and people run the processes.” So in taking care of your employees, creating systems and processes for them to follow, you are setting the business up for success in the long-term. 
  4. Having solid, reliable systems and processes internally and within client projects is extremely important. From a completely practical standpoint, establishing systems and making sure everyone is on the same page helps to increase accountability while providing freedom for self-management. 

 

About Our Guest: 

Taylor Watt is a Marketing Manager at Metacake, running marketing both strategically for clients as well as Metacake’s internal marketing. She has her hands in many other Metacake projects as well- from writing blogs to content creation to strategy for Metacake’s YouTube channel. She is passionate, kind, funny, and incredible at her job, truly invaluable to the Metacake team- she also has a really cute dog and makes a mean stack of pancakes. 

 

Resources: 

 

  • Click Happy by Molly Pittman- A guide to a meaningful life and career in the digital era. 

 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:04] Bob gives a brief recap of last week’s episode. “We talked about some of the negative experiences that Taylor had in a larger agency, and then we talked about changing those, and what the culture is that even exists in our own agencies and backgrounds. Today we want to talk about some real practical steps and examples and ways to move forward in a more healthy way.”

[1:35] Brad shares that over the last five years or so, he’s been on a journey to creating more health internally within his business. He often feels like if he misses 15 minutes of productivity during the day, he has to make up for it later with time away from family. It’s a big struggle for him as a solo agency owner. 

  • He speaks on not having your day so scheduled that you don’t have time for the human element of ownership. When it really comes down to it, the people in your organization are more important than the organization, so treating them as such is incredibly valuable. 

[3:34] Ken adds that its really a question of “What is the best strategy to creating a successful business?” Which is turns out actually means not burning people out. 

[4:30] Bob asks Taylor for some practical or helpful advice that other agency owners who may be listening could employ.

[5:00] Taylor mentions our last episode and again stresses the importance of processes. “Systems are important, accountability. Making sure that every employee with you is set up for success, because if you do your due diligence there, after that, it’s all on them, whether they’re successful or not.” 

  • Taking time to focus on your employee’s physical, spiritual, emotional health if possible. 
  • While a 10 or 15 minute conversation with an employee may feel like wasted time, it is really motivating them to work and so it’s not a waste of time, you’ve just invested your time into your employee. 

[6:05] Bob speaks about emotional intelligence and how important it is to know your employee’s personality type, as your feedback may be really encouraging to some but inhibit productivity in others. 

[7:17] Ken speaks on Metacake’s take on personality types. “We all have personality tests or profiles for everybody. That’s been a fun team activity, but it’s been really helpful.” 

  • With different personalities, values are different, the ways that you motivate and inspire people changes. 
  • Metacake’s team members take both the DISC assessment and the Enneagram test. 
  • Dealing with creative personalities may not be intuitive for many agency owners

[10:43] Taylor suggest creating a sort of questionnaire for new employees to fill out- something that asks them about their ideal work environment, their ideal boss, where their motivation comes from. 

[12:27] Brad talks about how as agency owner, it can be difficult to give feedback sometimes because things do come off harsh. He speaks on the difficulty he has with presenting criticism in a softer light, and stresses the importance of measuring your words as an agency owner, as those words can carry a lot more weight than you realize. 

  • Brad continues that learning to speak to people in a way that lifts them up and inspires them, encourages them to to better- these are the skills that create truly great teams and relationships. 

[15:00] Taylor shares a book she’s read this year, “Click Happy” by Molly Pittman. “At one point she said, especially in this industry, people value and prioritize people that work overly hard… it’s a quick road to burnout and actually a really unintelligent way to go about your business or your work.”

  • The smart way to work is prioritizing the most important things and working on cutting out and delegating the small things. 
  • Agency culture in general glamorizes being busy, and glamorizes hard work… “And I realized that later, after reading the book, that yeah I’ve been doing that.” 

[18:00] Ken speaks on managing that culture at Metacake. While you want to encourage employees who do go above and beyond, ultimately creating an environment where employees can have a reasonable expectation of personal life versus business life is the key. 

  • While Metacake does rarely require work outside of normal hours, the balancing act is making sure that burnout doesn’t creep up and is managed in a healthy way. Respecting work hours and expectations for those hours is the place to start. 
  • The same is communicated to clients- “Our people are not in on Saturday working, we’re not going to be doing anything specific for you during that time, unless it’s an absolute emergency and there have been those times.”

[20:00] Bob relates this concept to working from home during the Covid-19 pandemic. He asks Taylor how that’s worked for her.

[25:07] Taylor says that some people on the team have done well and thrived, while others have really struggled. Personally, she is a people person so it’s been a struggle to maintain energy levels and motivation while working solo.

  • She speaks about the spontaneous creative conversations that come up when everyone is in the office together- you can’t really plan for those so that is a definite downside to working from home. 

[31:00] Brad shares that one benefit to working for home for him, although it was struggle to get there, was realizing that by taking a half hour or so to do something other than work, to do something with his hands that maybe was more creatively challenging, helped him show up for meetings and work in a more centered way later on. 

  • “I found that I never knew I needed that until I actually did it. And Covid forced me to do that- or at least put me in the position to do that.” 

[32:45] Ken shares his experience with this topic and plans that Metacake has for their future work. 

  • Eventually there will be a blend of working from home or working at the office, but I’m still questioning the requirement… “It’s more like we’re in an open workspace… like hey these people will be in on these days so if you want to go hang out with them, you can.” 
  • The ultimate goal is getting people to work smarter, not harder. 
  • “And also, how do you have a fun, healthy life… having the flexibility to work from anywhere, we’ve had people that have gone and visited their families for weeks and work from there. And that’s great.” 

[33:45] Brad speaks about the importance of systems and being able to trust that ALL of your employees have what they need to follow those systems and do a great job while having the freedom to live their lives as well. 

[35:05] Ken stresses the importance of this as well, because your business needs to be a system. “It can’t just be a freeform thing... Because it’s not scalable that way… it’s not predictable and consistent. And so how do you create what is seemingly very flexible, but actually very systematic.” 

[35:37] Brad: “Business runs by processes and people run the processes.” 

[36:45] Ken shares that managing the mental health side of people’s lives is also important, so Metacake provides an every-other-week one-on-one meeting with both owners to connect and share their working experiences. Creating that human connection on an individual basis is so important to building trust and get real feedback.

[40:06] Ken speaks on the challenges of working with a team who is mostly younger and spread apart and away from their families. “How can we create genuine environments where people actually enjoy their work?” 

  • Finding the balance between managing the somewhat chaotic world of parenting while working from home is important. As a business owner, prioritizing connection with co-workers and feeling like a valued member of the team will make the process of doing life with family that much easier and healthier for your employee. 

[42:30] Taylor shares how Metacake has broken days up into working remote as a group and getting lunch at new places together. A fun activity like Top Golf during the day followed by lunch and remotely working- also about a year into her job a manager encouraged her to get her nails done and gave her a gift card. 

  • That really went a long way for her! Small gestures make a big difference.

[49:00] Taylor continues- Metacake as a primary team member in charge of planning these sorts of activities, and gets team input as she plans so that everyone is sure to have a good time. Making sure that everybody is interested and engaged together is key!

Ep 33: Why do People Hate Working for Agencies? With guest Taylor Watt12 Aug 202000:52:09

Summary:

Today’s episode we’re diving into the various experiences of Agency culture with guest Taylor Watt, Marketing Manager at Metacake. After changing lanes from teaching to advertising, she began working for a large agency with a long history and big name. The experience wasn’t pleasant, to say the least, and after a tumultuous learning curve she found her place at Metacake. Today we’re talking about Taylor’s experience of working for two totally different companies doing somewhat similar work, the company culture has impacted her performance and life in general.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Employees don’t have to feel fear in order to be productive! Give your employees a healthy, stable, respectful and encouraging environment and the results will come back to you tenfold. 
  2. Healthy Leadership is evident from the outside, and healthy culture is intentional. Everyone will feel the result- you, your employees, AND your clients!
  3. Human relationships should be the priority, with the work being secondary. If your team doesn’t feel respected by leadership at a basic level, feedback won’t be received in a way that is constructive and supportive. 

 

About Our Guest: 

Taylor Watt is the Marketing Manager at Metacake, running marketing both strategically for clients as well as Metacake’s internal marketing. She has her hands in every Metacake project- from content creation to strategy for Metacake’s YouTube channel. She is passionate, kind, funny, and incredible at her job, truly invaluable to the Metacake team- she also has a really cute dog and makes a mean stack of pancakes. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[3:15] The Guys introduce Taylor Watt, Marketing Manager at Metacake. 

[3:33] Taylor: “I grew up in Nashville, I went to a little Christian college called Lee University… My roommate was in advertising and I was always so envious that her work seemed exciting and more passionate… so I made the switch last minute and spent a little extra time at Lee and got my advertising degree.”

  • She got a job right out of school at a big agency in Nashville and the experience was not great, but eventually moved on and found Metacake. “I’m so grateful I switched majors and that I get to do the work that I do.” 

[5:28] Bob asks: “At the big agency, what was the expectation that was going on?” 

[5:41] Taylor responds: In college, the expectation in advertising is that you’ll get a great job at a big agency, work hard and make big money. Fast paced, working with lots of clients, trendy office setting… those expectations were set and fulfilled by the agency life. 

[6:30] Brad asks: “What was the first sign that made you say ‘Hey I’m not going to like this?’”

[6:37] Taylor: “Well I didin’t really know what to expect, this is the first big girl job that I had, but you’d think that an agency that had been running for decades, that there would be some sort of formal training. There is no formal training.” 

  • Taylor shares that there was zero guidance with extremely high expectations from your management. Long hours were expected, so she stayed late every day to try and keep up with the expectations. 
  • She never made plans after work because of this, and the year and half of working there was made even more difficult as a result.

[7:45] Brad: “What would happen if you just told them you had to leave? What if you had kids, were they flexible with that?”

[7:57] Taylor: “The people with kids would just leave, but I think it’s like if you’re young and single, it’s kind of expected that you’ll stay. I’m very submissive by nature, so I would just keep my head down.”

[8:20] Taylor that she had no trouble with trying hard, with working hard. The company didn’t provide laptops, so working late at home wasn’t an option. They offered laptops to check out but the technology was old, no cloud saving or easy access. This made the late night mandatory. 

[10:00] Brad talks about it’s common for old agencies that have been around for a while to still be doing things the same way they’ve always done them. There is a culture that this is the way things are and they’re not going to change, are not possible to change, because this is the way it’s been for decades. 

[11:15] Brad asks: “Do you feel like your coworkers had the same experiences?” 

[11:30] Taylor: “Yes I think everyone else had the same experience and concerns… there were five of us all about the same experience level… I think everybody had the mindset that you just had to prove yourself and eventually work your way up.”

  • She did confide in management and ask if things were normal, if this was the way things normally happened. Sick days weren’t really days off or sick days, you were still expected to work. 

[12:15] Ken: Talks about how working hard and “paying your dues” isn’t necessarily a bad thing- there is a certain amount of experience necessary to be totally trusted. The process of going through fire is an experience and it’s good for you! But poor leadership through that process is what’s messed up and is more dysfunctional than it is intentionally difficult at certain stages. 

[13:20] Taylor speaks about how a lack of kindness and respect breeds an environment of fear, and that’s not a healthy place for anybody to be. 

[16:00] Brad discusses his experience as a single owner of his business. It’s challenging to not let the stress and fear of everything falling apart get to you and create more trouble than is necessary. He shares that he once had a boss tell him “Brad, it’s just advertising,” and that has stuck with him through times of stress and steep learning curves. 

[18:33] Taylor talks about one pitfall at the big agency she worked for- “It was so big and the team is so big and there were no systems and processes.” When things went wrong she was very hard on herself but in reality she was sort of set up for failure and lack of guidance. 

  • She speaks about how different it is at Metacake. There are systems and processes for everything, a project manager that everyone is in touch with and everyone is very transparent about their daily tasks and work. This provides accountability and gives peace of mind so everyone can know that no balls are going to be dropped. 
  • Aside from that, “It’s just a pleasant place to be, also it’s an inspiring place to be.” 

[22:30] Brad asks “If you need to take correction from a boss, what is the best way to correct without diminishing your confidence and spirit?”

  • The Guys discuss previous experience of negative feedback from a boss, Taylor shares a story about a boss that spoke unkindly to her via the team Slack channel so everybody could see. When she confronted this boss, there was an aggressive response in return and it was very discouraging to her. 

[37:21] Taylor speaks on receiving criticism or feedback- she always goes to the compliment sandwich. Start with the way they are doing something well, then give the criticism with suggestions on how to improve, and follow up with another soft compliment. That way the employee doesn’t feel attacked or discouraged, but lifted up and respected. 

  • “I think young people need to learn how to take correction and not let it just destroy them. And you need to humble yourself and that’s how you learn.” 
  • She speaks on corrections given by Ken. “It never hurts. It’s always like ‘Oh well I feel kind of dumb, but I’ll go fix it,’” 

[39:25] Brad: “Is that because you know his heart and you know that no matter what he does, he’s for you?”

  • It’s really about the intent and the care, the work relationship where you know you’re cared for and supported and that someone has your back. 

[40:38] Bob speaks on how our work does not define us as human beings. This mindset and belief about life creates subtle difference in the way that we interact with each other, and the results of this environment are felt immediately 

[42:00] The Guys talk about how the biggest pitfall for many agencies is the breakdown in the team relationship- in doing the work, it can be easy to forget the human element, which results in an environment of fear and high pressure with little reward.

Ep 32: Profitability (Part 2) - What are the systems and processes that help ensure profitability?05 Aug 202000:56:49

Summary:

Having an awesome project management system in place is just the beginning- there also have to be processes in place to track every bit of work that your company is doing for it’s clients. You can have all the tools you want, but if no one uses them or people HATE to use them, they won’t ultimately work. Creating an incredible product for your clients that is also profitable for your business means knowing who’s doing what work, how long they’re taking, and staying in a budget. What good is it knowing that a project took 30 extra hours if you don’t find out until 3 weeks later? Today’s we share our thoughts on the systems and processes that we use to ensure our own profitability. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Ultimately, tracking hours isn’t about holding people accountable for every moment of their day, but being able to have a realistic view of project health- which means a more accurate picture of your REAL profitability. 
  2. Providing accurate estimates for your clients is an uphill battle, with scope creep being the biggest challenge. Use data to scope and productize your service offerings. 
  3. Pro Tip: Don’t start working on a project until you have everything you need from a client! Work towards acquiring the information you need as early in the project as possible. Consider building packages that have this discovery time built into the services you’re offering. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

  • Basecamp 3: Project Management software used by Metacake for every client- includes time tracking option for each task on a project. You can try it free for 30 days!
  • Asana: Project Management software that allows you to track, manage, and connect projects across multiple teams. 
  • Accelo: Project Management software that allows you to gain visibility across your client database, improve processes and spend more time on your expertise. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:59] Bob introduces this week’s episode. We’re continuing to talk about profitability, because as an agency owner it’s SO important know how you’re making money. 

[2:45] Ken talks about how difficult it is to manage profitability. 

  • Last episode we talked about how the tendency is to have a $100K per head revenue expectation- how do you grow that? Let’s talk about what we’ve done to attack that problem and create solutions for ourselves. 

[4:04] Brad speaks about a challenge he’s experienced- estimates are based on the hours that an employee spends on a project, and that can be difficult to track. 

  • Ken responds that the idea of being able to track every minute of someone’s day is an illusion
  • Bob adds that it gets more and more difficult as a team grows

[5:33] Brad shares about his experience in tracking billable hours back before the internet took over everything- time sheets were a pain in the butt but then there was new software that got rid of timesheets. Employees hated this because it resulted in micromanagement, and there was huge pushback.

  • As time has gone on, he realized that “it’s more important to be able to estimate projects to be able to allow enough padding so that you can spend a little extra time and your team can spend extra time when it’s necessary…” Be aware that 90% of the time, you’ll probably go over budget and take that into account with estimates. 

[10:03] Bob asks if Brad has a formula for this- Brad says he always adds between 10 and 30% onto a project to allow for extra work. 

  • They break projects down by resources it will take, then break the hours down from each resource… all expenses are taken into account. This is a top-down method of estimating. 
  • Then he also looks at it from a bottom-up perspective. How long will the project be, how many people will be on the account, how much of their time will be spent? 

[11:39] Brad: “The biggest challenge that we have is not estimating, but scope creep… it’s allowing the client to have flexibility but at the same time making sure that projects don’t go on for too long…” 

[14:50] Ken stresses the importance of using technology or software that people will actually use and that is user-friendly. The more psychological barriers a person has about using a specific software, the less accurate your numbers are going to be. 

[15:40] Brad talks about how often hours aren’t tracked in real time, which can lead to a real discontinuity in billing clients. In the past, when time cards were the most popular way to track hours, this was an enormous problem that agencies often wouldn’t find out about until the project was over. 

  • The method of billing the client adds further complexity to the process of tracking hours- the billing method and payment schedule has to be conducive to realistically tracking work that is being done. 

[17:30] Ken: “Billing that way doesn’t work… the worst of both worlds for both sides, right? You don’t know as an agency what your income is going to be, and as a client you can’t project what your bill’s going to be. And so it’s a hard expectation to manage.” 

[19:33] Ken shares that Metacke uses Basecamp3 to track and manage projects. It has a built-in timer that you activate, then make notes of how you used that time and log those hours, and you’re done. 

  • This has created huge value for Metacake, as now they can track hours in real time. Knowing that you went 5 hours over on a project doesn’t matter if you find out 2 weeks later. But knowing right when it’s happening allows you to manage things much more easily. 
  • Of course, the truth is that time tracking is a huge beast. It’s subject to human error, but we can do our best to make it easier and more accurate.

[21:55] Bob talks about how this accurate information feeds into having more open dialogues with your clients- the client can be very clear on what the hours are and what they’re paying for. 

[22:55] Brad shares that his company has run into problems before where they have no real scope for a project but the client just wants a quote- it’s hard to give a quote when just figuring out the scope itself will cost the client $10K to begin with. 

  • Upfront discovery costs and a clear depiction of what they will include is helpful to the client who may not understand scope creep. 
  • Anthem uses Asana to track hours, which doesn’t include a timer but does allow you to track projects on a smaller, real time scale. It increases communication about progress so that anyone can see the milestones at a glance, which allows for a more accurate view of project scope. 

[26:40] Bob adds that oftentimes, personality type impacts how people keep track of hours. Workflow, communication habits, waves of inspiration, etc all influence how someone may track their productivity. 

[29:47] Brad speaks about the cost of the sale- “We probably spend about 10% of our profit on each project on just getting the sale. Especially if it’s a brand new client.” 

[31:33] Bob talks about a template or a formula to get proposals turned around more quickly. Certain things are going to be the same for every proposal. 

[32:27] Ken shares that Metacake has different “building blocks” for every project or service offering, that are put together with other basic blocks to create an estimate. 

[35:25] Brad talks about proposal templates, or ways to build out proposals more quickly. 

[36:24] Ken asks what the most profitable services that The Guys have done over the years, and which are traditionally the ones that tend to lose money or be lower in profitability or harder to maintain/manage. 

[36:45] Brad: Technology has always been scary, because developing new technology leaves so much room for unexpected things to come up. 

[37:53] Bob: Managing social media is usually pretty straightforward and can be profitable- the old standby being paid media. 

[39:17] Brad adds that it is also incredibly difficult to predict profitability when you rely on the client for a lot of information- for example if you’re designing a website for a client it can take 3-6 months depending on the size of the site and the client. And that can be like pulling teeth, waiting for them to give you what you need. 

[41:00] Bob speaks about Metacake and how Ken’s partner Bob does a great job of keeping clients in line and being a real stickler for details on the front end.

  • “You guys will not start a project until you have all the content in hand… and then you will fight with the client and say hey we really don’t want to start because this affects the design… so until we have all the content I’m not sure.” 

[42:49] Bob shares the software used by a client he’s working with now, a tool called Accelo that is a time management/ project management/ team management tool that works well for them. 

Ep 31: Are you profitable? (Part 1)29 Jul 202000:49:23

Summary:

Maintaining a steady profit margin is the key to a healthy, stable business. It’s how you survive in downturns, how you invest in innovation, how you market, and more. The classic model in the agency world revolved around tracking billable hours and racing towards commodification at every turn- today we are opening up about creating profit without losing sight of the human component of your business. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Know your numbers! If you don’t have an accurate view of your current profit margin, you’ll never be able to create lasting changes that result in increased profit. 
  2. “You want to shoot for four times what you pay somebody in revenue… you want to be north of 23% profit margin shooting for 30% net profit margin in your business” as a baseline for success. 
  3. Employees that are aware of and bring value to the table are employees that will increase the value of your business in return- steer clear of creating human commodities out of your employees. “The people run the processes, but the processes run your business.” 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:30] The Guys start the episode talking about a passion of Brad’s- motorcycles. The conversion leads to Brad sharing a new toy of his, the new 2020 iPad Pro, with awesome keyboard features that may finally be an ipad that can double as a laptop.

[6:29] Bob segues the conversation towards profitability- “Speaking of Brad’s new toys, all the profit that he’s making his agency… we’re going to talk about profitability today.” 

  • There is an unknown rule of amount of revenue per head as far as your team.

[7:08] Ken: “Agency aside, you want to shoot for four times what you pay somebody in revenue… you kind of want to be north of 23% profit margin shooting for 30% net profit margin in your business.” 

  • This includes budget for innovation and other things that grow and stabilize your company. 
  • Marketing is a cost-heavy industry, and it can be difficult to ever have room for that if you don’t have a large enough profit margin.
  • There are a lot of different ways to increase profitability, and sharing those is the subject of this week’s episode.

[9:45] Brad: “I look at my business as one of the many things in my life that is going to generate revenue… I look at my business as a way to make revenue that I can take and invest in other areas that don’t take as much labor to make 10%.” 

[12:15] Brad continues: “... it’s all about human resources at the end of the day… in the end it’s the human resources that make that [business] happen.” 

  • Roughly 60% of employee’s time is actually billable, it’s very unlikely that you’ll find someone working 100% of their hours

[16:00] Ken shares about growth in some agencies he’s spoken with- the growth in linear over time, with the same amount of work being done for the same ratio of money.

  • Truly a profit strategy depends on the end goal, are you creating a profitable company that will feed your stability and growth of employees or something to sell quickly and is prone for growth in the eyes of someone else.

[18:45] Brad discusses the importance of building value into your company outside of just the clients you work with- clients come and go, one giant client leaving can result in 50% or more of revenue dropping off. How can you maintain that profitability even through this? VALUE. 

[21:35] Ken: Speaking to the holistic view that Brad talks about- business model isn’t just about that business, truly a holistic part of his whole life plan.

  • “The less you rely on the thing, the more healthy your relationship with that thing can be.” This applies to life in general, but is also a great way to think about your business. Life model is separate from your business model, but the more stable and healthy each of those relationships are, the less reliant you become on the other. 

[24:29] Bob: Talks about the struggle of business owners with walking the fine line between people as commodities inside of your business. Often as you scale, employees become more commodities than people.

[25:56] Ken rejects that model of ownership- “If your business is based on humans, and those humans are commoditized.... Then as you go up and down, you’re inevitably not going to be able to retain or attract the thing that you actually sell.... Which is the humans.” 

[27:17] Ken continues: “Our company… I call it a hybrid agency because there’s agency services that we do but ultimately I’m trying to build a brand that has equity and that has multiple products, one being a service that we give, others being other products… I see our business as a distributor of experience and knowledge.” 

  • His goals in building a team is brick by brick, building up a base without losses and time wasted in retraining people. 

[32:30] Brad shares advice for any employee out there listening- make sure you are making the company money and providing value for your presence. If you feel that you could leave and be replaced by someone in 2 weeks without a hiccup, you know you haven’t created any real value for your boss or the team.

[39:50] Bob speaks about how often, agencies are selling knowledge more than creativity or execution. 

[41:21] Bob asks: “Is there a model that you guys follow? How do you track profitability? What are the basics that someone listening can understand?”
[42:13] Ken: Before you can figure out how to adjust your employees or long-term plans, you need to know where you’re at right now. Know how much time you put into something, and make sure you’re paying yourself to do that. 

  • For many agencies, there is an expansion and contracting that can be scary if you don’t know where it’s coming from or how to track it. 
  • 30% net profit at the end of the day should be baseline, and know how much you’re making per employee. Are they bringing in that revenue? 

[44:34] Brad: Anthem does a few estimates, for the client yes but also for the sake of the team. There is a statement of work that is held to the price to allow for scope creep

  • One model is bottom up, looking at cost but also monthly hours per employee and tracking their work closely… “I do that just to give some peace of mind… that we’re going to be profitable on a project.” 

[47:00] The Guys speak about tracking hours and how it can impact the psychology of employees to constantly track their own productivity. Next episode will cover this topic!

Ep 30: Media Buying is Broken (Part 2) - Rethinking the pricing model22 Jul 202000:54:43

Summary:

In our last episode we started to unpack the current media buying model and discuss why we believe it’s no longer effective. In this episode we start to practically discuss what a re-engineered advertising model could look like for our agencies. We all know there is no perfect model, but there is a better one. One that takes into account the various platforms skills required, creative refreshes, budgets and more. The way we market has changed in the last 70+ years, with more platforms than ever the service structure of media buying needs to change as well.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Are your fees really covering the work required to be successful? Can you decouple ad spend from your fees?
  2. Make sure you’re only responsible for what you can control. There are many factors that are part of the success of a campaign that you do not control. Educate your clients on this reality. 
  3. Consider creating (or hiring) Holistic Marketing Team, consisting of a Strategic Marketer role, Creative Role, an Ads Engineer, and an Analyst. This way, your business can operate out of several perspectives at once and work together to provide the most value for clients. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[2:26] Bob introduces this week’s episode- Part 2 of Media Buying. We’re talking about pricing, current models, and how to evolve your pricing within the ever-evolving world of digital marketing. 

  • The real question circles around the traditional 15% commission in media buying
  • Bob asks: “Let’s peel back and be real transparent. What have you done, what are you currently doing, how do you make money on placing media right now?”

[3:58] Ken: “It’s my opinion that people see ad buying, media buying as a commodity. And so we don’t try to compete on that.”

  • You have to spend enough to be able to support them really really well. Depending on the agency, that number is different. You have to stay on top of the platforms that change constantly, and you have to be a really really good marketer. 

[5:10] Ken continues: “If we’re talking pricing, we separate out each platform because they’re different, they take different skill sets and there’s different intent.” The purpose of one platform may not be the same as the next, and so your philosophy behind each is going to be different. 

  • Starting fee per platform- manager fee of $3K per month baseline, with increased percentage as the projects get larger. They would like to move away from that increased percentage, but ultimately that $3K baseline is not enough to manage platforms correctly on a daily basis. 
  • Setup fee included for each platform, to allow for tracking and getting correct data in the very beginning. 

[7:42] Ken: Speaks about different clients and the different parts of the process they dip their toes into. “There’s a certain amount that I believe has to come from the brand. So the heart and soul of the message has to be there, whether we do it separately or the brand has it… I don’t think you can just come in and start writing for the brand and have it feel authentic and work.” 

  • Images, creative, videos, photography- all these have to come from the brand then Metacake layers strategy on top of that. 

[8:58] Ken: “There are certain factors that really drive cost, and reporting is one that no one talks about, but is very important and time consuming.” 

  • Metacake has a basic version of that and a plus version of that. “Once we get to heavy levels of budget, 10, 50K a month… you really need to have that expertise in analyzing and knowing what’s going on.” 

[10:12] Brad speaks about the importance of agreeing with your client about which indicators you’re going to work from. Often as you share information, the client will want to know more and you dig into that information and before you know it, you’ve double the hours you originally agreed to spend doing research and not getting paid for that work. 

  • Define what you’re measuring against early on, and that any additional information or strategy will be an additional cost. 

[11:00] Ken speaks about Metacake’s model away from that specific issue- we’re trying to adjust our model based on role. 

  • A holistic marketing team means you have the strategic marketer role, creative roles, and an Ads Engineer. Most technical mind that REALLY knows the platform well. 
  • You need someone who can just think about the customer from their perspective and then work with someone who really knows how to take that and translate it into the nuts and bolts of how we get the most out of the platform. 
  • The last role is an analyst- who’s reading the data and gleaning next steps from that information. 

[14:15] Brad: Some clients at Anthem are still being rebilled after the agency fronts the bill for the media, but they are trying to move away from that, as it is such a high risk. 

  • “We are definitely going to a model where every customer that we set up controls their own ad account.” Either they use their own credit card to pay for digital space, or they pay upfront before any work is done. 
  • Working with a startup is difficult here, because often they don’t have credit cards with a high enough limit. 
  • “We’re going to take away the commission and we’re goin to solely start building a model on expertise... And management costs.” 

[17:00] Brad continues: There is a LOT of work done upfront for most clients, a deep understanding of their brand and customers. Educating clients on this process, explaining that ads are just a small part of a strategy (the pitcher in a baseball game, but we need ALL the players to win!) and there is so much more to their growth and customer journey. 

  • Defining the customer’s emotional level of engagement in different parts of their journey is SO important to building an appropriate customer funnel. 

[20:25] Brad speaks about how some clients don’t have an appropriate understanding of Customer LTV or Lifetime Value. And if they can’t understand the importance of that, there is a LOT of education ahead of you to work with them and be successful. 

[20:40] Bob recalls meeting with a local agency recently, and he asked how many of their clients were aware of their customer’s lifetime value. Even decent-sized, older companies still don’t know what a lifelong customer relationship looks like. 

[22:00] Bob continues: “Logic says, if I put in a dollar, I want at least that or more out… Understanding lifetime value gives you a whole wide range of what success looks like.” 

[25:49] Brad talks about common blind spots with new brands. “They haven’t priced into their model the cost of customer acquisition properly… let’s say I’m selling widgets for $10. And my cost of goods is $5. They think that they should only spend 20cents to get a customer.” 

  • Actually, the opposite approach is true- you should think of your customer acquisition as the biggest cost. 

[29:40] Brad continues: “We do have a minimum, and it does fluctuate… our minimum would definitely be $2K a month but it really does depend on the work and it depends on the short term scope. 

  • As the campaign evolves, the pricing has to evolve as well, it has to scale up. 

[33:11] Bob: “I think it needs to be handled on a case-by-case basis, just as you would the creative, the packaging, the development, the way you treat everything else. 

[35:34] Ken talks about how your message and advertising needs to be the same across all platforms- but doing this on several platforms is a lot more work. So Metacake charges around $10-$15K a month for these multi-platform, broad scope campaigns. 

  • “You’ve got to take into account the whole customer journey to really get the most effect out of it.” This is why Metacake has moved towards a coaching model. 
  • For clients who are doing their marketing themselves, don’t have the money to hire an agency full time, coaching is a great option for these clients. 

[38:40] Bob introduces another model we haven’t covered yet- a model where clients don’t pay unless the agency produces. 

[39:21] Ken’s experience with this model has shown that it requires a LOT of trust on both ends. There needs to be proof of trust for both, and it is more of a partnership than a client-agency relationship. 

[40:00] Brad: “If my payback is based on their decision that I have no control over, then I’m just a silent investor.” 

[43:20] Ken: “I think that the mentality, if there’s not maturity around what it takes to take on investment on your company and what it means for someone to be invested in your company, then I think that it’s probably going to be a slippery thing.” 

[50:56] Ken: “There’s two parts to basic business success- and it’s one, having a great product, but that’s no good if you don’t have a great brand, which inherently means people know about you and care about you.” 

  • On performance-based pay model: “What I think might be better is maybe have a performance incentive versus being paid on performance.” 
Ep 29: Media Buying is Broken (Part 1)15 Jul 202000:55:43

Summary:

In our coronavirus world, more and more businesses are turning to agencies for digital advertising. But the old model of percent of ad spend has a TON of flaws. It’s misaligned with the client, it doesn’t account for creative creation, creative refreshes, platform differences, and the list goes on. With the core platforms like Facebook being commoditized left and right, there is an increasing need for agencies to communicate their unique value in the equation. In today’s episode we are diving into the broken service model of media buying as we begin to rethink it for our own companies.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Attribution can be a distraction. Platforms like Facebook may not look like they are producing results, but that isn’t necessarily the case. Awareness has value, and you see that regardless of what attribution says.
  2. The ease of use of the digital marketing platforms means you can no longer hang your value on execution. Execution is seen as a commodity although it isn’t one. The truth is your value is on your knowledge and experience. You must educate your clients and position your value appropriately.
  3. Don’t be so broad that you’re nothing to nobody, and don’t be so specific that you are vulnerable for disruption. Specialize your agency in smart ways so you aren’t just another ____ agency..

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:27] Bob introduces today’s episode: media buying. Gives a brief overview of media buying. 

  • Prior to the late 1990’s, advertising and marketing agencies had been bundled together. Then those departments split and media buying became a separate entity. 

[3:18] Brad talks about his experience in traditional advertising. 

  • The question is: does the old way of advertising need to change, has it already changed, and is there a better model for businesses (especially a smaller or mid-sized agency)? 
  • In the past, it was hard to know what tv ads had actually attributed to direct sales. Digital marketing has changed that! True ROI is available to an extent, but time is needed to measure and read those results. 
  • There is still maintenance, but not the same as in the past. 

[7:30] Brad continues: Savvy clients will try to negotiate and “nickel-and-dime” agencies over commission costs. They want to know exactly what it is that you’re doing with that 15%, but so much of what that is used for is difficult to explain and sort of nebulous to the client. 

[11:00] Ken: “Here’s the challenge I see with buying ads and that being your service offering… I think from the outside that is seen as a commodity…”

[12:25] Brad: “I think the media buying for most clients see that as just a commodity task that isn’t creative.” 

[12:30] Ken: “The challenge is that it’s not a commodity- it’s seen as that. It presents a real challenge, because the question is how do you compete in a commodity market- you compete on price.” 

[12:47] Bob: “I’m convinced that things become a commodity when things become common and accessible…” Anyone with an internet connection can create and place a Facebook ad right now. That is a commodity.

[14:07] Ken: Digital channels are making it easier by the day for anyone to launch those ads and do those kinds of things.

  • The creative and strategy behind Facebook ads is not a commodity, so Metacake has focused on positioning themselves as being different from others that can create ads 

[15:48] Brad speaks about wrestling with this in his own agency. “What does that future look like when it comes to media buying and how should we charge the client for our time and energies for that?” 

[16:54] Bob talks about how much the purpose of advertising has changed. In the past, everybody was pretty much on the same page. “We’ve got a product to launch, create awareness, and we want people to buy the product.” 

  • But now there are awareness campaigns, branding campaigns, etc. that have created the need for specialization and strategy. 
  • The testing side of digital marketing means you can see results in real time and pivot strategically as needed. 

[18:30] Brad: “The initial strategy isn’t the heart and soul of your campaign. The heart and soul is tweaking that campaign and measuring the results and continuing to refine that campaign over time to get the best results. It’s the refining that takes time and measure and pitting two campaigns against each other, AB testing and looking at different language and looking at different audiences that are responding better. That’s really the heart and soul.” 

  • FB advertising isn’t really marketing advertising, but focus groups to get to know that audience. There is HUGE value in this. 

[20:11] Ken: “How do you, as an agency, position and create a strategy that does not rely on the nuts and bolts and de-commoditize them as much as possible.” 

[21:45] Brad: “We try to educate our clients that there is a fee that is going to be an ongoing fee that you’re going to need because it’s not just start it and let it run by itself. There's actually a lot of work that goes into it, and we don’t want to do something for a client that doesn't allow us the money or the resources to be able to do that… because we know that that’s what’s going to get the end result.”

[22:57] Ken recalls the last episode, where we talked about the idea of not having enough to create success. Knowing what you need in order to be successful is important.

[24:01] Bob summarizes Ken and Brad’s point: “If you still want to do ad buying and you’re struggling with what to do, position yourself either within a niche that you know really really well, OR become an expert in testing and deciphering for the client.” 

  • People are looking for experts! Especially now after the pandemic, they realize digital marketing is the future. 

[25:45] Brad predicts that in the future, there will be other platforms that do what Facebook does. 

[26:15] Ken talks about how many apps are making it easier than ever to step in a become an expert. They want people to be able to set up an ad and walk away, but for an agency this means building value into the work you do- the daily upkeep of digital marketing is the future!

  • You’d hire Metacake for your Facebook campaign based on 20 years of experience in ecommerce- not just to manage your Facebook budget. 
  • So often companies wind up competing in the commodity market of Facebook

[30:02] Brad asks: What are the risks of buying media for an agency and where could you eliminate the risks? 

  • Anthem has tried many models- buy the media for the client and take a percentage of that. These charges would be charged on a credit card. Sometimes clients wind up not paying and you’re stuck with a large monthly bill on their behalf. 
  • Anthem is moving away from this model

[35:07] Bob speaks about how that mindset change is creating need for CRO experts, people who can increase conversion rates by 2%, 10%.... They’re looking for specialists and agencies who can get them across that finish line. 

  • Today it’s about so much more than just media buying “You’re providing a system architecture of how you take their product from point A to point B.

[37:22] Brad speaks about “programmatic marketing.” 

[37:45] Ken talks about how Metacake is moving away from the traditional media buying model. 

  • “We offer coaching, ads coaching in different platforms… we’ll give some feedback and oversight…” This equips companies the way that they want to be equipped, instead of forcing them into a model that doesn’t fit. 

[39:47] Brad asks for some insight into what Ken charges initially and what is covered in that cost. There is so much work in the forefront for many companies that has to be done, branding-wise. So that process is built in 100%

[43:11] Brad: You can drive a ton of people down a specific funnel, but if the infrastructure isn’t set up it’s like the catcher having a hole in his glove. There are things that need to be resolved and fixed… “Restructuring, redoing their customer journey, refining their ecom platform because it’s confusing.” 

  • Hotjar- models for conversion in real time

[45:10] Ken speaks about how clients will sometimes step into the process and confuse the optimization process- educating away from this tendency is valuable. 

[46:38] Brad speaks about how many campaigns are based on just getting people to a website or a landing page, but not taking actual action. Knowing the cost of true customer acquisition is important- many clients would not know this because their agency didn’t tell them it was important. 

[48:05] Ken brings up another point of education: Not every campaign is meant to sell things, some are just focused on awareness. 

[50:46] Brad talks about the difference between different ads and how important it is to let your clients know what it is that they need and the real work that is involved. 

[51:32] Bob: “That’s the value that agencies should be bringing- Depending on what your budget is, what is the correct strategy to help you be successful?” 

[52:01] Ken stresses the importance of educating potential clients of what they actually need to be successful. “What are you trying to do? What stage are you at and what are some of the things around your business…. What budget do you have and what are your expectations?” 

  • “You have to be able to have the experience and the knowledge on the business side and marketing side and all that goes along to create a strategy and assess those things and really coach somebody…” 
Ep 28: Working with Other Agencies to Grow Your Business with guest Jon Tsourakis08 Jul 202000:56:04

Summary:

We all want new streams of new business, and today’s guest shares how they were able to build a healthy business serving other agencies. We’ve talked about the value of partnerships and collaboration with other agencies as a source of new business before and Oyova is a prime example of that. We also discuss the pros and cons of having business partners. And we get another look at how an agency is dealing with the effects of COVID-19. Tune in as Jon shares his experiences (good and bad) with business partners, talks about the impact that technology has had on his career journey, how Oyova has held up during the last 6 months of extreme disruption, and what he expects of the remainder of 2020. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Consider other agencies as potential partners rather than competition. If the character is high, then risks are low.
  2. When determining whether someone is a good business partner for you, ask yourself if you’d mind getting a call from that person on a Saturday morning. If you don’t LIKE your partner in life, a business relationship is sure to fail. 
  3. Maintaining steady business growth through any disruption means applying Positive, Persistent Pressure in sales scenarios. Speak to the heart of your client’s business, and remind them of the services you offer and how it would benefit them. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About our Guest: 

Jon Tsourakis: President and co-owner of Oyova, a Florida-based, full-service technology and marketing agency. He is the leader of a Mastermind for Digital Agencies and host of “The Climb”, a podcast where agency owners and marketing leaders tune in to get growth tips and strategies for growing their businesses. 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:08] Ken introduces our guest, Jon Tsourakis. President and co-owner of Oyova, a technology and marketing agency. John is in charge of sales and marketing while his partner handles the production and operation of the business. They’re based in St. Petersburg, FL. John also leads a digital mastermind group for agencies. 

[2:52] Bob asks John to tell us about his agency. 

[3:01] John responds: There are about 30 people on their team between two offices. They focus predominantly (60%) of their business on development. They also do marketing services for companies that are over $2 million, all shapes and sizes above that. In addition they work with a lot of agencies and help with their overflow work.

[3:38] Bob: “Is it full service? Do you specialize in anything specifically?”
[3:46] John responds that they are full service, although that pains him because there are so many great arguments for specialization. 

  • Biggest strengths are understanding the mechanics of technology and  marketing. 
  • On the marketing side, “we can create some really impressive lead growth through  third engine optimization.”

[4:20] Ken: “It sounds to me like you are specialized, it’s just not industry specialization… one of your specialties seems to be this relationship with agencies.

[4:50] Brad asks if the work they do for other agencies is mostly dev work. 

[4:58] John responds that 90% of what they do is dev work. “A lot of agencies will have one or two developers on their staff… but that’s just not in their wheelhouse, so we come in a fill that gap.”
[5:25] Brad asks what John thinks the percentage is of agencies out there that don’t have deep dev in-house.

[6:05] John: “I would say it’s probably 85% of agencies that don’t have a super deep tech bench. They’re very focused and specialized and they have a developer that can wear some other hats…” but ultimately most of them don’t have the experience in development that his agency can add. 

[6:28] Bob: “I’m curious to know of the agencies that you work with- are they typically traditional older agencies? Are they digital agencies that don’t have the depth? Are they hybrids? What does your client makeup look like?”

[6:47] John: “Some of them have just moved away from paper in the last few years and have embraced what the internet is… other are very advanced platinum HubSpot partners that just run into situations that are outside of what they’re great at… there are others that are amazing design agencies that have really good front end developers who run into overflow that they will send to us because they know we can take care of it.” 

  • Other than that, many want to take on an ERP (Enterprise Resource Management) based project because they can see the revenue in that and they can bring Oyova on at the partner level.

[7:45] Ken talks about recent episodes about cost and pricing. Oyova serves agencies, and one of the things they have to accommodate for is cost. Agencies are selling at a certain price that you have no control over, so cost has to be below that. “How do you make that model work?”

[8:07] Jon responds- cost is definitely a factor. They sell everything in blocks of hours, so the more hours you purchase then the lower your cost will be. Some agencies buy a LOT of hours, just to have access to their team. 

  • “Others will just do it on a project basis… when agencies are white labeling someone else, the really smart ones get sick of that because they realize the inefficiency in it.” 

[9:26] Brad asks about billing- do they bill the client directly, or do you bill through the parent agency you’re working with?”

  • Jon responds that it depends on the agency that they’re working with, they try to be respectful of how they want the relationship managed.

[9:55] Bob asks if they have built this model intentionally and whether they aim primarily for agencies or individual clients. 

[10:09] Jon gives a brief history of how he and his business partner met. It was an accidental discovery at first, they were a marketing agency with two developers, they’d get overflow from other agencies and then after 8 years realized it was a great business model. 

[11:57] Ken asks Jon for a deeper history of his business relationship with his partner and the pros and cons of that relationship. He also asks about what Jon expects for the next few months within his company. First, Jon’s story.

[12:28] Jon: His father was a master carpenter and builder, so he was part of the family business. He met a guy at school that had a marketing company that worked in the healthcare space. He worked with this guy for a while, and in 2009 he decided to start his own agency. 

  • Around 2013, 2014 he realized that partnership wasn’t working and they had a disastrous breakup, Jon was left high and dry. 
  • He decided to work with his current partner and over the years they developed a great working relationship. 
  • Jon says the best part of that relationship is that they can fill in the gaps in each other's strengths and weaknesses. Where Jon sees shiny things, his partner sees dull things and can bring him back to earth when excitement takes over. 

[15:16] Jon continues: “For years, we’ve just been fighting the good fight, trying to be an agency in a world of sameness, create differentiation… a merger sounded like a really good idea based on the technology depth and the strategic advantage of being a strong partner.”

[16:13] The guys ask for details about that bad partner relationship. 

  • Jon responds that he was a brilliant developer but just not on the same page about a lot of communication things, there were some psychological differences in the way they thought about professionalism. The client called and strongly advised that unless that partner went away, there would be serious problems for their company. 
  • There was a huge vulnerable, humble moment that allowed him to realize that the relationship was destructive.

[17:22] Bob asks for some advice based on those learning experiences. 

[17:37] Jon: “The direct and gentle communication… he just couldn’t deal with people.” Do business with someone who you wouldn’t mind getting a phone call from on a Saturday morning. You have to LIKE the person you’re working with. 

[18:12] Ken confirms that concept of direct and gentle communication- even in the face of disrespect in return, you always have to respond in a direct and gentle manner. It’s really about basic respect. 

[18:40] Brad asks for advice for how to approach things in a direct and gentle way while things are heated or when there is stress in the company. What does that mindset shift look like?
[19:20] Jon: It’s about setting a foundation, and asking if you’re being logical and not emotional. It’s great to have those conversations with partners and asking yourself constantly what the logical next steps are. Be aware of your own tendencies and allow for those weaknesses in logic that you may have. 

[20:13] Brad asks how they manage clients who are very reliant on them, who are more attached than an agency would be. 

 

  • Jon: “We have an agreement that’s evergreen with our client, so they’re continually getting a percentage for essentially not doing anything just based on the engagement that they helped us create.” 

 

[22:25] Bob asks about the longest contract they have that an agency brought to them. 

 

  • Jon responds that it’s 8 years- that’s a great contract!

 

[23:06] Brad talks about how the more you’re in bed with technology that drives revenue for your client… “there’s always a fear that you’re going to get canned… because you become a commodity.” 

[24:32] Brad asks “What kind of stuff do you do in the development world?”
[24:50] Jon responds: Mostly websites, some entire technological infrastructure for some companies where it’s essentially their ERP. “Ranges from little website integrations, all the way to the entire technological skeleton of the company.”

[28:00] Ken asks how the last few months have been managed for Jon. What was it like in the beginning of quarantine, what was it like through that process, and how has business gone since then, and if any of these things have changed how they run overall.

[29:10] Jon: The theme of 2020 was going to be The Climb, and it turned out to be more true than they thought. They came up with a plan over Zoom, and decided to stay focused on clients, closing business as much as possible. They realized very quickly that their team could definitely perform and provide results from home, and have surprised themselves with their productivity. 

[31:52] Brad affirms that it’s been hard- and congratulates Jon on their success through Covid. 

[32:40] Ken: “What area of your business grew? Was it new business or existing business? Is there a difference there?” 

[34:14] Jon talks about how they were able to extend or increase their marketing packages, they really talked up this being “the time” to invest in online business. If you come to the table with logical, competent people and a plan, you’re set up for the highest chance of success!

 [36:12] Jon talks about what the next 6 months might look like. “The path forward and the recession is going to be different for everyone. There’s going to be pocket recessions based on specific industries. And some aren’t going to feel it at all.” 

[37:00] Ken asks how this may change going forward, and what sort of opportunities he might see.

[37:12] Jon talks about how the challenge of Covid is actually exciting for him, although he feels guilty about that at times. Business owners have been really lucky over the last 10 years, so now you really get to see what you’re made of. 

  • There will likely be a lot of acquisition happening, but ultimately he feels positioned for the best chance of success.

[38:30] Ken asks “How can you package up what you actually are selling in different ways?” This is something that Metacake has done well through the quarantine. 

[39:42] Brad asks if there are any new products or service offerings that have come up during Covid for Jon’s company. 

  • Other than rapid messaging via popup websites or email blasts. 

[40:20] Brad asks what sort of packages of services other than development Oyova offers. 

[40:39] Jon:  Other than the mastermind group, one event per year that is a collective knowledge base. “I think creating that space for all these agencies to come together and just be open and share and be transparent is important.” 

  • Oyova spends a lot of time helping agencies scope out projects, helping them win those projects and making it an enjoyable experience to work with them. 

[50:44] Ken: “You’ve built really high quality relationship with agencies that you get a sustainable business model through… how do you do that?”

[51:28] JOn: “If you connect with somebody and build relationships that are genuine, you can go a long way.” 

[52:31] Brad asks about generating new business, and their business development process. 

[52:38] Jon talks about the three P’s: Positive, Persistent Pressure. If you have the right message and continually follow up with the people on that list, you’ll find them.” 

[53:27] Brad asks what Jon has done to become a thought leader in his space. “What kinds of things do you do to promote yourself to new clients?

Ep 127: Processes = Profits17 Mar 202300:43:13

Subtitle:

Processes. For many that word sounds boring, but for the wise owner it means profit. It’s one of your best tools to increase your profit. On this week’s episode, the guys dive right in, emphasizing the importance of developing and optimizing processes in business. By streamlining tasks and creating templates, businesses can work more efficiently and achieve better results. The guys also provide practical tips and tools that businesses can use to develop and optimize their processes, helping them to navigate uncertain times and achieve their goals. 

 

Summary:

The guys stress that in uncertain times, it's important to figure out how to optimize what you're doing and create less cost while generating more profit. They emphasize that this is why processes are important. Processes can help to standardize operations, streamline tasks, and help teams to work more efficiently. The guys discuss how to get started with developing processes, suggesting that the first step is to document how tasks are currently done. By documenting tasks, businesses can create a foundation for developing SOPs that can be used by all team members. The guys also discuss the importance of seeking an outside perspective when developing processes and systems. The guys then dive into the specifics of how processes and systems can be developed and optimized. They talk about two areas where processes and systems have major value: delivery and product creation. The guys use an analogy of Lego blocks and a menu of items to express the importance of organizing and creating templates for each product or service a business offers. They also discuss how using tools like Monday can help create templates for projects and increase efficiency and organization. Monday is a project management tool that allows businesses to create project templates that can be easily customized and duplicated. The guys emphasize that tools like Monday provide accountability for all team members and clients and ensure that everyone is on the same page. The guys stress the importance of creating a culture that makes data and metrics fun, so that team members are more likely to engage with them. They also discuss the importance of setting goals for the business and using processes and tools to achieve them. By setting goals, businesses can work backward to determine the processes and systems needed to achieve those goals. Finally, the guys discuss how to improve results and charge higher prices by improving processes. They suggest asking how to charge 10 times what a business is currently charging, which can help to identify areas where processes and systems can be improved. By improving processes and delivering better results, businesses can charge more for their products or services.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  1. Document any and all processes. Documenting current processes is a simple way to get started with process optimization. It enables clear communication and can help identify areas that need improvement. Having a centralized location to store all processes and systems can also streamline operations and ensure everyone has access to the right information and resources. These simple steps can help businesses create effective and efficient processes for improved productivity and success. “One of the most simple things you can do to get started on this more process oriented and time and resource saving endeavor is to simply document how you do things.”

  2. Create product templates; you want to be a menu, not a personal chef. Creating templates for products using systems and processes brings immense value to a business. It standardizes and streamlines the production process, saving time and resources while maintaining consistency and quality. This eliminates the need to create new products from scratch and ensures efficient and error-free production. “We want like Lego blocks, or a menu of actual items. And so we don't want to be making new Lego blocks.”

  3. Set goals; what do you want to achieve through these processes. Goal setting is crucial for any business and requires the use of processes and tools to achieve them. Without a clear target, it becomes difficult to measure success. It's important to consider how to handle projects and manage them efficiently, especially when scaling up.“You can't hit a target, and you can't see or you can't measure.”




For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:07] Bob asks the guys how they’re doing, launching a discussion about their businesses and the economy in the new year.

[5:08] Ken talks about how hard seasons in life and business are necessary in order to grow stronger. “Good times create weak people, weak people create bad times, bad times create strong people, strong people good times.”

[6:48] Ken segues into this episode’s topic, processes. “It's always good, especially in these times to figure out how to optimize what you're doing. And if you can create less cost, and create more profit, then you have a better way of producing at a profit. And so that's why processes are important.”

[7:32] Brad mentions a quote he’s heard recently that ties into his word for the year and how those things relate to processes. “If you don't know how to put what you're doing into a process, you don't know what you're doing.”

[10:21] Bob talks about where to start when looking at how to create and define the sometimes overwhelming processes in your business. “One of the most simple things you can do to get started on this more process oriented and time and resource saving endeavor is to simply document how you do things.”

[12:50] Brad discusses the importance of seeking an outside perspective and having one location where you can store every system and process each employee uses.

[14:22] Ken talks about two areas where processes and systems have major value; delivery and the actual products. He uses a Lego analogy to express the importance of organizing and creating a template for each product or service you offer. “We want like Lego blocks, or a menu of actual items. And so we don't want to be making new Lego blocks.”

[17:23] Brad dives into the specifics about how he and his business utilize his tool, Monday, to create templates for their projects and how it has increased efficiency and organization. “So what we do is we've started templates for our projects. We literally will just drag that project and start a brand new project. It automatically has all the hours for it, and we pretty much know what the cost is. You can tweak it, if there's some nuances and stuff. But then what happens is, the whole project is already set up all the timelines, all we do is we trigger it.”

[21:52] Brad discusses how his tool, Monday, has really helped his business because, “it just gives accountability to your customers, it's really accountability for everybody, and clarity.”

[24:30] Bob talks about the value and saved time that result from having templatized products.

[31:13] Brad says, “you can't hit a target, and you can't see or you can't measure.”

[32:35] Bob talks about the importance of creating a culture that makes the data and the metrics fun so that you are able to optimize the processes. “If you can create a culture, you not only make it better for the client and for yourself, and you are able to optimize, but you also catch things quicker.”

[36:41] Brad talks about the importance of setting goals for your business and using processes and tools to achieve them. “Let's just dream a little bit? And let's just say we actually are able to meet this goal? How are we going to be able to handle these projects? When, you know, without? How do we do this? How do we manage? Efficient? How do we scale?”

[39:51] Brad says that in order for your processes to be successful, you have to plan on them being used by the average person. “There's going to be superstars in your agency who can do projects quicker, get them up on their feet quick. But you have to plan for the average person and their speed.”

[41:11] Ken wraps up by asking, “how can we charge 10 times that? Ask yourself that question because then it forces you to the next step to ask, how can we improve the result that it creates?”

 

Ep 27: Let’s Talk Contracts and Terms01 Jul 202001:04:29

Summary:

Terms and contracts are overwhelming to begin with. No one wants pages of legal documents, but at the same time clear guidelines are essential to a successful and safe relationship. In some ways this can be the most intimidating part of business ownership, and it’s certainly one of the most important. There is a “traditional” route that advertising agencies have taken in the past, but it doesn’t always work. Most agencies have developed their own terms and contracts based on their unique experiences and services Today we are sharing some of the reasons for the parts included in our own contracts. Ultimately the goal is to build healthy, safe, and successful client relationships that create awesome, long-term business partnerships. From knowing when and how to charge for creative projects, to drawing boundaries for difficult personalities - this episode is packed full of seasoned advice based on our experiences. 



Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Your payment schedule should NOT be tied to project milestones. Often agencies find themselves at the mercy of pieces they cannot control, pushing out the project scope far past the agreed-upon end date. 
  2. There will be days that clients are under pressure, and it is important to know the difference between a bad day and a bad client relationship. Keep your energy focused on what you CAN control, not everything that you can’t control. 
  3. Establishing appropriate terms and conditions benefits the client. Clients need to be supported by a strong, healthy agency partner that is going to deliver value and growth in a healthy, stable way. This can only be accomplished through a balanced, respectful relationship.

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[2:25] We discuss Ken’s pizza-making skills (or lack thereof)! While you can’t go wrong with the classic mozzarella and basil pizza, the newest fad at his house is a pizza with arugula on top- how do you like yours? 

[5:14] Bob introduces today’s topic- Contracts and Terms. 

[7:00] Ken asks Brad to talk about MSA’s or Masters Service Agreements. 

[7:30] Brad: Most people in agency business aren’t Masters of Marketing, they came into this business because of their passion for the product and process. 

  • There is a common experience that agency owners become the boss and don’t have a background in how business should be done. So there is a lot of learning along the way, “expensive lessons.” 
  • These days, Brad’s agency is fairly straightforward. 
  • MSA written to be specific about deliverables and what the client will receive. This also means that the client has to be engaged, otherwise the process will take months longer than necessarily. MSA’s outline this timeline and process to prevent these issues and set the stage for the business relationship. 

[10:51] Brad talks about a SOW- or statement of work- and what it looks like for his agency. 

  • Includes deliverables, answers “why” questions upfront. Sort of an executive overview of the project and what the end result might look like- he’s sure to include the value that his agency is bringing to the client through specific deliverables. 
  • “This is how many revisions you get, this is the process we take, here are the benchmarks when you’re going to need to sign off on things… here’s what is guaranteed, here’s what is not guaranteed…”
  • In comparison, the MSA talks about inner processes, how the agency works, hours, holidays they take… point of contact change clauses just in case things change on the client side. 

[12:20] Brad continues, often he feels that providing these two large documents can feel like you’re roping a client into some lengthy legal contract… but ultimately, his agency is a business that needs guardrails in order to run efficiently. 

  • “You have to follow that to work with us, you can’t abuse us, you can’t take advantage of us.” 

[13:08] Bob clarifies: “So all of those clauses and agreements, they come from experience.”

[13:25] Ken affirms this, and encourages other small-medium sized agencies to put up those guardrails for themselves. A giant list of terms isn’t fun to dispense, but it’s necessary and also allows you to lean on character and relationship. 

[14:12] Brad speaks on the experience of seeing the best in people, hiring clients being a very personal relationship in his agency. 

  • He assumes the best, but often wonders about who they will be under pressure, how their character will change if their circumstances aren’t great. And so in many cases, these guardrails are just as much for the client’s health as yours!

[15:55] Ken speaks on boundaries. They are healthy in every relationship, but especially with clients. Set up an agreement that allows you to handle any situation with any person, regardless of their personality type. Your agreement can also help to filter out people that are not right to work with.

[17:26] Bob recalls the idea that you don’t know what you don’t know, so learning is inevitable. Because of this constant learning, there is an ongoing tendency to slowly increase the size of your MSA and SoW. There is incredible value in editing these documents every few years to make sure that every line is still applicable to your mission, vision, brand, and company. 

[19:35] Brad adds that every SoW that is signed also has a clause where the client agrees with the MSA. Other companies have separate agreements for different clients, either based on project or how much they are spending, and Brad is considering that for his agency.

[20:28] Ken talks about how his agency Metacake rarely uses MSA’s. Typically is a SoW and contract. 

[20:50] Brad adds that some agencies even put their MSA on their website, so that there is no excuse that the client doesn't have access to it. 

[22:00] Brad shares some interesting experiences with clients in the past.

  • Working with creatives, often they will spend all of their hours trying to make things right- obviously creative is very subjective. He has a strong process and approach to this issue- when they pitch creative, he wraps it in a layer of rationale that they have already agreed to and bought into. Removes the subjectivity out of the pitch!
  • Project based relationships- beginning, middle and end payment. They never say the end payment is due at the end of the project, because often the end is pushed down the road due to client delays. Clients will always assume that the end fee is due when it is fully delivered, however that is not the case. “This payment is due on x date, not the date the projects is done.” 

[25:03] Ken talks about the things that we have control over versus what we do not. “You can’t tie your success to things you don’t have 100% control over.” 

[26:03] Bob: “If it’s intense, it’s yours. Meaning if there is something that keeps making you angry, even if it’s something another person does that sets you off that creates conflict… it’s something that’s inside of you.” 

  • In a business circumstance, if a client is difficult and it sets things off inside of your team, that’s on you and your team to handle. 

[27:30] Ken: Often in the course of doing business, you come across people who are working with a  great deal of pressure on them. Their intense reaction is theirs, not yours. 

[28:05] Bob dials it in- “If there is something that seems to be happening with a client or continuing to happen in your agency or with your team, it’s probably something you’ve got to fix internally.” 

[28:31] Brad says he tries not to talk badly about your clients, as that is a mindset that can fester and have certain poor results. ESPECIALLY as a leader, never talk badly about your clients!

[37:30] Bob asks for 3 things an agency needs to cover in their agreement.

[37:35] Brad: Scope Creep. Make sure your scope of work, timeline is reasonable and make sure your client agrees. There are changes, delays, etc and one month projects become three month projects. 

[38:27] Bob adds: Terms of payment- are terms of payment tied to milestones in the project or not? 

[38:52] Ken talks about taking monthly payments- this means there is no question of why money is being pulled, no misunderstandings of timeline. Time and cost are associated, but ultimately when you sign an agreement for scope, you’re agreeing to payment as well. De-coupling payment from milestones is an enormous thing to overcome. 

  • Setting expectations in a really solid way is a category within that agreement. 

[41:00] Brad adds: Limit your time based on creative. Somehow, put together a process within your agency- add benchmarks within every part of the project so that is things change later in the process, the client knows they have to pay for those changes. 

[43:30] Ken: “A lot of agencies just operate fluidly, organically… I would really encourage everyone to think through- what is the formula for success? It’s a process…. Business is systems and processes and people are just there to manage it.” 

 

  • Ask yourself: What is your process that creates success and prevents the largest number of potential problems? 

 

[46:55] Brad talks about how it may be helpful to write into an agreement that you will review the Statement of Work together again at certain points throughout the project, to maintain expectations. 

  • This is especially valuable for clients who are creatives and dreamers. Often they will present ideas and be excited about projects in the future when current projects aren’t finished yet- reviewing the statement of work will help to keep pace with your boundaries and expectations. 
  • Capture their future ideas, keep track of where they want to go and listen to those ideas as they come, but also keep the train on the tracks. 

[57:45] Ken: “I would say you constantly need to revisit it [your MSA], and it is always this balance between it being too much and just enough.” 

  • Metacake scopes projects by what we will do, maximum amount of effort involved, and the maximum timeline. Be aware of the things that are cost drivers, call them out. 

[58:57] Ken adds another element that should be covered- protections against bad character. 

  • “You’ve got to have a reasonable amount of protections in case someone has ill intentions… ” 
  • Think about worst case scenario, relationship-wise. And protect yourself for those situations. 

[1:00:49] Brad encourages you to add terms as you deem them necessary and then simply see if clients will agree to sign- and if not, discuss and figure out how to change that language to something that clients are more comfortable with. 

[1:01:05] Ken: “The more terms there are, the less likely people are to read it… I want them to read everything.” So if you need to refine specifics and reiterate the important parts, do so! Make sure your terms are actually readable. 

  • Even in your scope deliverables, reiterate your conditions and terms there as well so there is no question or confusion about what is expected of the process. 

[1:02:25] Bob adds a final thought: “For a small or medium-sized agency, so much of this is born out of measurement of scope creep and cost. Many agencies may not have a process in place to know these things…” They won’t mind doing a bit of extra work here or there, extra hours or slightly extending the scope, etc. 

  • In actuality, these are the things that you need to measure and guard. IF you can’t, it could put you out of business. 

[1:03:30] Ken mentions the next episode topic: How to measure profitability and what it looks like on a realistic basis. 

 

Ep 26: Let’s Expose Pricing24 Jun 202001:08:31

Summary:

When we began this podcast, our goal was to share and learn about the questions that many have but few talk about. There may be no more secretive or uncomfortable area among agencies than the topic of pricing. The result of this is many different pricing models, and clients that are comparing apples to oranges. This lack of conversation hurts the entire community. Today we’re breaking down some of those barriers. We are discussing pricing strategies, payment systems, the importance of educating your clients, true hourly cost, and more.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Basic but SO important: Pricing correctly determines the financial health of not only your business, but the value that you can provide clients. 
    • “Unless you’re healthy as a business, you can’t provide really good services to your clients.” - Ken 
  2. Transition to instant electronic payments. We live in the 21st century, people!
  3. Work to make everything as clear as possible upfront. This includes scope, payment terms, payment dates, overages, etc. Many clients will require deep education on your processes and payment terms. If they are not able to see your perspective or understand your needs and requirements, maybe they’re not the best fit! Don’t be afraid to not take on unhealthy projects.

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[3:05] Bob asks Brad and Ken about their pricing models. 

[4:15] Ken: Metacake has 3 basic types of pricing models: Projects, Retainers, BAI (Bill and Incurred)

  • The older-school model of billing for hours spent without any expectation of the amount can cause a lot of friction even when clearly communicated. We work to minimize this type of billing as much as possible.
  • Projects: Includes engagements with a clear start and end. Things like building an online store, development, design, strategic help.
  • Retainers: Ongoing services like marketing campaigns, coaching, management fall into this scope.

[6:48] Bob: “Do you try tailor the plan to the client’s needs? Do some clients prefer a fixed rate and do some prefer an hourly rate?” 

[6:58] Ken: “We try not to because consistency is how we are able to deliver results… many would prefer a fixed rate as much as possible, but the nature is that many things are unknown and it’s important to acknowledge that.” 

[7:22] Brad reflects on Ken’s philosophy of what matters to have a healthy business. Ken is more apt to try and get the client to work within Metacake’s processes, versus Metacake working within the client’s processes.

[8:09] Ken: “Unless you’re healthy as a business, you can’t provide really good services to your clients.” 

  • Refers to the analogy of “put your mask on first” in the case of a plane crashing. Taking care of yourself first is necessary to help anyone around you. 
  • Going to a coffee shop, it only makes sense to ask for coffee in the way that they make it- messing up their process means you don’t know that the product will be the best it can be. 

[10:18] Brad talks about his company spending a lot of time trying to collect money from clients. 

  • Having specialized, personalized payment plans means more work for Anthem and inefficiency all around. 

[12:00] Ken: “As an agency, you should think about ‘What is the formula that makes us able to deliver this product for the value and the price, efficiently, scalably, in a healthy manner for your business so that you can stay in business.” 

[12:51] Brad asks if there are situations where maybe a client is willing to commit for a year but only for a reduced rate. 

[13:25] Ken: For Metacake, they do give a discount on a rate for a longer-term commitment. “If you’re going to really serve somebody, you need the ability to know that you can invest into making sure you get those services.” If you can’t really invest because you don’t have a commitment, how can you do really great work? 

  • Metacake typically begins reducing rates around a 6 month commitment.

[14:50] Bob asks: “What do you feel are some best practices and philosophies that bring you to the table based on your experience on how to price a client and a project?”

[15:45] Brad speaks about working in the advertising world back in the day, and remembers how there were built-in measures for overages that clients didn't understand. 

  • “Clients don’t want to pay for three or four or five half day meetings of discovery meetings and pay for it, just to understand them better so that you can actually get a real statement of work done.” 

[17:43] Ken speaks on deep discovery documents - Metacake tries to avoid them unless they are paid. If they are necessary, they are fit into the first part of the project. 

[19:01] Brad speaks on Anthem including that brand discovery into the first part of the project, and ensuring that there is deep value in what the client receives. 

[19:40] Brad mentions how difficult it is to provide an estimate for people on the fly. “Can you give me an estimate for that… we need a website developed, can you give me an estimate for that?” These are difficult questions to answer, but only because there is a distinct lack of information and conversation around budget. 

[20:15] Bob talks about uncomfortable conversations about pricing with potential clients. Many clients want an “estimate” for work but don’t want to share a budget or much about their needs. There is a “game” mentality for many people, but the reality is that budget will have a deep impact on the offerings from any agency you work with. 

[21:41] Ken stresses the importance of tracking time spent talking with potential clients and setting up for discovery. 

[22:37] Bob adds that when he owned an agency, they charged per proposal. “It helped in the sales process… you can pay me and execute this with whoever you want… or you can and continue to work with us.” 

[24:32] Ken talks about the importance of trust. Building trust allows clients to work with you and open up about honest budgets, and the earlier on you can get to that level of transparency, the more smoothly and efficiently the sales process will go. 

[26:15] Bob asks for rates!

[26:25] Ken: $195 to start, reduced to $175 for longer or larger projects.

  • “Our cost basis, on a net level, is in that $100 to $150 range.” 

[28:30] Brad speaks about how some clients may look at what you charge and attempt to match hiring a freelancer or an in-house person with hiring an agency… “But sometimes they don’t actually do the math of even their own employees of how much it’s actually going to cost them to have that person sit there at their office.” 

[29:15] Brad: “We charge between $165 and $220 an hour, depending on what we’re doing. We like to get to the point where with all our projects in the end, we’re at around $150 an hour range.” 

  • Brad adds that with almost all clients, around 80% of them eventually start to try and negotiate on price, so they try to add padding onto the pricing to account for that. Ken provides insight into how to keep this from happening. 

[30:53] Ken talks about how to combat that. Metacake doesn’t build in a buffer to negotiate on, and that sort of transparency has had good results. 

[31:45] Ken asks about the guy’s average project price. Metacake‘s is between $30K and $150K. 

[32:50] Brad says that for Anthem, a short term 3-4 month project needs to be around $50K to make it worth their time.

[33:05] Ken speaks about the beauty of having those difficult conversations. In having this specific convo, he is learning more about how Metacake can help potential clients that may not be the best fit- other agencies could be a better fit. 

  • In addition, so many agencies cover their pricing that there isn’t a proper public consensus for what things cost. 
  • Prices aren’t published online for most companies, but almost all of them have package options that they will send. 

[35:30] Ken and Brad discuss the idea of posting limited pricing information on their websites, just for transparency's sake. Will it actually be enough to entice some? Will it turn others off? 

[37:15] Ken: “Be aware that if you reduce something to fit into someone’s budget, it has to be successful.” 

  • Brad and Ken talk about creating “packages” for clients that are limited and more straightforward, without customization for the product, etc. If this package is not appropriate for the size of a client but you attempt to make it work anyway, you could be doing yourself a huge disservice. 

[39:15] Bob: “The lower you come down on your prices, you are communicating with your prospect what your value is.” 

[40:40] Brad speaks on building brand equity. “It takes a lot of time and commitment, investment with no real immediate return.” 

  • The higher your brand equity, the less and less you have to spend on marketing. 
  • Companies like Tesla don’t have to spend any money on marketing, because the brand speaks for itself. 
  • Finding clients who want to become a long-term partner to build brand equity is difficult. Most want to spend a dollar to make two, then leave. 

[44:50] Ken talks about a prevalent misconception of “growth hackers” and marketing shortcuts in the digital space. “You can get the idea that it’s easy, it’s low cost, and I don't’ have to invest anything into it,” but that’s simply not possible. 

  • “The truth is, you have to invest in something if you want to create something.” 
  • Ask potential clients- what is the value you’re providing? Not always numbers. 

[45:51] Bob: “There’s just an ignorance… not to be derogatory… they [prospects] don’t know what they don’t know.” 

[46:45] Brad asks to speak about invoicing and software they use. Anthem typically has net 30 payment terms, or requires that the invoice is paid within 30 days of receiving it. 

  • A 2-month project would be split into a downpayment and then 2 other smaller payment.s 
  • Deposits may be around 30% of the project, with the last billing coming around when the project is finished. That last payment doesn't come after the project is over, but when the statement of work says it is due. 
  • Many clients will say “No let’s hold off until this project is over… we don’t pay because there are no billable hours,” which results in the agency losing money. 
  • Clients missing deadlines or requirements shouldn’t change the date that monies are due. 

[50:45] Ken mentions that Metacake doesn’t send invoices, but rather receipts

  • Just like you can’t not pay your rent because you’re on vacation!
  • Making space or allowing for client delays sets up a bad precedent for receipt of payment. 

[53:09] Ken continues: “We try and operate very transparently upfront, we have disciplines that are important to creating success and also to keeping our sanity and we stand by those because that’s very important… we try not to let anyone abuse those… it’s important that clients have those similar values.” 

[54:00] Ken: MC’s goal is to be an efficient, smart business so that we can be really great partners for our clients. 

  • Projects are split into equal payments over the time of the contract.
  • Quickbooks online, merchant accounts that are third party and secure to store payment info. 

[56:35] Ken: “The expectation is that what goes on this agreement is not based on deliverables but rather effort because let’s be honest, very rarely have I seen projects where agencies have 100% control of the output deliverables… I think it’s unwise to even suggest that you, as an agency can control that deliverable 100% or that your payment is dependent on it.” 

[57:33] Brad: Speaks on clients who are not prepared to participate. There is a clause in their agreement that points out charges that a client may get if they are stalling and keeping the process from moving forward. 

 

Ep 25: How can you speed up your AR? [Special Events Episode]17 Jun 202000:54:20

Summary:

While we certainly don’t have solutions for all the issues we face, we know that we are ALL facing similar issues. So, we discuss them openly as well as our current strategies for dealing with them. One big issue is the slow down in B2B purchasing (i.e. agency services). Most companies just aren’t starting new projects, even in the most thriving industries. The uncertainty has caused a hesitation in the face of thriving business at times. While this certainly won’t last, what can you do to create certainty and close new business? These situations don’t mean that your business has to suffer. We know getting your discussion and sharing is one of the quickest paths to finding solutions. Today’s episode covers several topics as we see how the myriad of current events affect business. We talk products, lead flow, how to speed up accounts receivables, and more. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. The universe has a painful, but fundamental truth - there HAS to be pruning in order for growth to happen. “Constant growth is cancer… pruning is painful, but it produces more fruit.” This won’t be forever, but use whatever pain you are experiencing to improve your product.
  2. There is incredible need for agency expertise right now- convincing clients to go online may present certain challenges, but Ken shares Metacake’s strategy for these reservations- 1) Planting educational seeds that will create thoughtful relationships and 2) Innovating your product offerings to suit new client needs. 
  3. Implement electronic automatic payment plans for your agency - the idea of real-time, electronic payments seem revolutionary for agencies, yet the rest of the world has operated this way for decades. Now is the best time to start. Ultimately, waiting for payment or chasing payments is a distraction on both ends - the relationships will be stronger and your output will be better when payment issues are removed. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

Connect with us:

  • Connect with Ken at ken AT metacake.com
  • Connect with Brad at bayres AT anthemrepublic.com
  • Connect with Bob at bobwhitchins AT gmail.com

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:15] Bob intros new series about current events and how they may or may not apply to everyday life or business. 

[1:50] Brad speaks about the happenings in his hometown of Detroit in recent weeks. With the BLM movement spurring peaceful and not-so-peaceful protests around the country, he takes a moment to reflect on people around him who are participating. 

[3:20] Ken talks about the same in his hometown of Queens. “I feel like the world is groaning in a lot of ways, I think you see that with race issues, with Covid-19… There will always be problems, but there will always be good that comes out of these problems.”

  • This will pass, and we should all seek to learn from it and become better versions of ourselves. 

[5:31] Bob reflects on the writings of philosopher Phyllis Tickle, who believes that you can see a pattern of massive shifts in civilizations every 500 years, and that’s where we are right now. 

[6:15] Ken talks about the fundamental foundations of the cycles of life- they exist on long-term, short-term, daily scales. This is a part of the way that we learn more about business as well as life. 

  • “Constant growth is cancer… pruning is painful, but it produces more fruit… as painful as that pruning is… in business there has to be a pruning in order to rise above the challenges.” 

[8:23] Brad talks about how that pruning is super painful when it comes to business- letting people go who are not truly in line with your company ethos. 

[9:05] Bob: “As we’ve been looking at the markets… talking about what does it mean to close deals and stay alive and pivot… there is some counterintuitive growth happening, the markets are up, employment is up… Brad what do you make of that?” 

[9:57] Brad speaks about how employment numbers are up, which is surprising but comforting. “I think that consumers haven't lost their confidence, mainly because there hasn’t been a big enough pinch yet… extra unemployment runs out in July, so people have the means to survive. If we get enough jobs through the summer, I think we’ll be okay.” 

[11:32] Bob asks Ken about the numbers from HubSpot. 

[11:50] Ken: Stresses the reason this podcast was created in the first place- to peel back the veil behind business and agency ownership. Now is as good a time as ever to be really transparent about these things. 

  • Hubspot released data this week that the upward trend in closing deals has gone down again. 
  • “Businesses have been slower to act- consumers not so much.” New deals, new campaigns, etc on a business end is more risky than a single purchase as a consumer right now. 
  • Knowing what your specialty is and being able to zero in on what you can bring to the table and how you can provide value is enormously important right now. 

[15:17] Bob asks about deals they have worked on or closed in the last month. Were they started before Covid, as a result of Covid, etc? 

[15:19] Ken responds that most of them are currently a response to Covid. “In our experience, the situation has created an awareness of a problem or an opportunity that they need to go after, so our inquiries have been up.”

[16:40] Brad asks what sort of questions people are asking. 

[17:00] Ken says that many have intuitions or instincts that there is opportunity that they should be going after, and they want to see that through. With the world telling them that they shouldn’t be taking risks, it can be a challenge to get people to act on that intuition.

[17:50] Bob adds that there are also a lot of people who realize that ecommerce is important and are just now looking into it, only to realize the expense involved and the work that is required. 

[18:35] Ken: Speaks about his direct experience talking with companies who have not made the move to fully invest in ecomm- suddenly the “website guy” is the most powerful person in the room and budget is being allocated to them and they don’t want to mess up that opportunity. So there is a lot of trepidation and information-collecting. 

[19:15] Bob: Asks Ken about how to educate people on the importance of ecommerce and building a strong strategic foundation online. 

[19:40] Ken talks about Metacake’s 2-part strategy for education. 

  • 2-part strategy: 
    • “First, investing in helping and educating.” Planting seeds. 
    • “The second part is innovating our product.”
  • Metacake gets a LOT of inquiries from new business owners who don’t have capital or any way to invest. So there is a deep need for free/affordable education that creates value in their businesses. 

[21:50] Brad asks what percent of inquiries are new business versus established business. 

[21:55] Ken responds that it’s a 70/30 split, with 70% being new businesses and 30% being established businesses. 

[23:30] Ken continues speaking about services vs purpose. It’s so important that businesses aren’t based on the services that you provide, but the value that you’re offering and the purpose that you’re serving. 

[25:45] Brad speaks about the pain of hearing from a great business that simply can’t afford the services you offer, and how it has become a mission for Anthem to create products that can meet people in whatever level they’re at, whatever they’re able to afford. 

[26:30] Ken: There’s a big risk as well in making a product affordable. There’s a risk of cheapening the value of what you’re offering if you don’t charge enough. This may result in setting the customer up for not succeeding, which hurts the relationship long-term as well as the business. 

[28:05] Ken: “There are 3 types of people- my money for me, my money for somebody else, somebody else’s money for me, or somebody’s money for somebody else.” 

  • The last one is the “easiest” to deal with, as the project is less emotional and the spending is less emotional. Being aware of this is important when selling. 

[29:00] Bob: “It’s better to make the client uncomfortable in the beginning so that you can guarantee success, versus taking what they have and not being sure if you can be successful from that amount.” 

  • Making these decisions comes with time and experience. 

[31:03] Brad speaks about being uncomfortable when clients aren’t getting their money’s worth in the services he is offering. Sometimes it is simply best for them to work with a different company, whether that be due to the product or other factors. 

[31:16] Ken adds that agencies often tend to take on things that they can’t control. “Success is doing what you said you would at a very high level… sometimes that mean you can produce an end result that dramatically affects their business, that’s great.” 

  • It’s important to really define what success means to you and to your client, because your definition of success might not be measured by the same metrics.

[32:40] Bob says that if you don’t get that definition of success clear in the beginning, more than 50% of the time your definition is different from theirs.

[33:45] Ken talks about how it takes a really specific personality type to do this well and consistently ingrain it into the relationship. 

[34:45] Bob: Break that success down into weekly, monthly, yearly increments so that you have built-in benchmarks for measuring that and touching base about it. 

[35:45] Brad talks about Anthem’s sales philosophy. They do have strong funnels developed for cold calls but most of the business he’s been in has been based on a relationship with another human. More recent leads that have been coming in have not required “game playing” to understand whether they are a good fit or not. 

[38:57] Brad continues talking about “tire kickers” or potential clients who are asking a lot of questions without taking business seriously. This leads to a lot of investment of time and energy- but recently with the Covid 19 pandemic, there are less tire kickers around. 

[40:00] Bob asks if there are potential clients who are sitting on contracts and “stalling.” 

[41:02] Brad talks about the “sticky situation” of having loyal clients that are not able to pay on time during this time. When there is no communication from them even though the relationship is strong, it’s hard to know how to draw that line. 

[42:25] Ken talks about how ultimately this is a situation that comes down to respect. “We do largely electronic payment, and this is the number one reason why.” Payment scheduled that is agreed upon in advance. “If there is a situation that comes up, let us know.” 

[45:04] Ken continues: “It benefits both sides when you don’t have to worry about that… it’s a distraction, right? If you’re worrying about how you pay your bills, and you have to go chase people… that’s all a bunch of mental energy and physical energy that you can’t put into your projects.” 

[48:27] Brad: “We do spend more time than we need to chasing money, and asking and trying to get our invoices paid…”

[48:58] Ken talks about invoicing and how the idea of monthly scheduled payments are revolutionary but really shouldn’t be. We don’t walk into restaurants, eat, then tell them to send us an invoice 30 days later. 

  • There is a technology barrier that makes this sort of payment process easy but not specifically for agencies. 

[50:40] Ken talks about having a mentor tell him that the agency “style” of floating large payments for 30, 60, 90 days at a time is old and outdated- and ultimately people simply couldn’t make their business last. 

[51:21] Bob chimes in that as your business grows, the danger of that increases. “In today’s volatility… your clients and yourself could be $100K or one $50K invoice away from closing your doors.”

[52:05] Ken talks about how it’s not so much a pat on the back but this is a large pain point for so many, and finding a solution at ground-level to prevent that from snowballing out of control has always been priority. “There is old culture and tradition that had to be broken away… simple technology issues… why are agencies not in the 21st century?” 

  • More businesses doing transactions in a different way allows other to see how that they’re allowed to do that as well- helps entire industry in the end, as more healthy businesses are created to do business with. 
Ep 24: How Does Diversity apply to Agency Business? With guest Calvin Nowell10 Jun 202001:05:51

Summary:

When we launched our podcast and put together a list of possible guests, Calvin Nowell was part of that list. And today, the timing is perfect in light of the current social tensions. Calvin is a close friend and has worked in the agency world for a while now. Calvin recently started his own agency called, Cmon Creative (during the Covid-19 pandemic too!), and today we talk with him about the story of his start, the struggles he’s seen as a business owner, and his unique perspective as a black man in the agency world. In this episode we’re searching for the good, the opportunities, as we always do. No matter where you stand on the current social issues, education is key if you want to move in a positive direction. Calvin talks about his journey to starting Cmon Creative in April of this year, his experience in advertising, and what agency owners (and individuals) can do TODAY to begin moving towards broader perspectives of reaching an audience.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. The current climate of unknowns is an opportunity to positively reshape how you do business. Playing fields have been leveled in many ways, creating new opportunities to reach customers. 
  2. Diversity is an important topic in business not only because of social issues, but because it affords your business more opportunity and stability. It’s not about meeting quotas and shouldn’t be. It’s about expanding and challenging your thinking to produce a better product. A team of diverse backgrounds mean less blindspots and more awareness of opportunities and relevance to more audiences.
  3. Perception determines reception. Be genuine. Don’t just jump on a bandwagon because others do. If you want positive movement then your actions must be consistent with that outcome. Share information and help other agencies and businesses. Collaboration is more powerful than isolation

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About our Guest: 

Calvin Nowell of Cmon Creative is a seasoned marketer, speaker, and niche influencer. He hosts a podcast called Show Up w/ Calvin Nowell which offers advice alongside industry-specific experts to help encourage people to reach their full potential. He’s an overall creative expert who assists in marketing strategies AND is also an accomplished musician, having worked with Grammy-winning artists Stevie Wonder, Tori Kelly, Michael W Smith, and more. He also provides branding, marketing management, and vocal expertise for those artists. We are so pumped to have him on the show today!

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:05] Bob introduces this week’s guest Calvin Nowell. 

[2:17] Brad welcomes Calvin to the show, speaking about their history of friendship and working together. 

[2:47] Calvin speaks about his move to Franklin from Cincinnati 18 years ago. He initially wanted to get into working behind the scenes in the music industry, eventually being drawn to singing. Opportunities arose that allowed him to get into artist management, and eventually moved full time into marketing. 

  • Worked with Anthem republic and eventually made a move to create his own agency. 

[5:15] Brad asks Calvin to explain the meaning behind Cmon Creative and what led him to naming his business. 

[5:17] Calvin talks about growing up in church in the black community, it’s common to hear people say “C’mon!” when they hear something they are passionate about and connect with. It’s a word of encouragement in his life, regardless of who he’s around, and became very influential in other people’s lives as well. 

  • In the beginning he felt pressure to name his company something more “professional” but then decided to go with something he identified with and that people also identified with him. 

[8:00] Brad talks about how Calvin has always encouraged him to show up and participate, which is reflected in his use of the term and the name of his company. 

[8:26] Bob asks about Calvin's business in the time of Covid. 

[8:44] Calvin talks about how his agency hasn’t been impacted, but his weekend job traveling with Michael W Smith has stopped, obviously. 

  • “The opportunity field has been leveled… so I’ve looked at this as an opportunity to grow.” 
  • In the way that Ellen is now stuck at home without all the fancy lights and equipment, now that is the situation with everyone so there is more opportunity. 

[9:52] Calvin: “This is an opportunity to reshape culture versus rebrand it.” 

  • Gives the analogy of cutting down a tree and calling it timber- that is just rebranding the tree into something new. When you take the tree and reshape it into a cabinet, it becomes something new. 
  • “A lot of times we’ll do something and call it new, without allowing it to reshape, we just rename it.”
  • This is an opportunity to reshape our lives as well as our culture, business, & personal life. 

[10:54] Calvin speaks on the racial tension that we are experiencing as a disruption as well. 

  • It is heavy, but also an opportunity to reshape, it’s an opportunity to listen.
  • As people are trying to level the playing field so we can all be equal, we can all move forward. 
  • We are all created to be solutions to problems- “If you’re not a solution, you’re a problem.” This applies in business as well. 
  • Despite discomfort, I try to be a solution in these conversations. 

[12:03] Bob says the idea of reshaping sounds different than other buzzwords we’ve heard a lot lately.

[13:00] Bob asks what the day to day looks like at Cmon Creative for Calvin. 

[14:08] Calvin: Cmon is a full-service creative agency, helping clients connect dots strategically. They also dabble in video production, social media, Christian film studio company, non-profits. 

  • Started the agency right in the middle of Covid, but ultimately it was a great time to do so  because people were listening and there was a need.
  • Caused a lot of uncertainty within himself, but eventually it became clear that this was exactly what he was supposed to be doing. 

[15:58] Calvin speaks on the current opportunity to speak to black voices and stand for them in a new way. He’s struggled himself to be in the business world because of both his skin and his weight- whether intentional or not, the result is that he’s had to create his own thing. 

  • He speaks to his experience of business as a black man- things like being told by his parents that he had to work twice as hard as everyone else to make it in the white man’s world, especially with the industry he was aiming for. 
  • More recently, in the last year or so, he’s become confident in his abilities and his work, and isn’t afraid to stand out because of the way he looks or presents himself- those things are STRENGTHS. 
  • This goes back the name of his business- C’Mon is a cultural term that has a deep and powerful meaning for him. 

[18:45] Calvin speaks about being a bridge-builder in his community. He goes to a predominantly white church, lives in predominantly white Franklin, TN. He gives examples of not seeing men like him represented in his community, and refers to the recent push to “Diversify or Else.” Ultimately, “Diversity is just better.” 

  • From a business perspective, more opportunity, better perspective. It’s just the way to go. 
  • “My hope is to give solutions to people and to be an on-ramp for change for people.” 

[19:52] Ken asks if there is resistance towards diversity or is it a lack of education around the advantages of diversity. 

[20:11] Calvin tells a story about a company he applied to work for. He got 4-5 rounds of interviews and was referred by a Sr VP. 

  • Interview after interview led to a phone call from them. They praised his skills, but ultimately felt that as a whole that he didn’t fit the culture. He never got a full explanation of this and was truly hurt by the interaction. 
  • “This is why I’m so passionate about giving people those opportunities, because they just don’t exist in the ad world.” 

[22:53] Calvin says that big ad agencies often try to represent black or people of color but just don’t get it right, because they’re not a truly diverse company. If there were people of color in that meeting, those commercials would represent people with much more compassion and care. 

[24:15] Bob speaks about unconscious ignorance as well, and his experience with many people just not being aware of their bias. In recent months, the news has become so direct with the message that unconscious ignorance isn’t really an excuse to hide behind anymore. 

  • It’s important to make sure that everyone in the country is represented in marketing campaigns- to be proactive about it. 

[24:50] Calvin says that in order to be aware of our own biases, we have to take a look at our lives and businesses and ask who’s missing. In the same way that we value young people for access to social media and expertise in that area, we rely on older people to inform us of taking care of our retirement funds. Why not with race as well? Be intentional about awareness of your bias. 

[28:00] Ken: Speaks on his experience of growing up in Queens and how that impacted his cultural identity. Truly the issue goes so much deeper than skin color, but sinks into culture and tradition and so much more than just skin color. Recent events have simplified and in many cases oversimplified the issues and are not doing real justice to the socioeconomic implications.

[30:00] Calvin recalls conversations with other people of color and realizing how deep colorism goes. Not just racially. 

  • It takes a real intentionality to be aware of color and meanings behind it. 
  • Calvin views his business as an opportunity to step into that divide and intentionally have those conversations with the culture. 
  • Until we are truly diverse, we don’t know what ANY of our true potential is. 

[33:48] Brad asks what sort of advice Calvin might have. 

[34:07] Calvin: First, look at your team and ask who’s missing. Not necessarily hiring someone right away, but keeping that blind spot on your radar. 

  • There’s a difference between consideration and quotas. Quotas are multicolored, not multicultural. Consideration is truly valuing what others have to bring to the table and truly keeping an eye open for relationships with others outside of your socioeconomic/ cultural norm. 

[35:29] Ken asks if being part of the “quota” is offensive.

[35:35] Calvin says yes but he’ll take it. “You can show people better than you can tell them.” 

  • “Start with what’s necessary, and then what’s possible, and suddenly you’re doing the impossible.” 

[38:00] Calvin continues: If anything I hope this episode inspires just one person to say hey maybe we do need to see who’s at the table and make some changes.

[40:10] Bob speaks about his black friends who own agencies. They focus on the urban market and people go directly to them when they need that perspective. Bob asks Calvin why they might have zeroed in on that market specifically? 

[41:01] Calvin responds that they saw an opportunity and created a solution for a need. It’s a default because they know they can fill a need, versus being considered as an option as an agency on equal footing with everyone else. 

  • “You become what you see.” 
  • “Perception determines reception.” 

[45:20] Ken speaks to the similarity between that struggle and others that struggle to have the financial means to be successful, the challenges within both of those to work harder than anyone else and produce at a higher level than anyone else. 

[48:20] Brad speaks on his desire to be able to walk through life confident in who he is without anything else, just as himself. And says that the world would be such a better place, we would all appreciate each other so much more if we could just let go of those holdups and incorrect beliefs about ourselves. 

  • Brad speaks about how at-ease he feels around Calvin, because he recognizes his value innately and gets excited to learn new things from someone so kind. 

[50:00] Calvin talks about his lack of encouragement growing up. As a result, he never sang until college and his parents had no idea what talent he had. After therapy and life happening over time, he began to realize that there were other passions and talents he had that were never encouraged either, like his passion for advertising. 

[51:50] Calvin continues: Brad gave him a chance to see what the industry was like from the inside. He was dreaming of having an agency of his own and simply needed the exposure to the process, so that was an enormous gift for him.

[53:50] Calvin talks about the impact Oprah has had on him, and his experience at her 2020 Vision event. She said “I want to encourage you this year to bet on yourself,” and shared her experience bargaining with the co-creators of her show. Their disbelief became leverage for her determination, and it obviously worked in her favor over time. This became his permission to truly step into starting his agency in April 2020. 

[56:47] Calvin: “We’re all looking for validation, and I don’t think there’s anything wrong with it. We need to accept that… forget the [blm] movement and its intention or whatever, but people are simply asking ‘Do you care? Do I matter?’” 

  • Being sensitive to that human need to be validated is an integral part of diversity and what it means to be intentional about diversity in your business. 

[1:00:00] Ken mentions the quote “Proximity breeds empathy.” 

  • Certain groups don’t have proximity, which isn’t bad unless it’s intentional. The change has to be a change of heart, has to be genuine. And that genuine quality will change other hearts as a result. 
  • The more we take actions based on resentment, the more steps we take away from one another. 

[1:03:05] Calvin: Being intentional is the first step, but you have to be PRESENT in that intentionality. Really allow yourself to see/hear/value that other person or people group. Let them know they are being heard.

Ep 23: Remote Work - The Future of Agency Life or just a Fad?03 Jun 202000:56:05

Summary:

Now that everything everywhere has changed, let’s ask one of the burning questions: do you even need an office anymore? Would that huge expense be better placed elsewhere? Many companies are abandoning the office completely, so what exactly has changed? Why is it ok to not have an office now where it wasn’t 3 months ago? And is fully remote a good thing? Sure, it sounds great to work from the beach everyday, but is that really a reality that is sustainable? Today we debate these questions as we determine the new work conditions of our own agencies. We also discuss another hot topic - what services are ACTUALLY selling right now? 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Rethinking the way you run your day-to-day business, including where you physically do that business. The stigma once attached not having an office is probably gone for good. 
  2. In rethinking the way you run your internal business, rethink the way you provide value to your clients! Seriously, rethink it from the ground up. If prospects are closing, you need to adapt.
  3. Don’t be afraid to ACT. Providing that feedback and helping a client find a solution allows YOU to gain new experience and even proof of success for future clients.

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:45] The Guys talk about the new feelings of slight freedom that we’re starting to experience here in Nashville- though many are still quarantined, there isn’t as much anxiety about being out in the world as there was three months or so ago. 

[3:00] Brad: “There’s been good and bad during this quarantine… but I don’t want to take for granted the freedom that we have and the ability to just be human.”

[3:40] Bob asks Ken about new data from Hubspot.

[4:00] Ken: “One of the things I would like to know is what agency services are selling these days? What kind of leads are we getting and… how has that landscape changed?”

  • Hubspot’s data has been aggregated from thousands of clients, separated by industry and sorted into deals created vs deals closed. Charted from January through to May, the number of deals created and closed were as low as 40% below baseline. That number is gradually increasing, which is telling and encouraging. 

[5:56] Brad asks if the guys think that part of that uptick was because of the stimulus checks that were handed out. 

  • Overall, Americans are saving more and spending less, but also seeing light at the end of the tunnel because of the stimulus. Even still, with that glimmer of hope there is a lot of uncertainty from a consumer side. 

[6:46] Bob asks: “Is this rise that we’re seeing… of business coming back going to happen quick enough to coincide with the end of the payroll protection plan, which was 90 days…. 8 weeks from however you got it.” 

  • Recently changes were made recently that will allow an extension of the ability to use your PPP past the 8 weeks initial date. Limits to spending still apply. 

[8:15] Bob clarifies: “So the question is from the time that that starts to end- the payroll protection plan… to the point where business comes back up… are things going to get better?”

[8:31] Brad talks about how many encourage others to buy in the stock market right now, while things are low. But we don’t know how long these benefits are going to last, right now people are getting a little bonus for their unemployment but that won’t last forever. 

  • There is fear that this summer is where the recession will truly hit. In many economic spaces, the attitude is that this hasn’t happened yet, attitudes are high and positive. 

[10:15] Bob talks about how this type of uncertainty and change will naturally lead to certain industries being more hard-hit than others. For example, the real estate industry is being disrupted and may be in store for even more disruption, as many companies are asking themselves if office space is really necessary for their business. 

  • Companies like Twitter are moving to 100% work from home, opening up a LOT of real estate availability. 

[11:15] Ken: “I think reexamining the things that you do just because you do them every once in a while is healthy. And I think the way we work is definitely one of those things.” 

[11:30] Brad talks about how in recent months and years, there has been a natural movement towards more open spaces and allowing employees to come and go as necessary, and this change in style of work has just sped up the process of moving towards mobile and remote work across the board. 

[13:25] Ken talks about how many agencies have probably felt for a long time that they don’t need an office space, and how there has been social pressure to be ashamed if you don’t have a physical presence- almost as if you’re not a real business until you have an office. 

  • “Rethinking that… is a healthy thing.”

[14:45] Bob talks about how that need to save face exists in other industries as well. New real estate agents are told to not drive a car older than 3 years, because then it would tell the client that you’re selling a lot of houses. 

[15:30] Ken mentions the mindset shift that has happened recently- that to some, having an office may actually appear wasteful and not a sign of health. Physical office spaces may have offered credibility in the past, but other things have taken the place of that. 

[16:45] Bob talks about the “phases” of leveling in business- the internet was the first leveling. And now a second leveling is happening and has been expedited. Currently, the focus is more on the work, the message, and the result. 

[19:19] Brad speaks to this “leveling.” 

  • “The honeymoon’s over and the environment doesn't matter anymore… it just works.”

[21:15] Ken speaks on his experience of having a physical space that isn’t a huge, elaborate office or the standard “wow” factor that many agencies go for. Metacake has a small, 1920’s house that has many original features and is historical. It’s impressive, but not typical, interesting without being imposing. So there is a way to “wow” without being showy or grandiose about your workspace. 

  • Even Metacake will eventually switch to a majority remote schedule and some time/days/projects at the office. 

[22:45] Bob mentions that although an open workspace is a great idea in theory, “... it doesn’t take into account the uniqueness of every individual. And I think with an open workspace… some people are miserable… some people need to be sequestered. A closed door, need to be in silence. They can’t be interrupted or else they don’t function at a high level.” 

[23:39] Ken points out that that also depends on the task at hand- more creative tasks sometimes thrive in that co-working environment. 

[24:17] Brad says that even in his open-air office, most people wear headphones. Doing so is a way to isolate yourself, and tell everyone that you’re busy. Sometimes he wonders if they had their own office, would they be wearing their headphones? 

[26:05] Ken speaks to the down side to people working from home exclusively- when there is no teaching or mentoring around staying responsible for yourself, keeping a schedule, being disciplined, being taught some of these things can err too much on the side of irresponsibility.

[25:55] Brad: “I think great mentorship happens through observing… I don’t know that through Zoom calls I could get that… being in a physical space with them, seeing how they interact with their employees, the way they keep their desk, etc…”

[29:00] Ken speaks to the challenges of bringing new people on to the team, and how a new culture of working remotely will bring new challenges to the idea of building team culture and onboarding people to the systems for success that a company already has set in place. 

  • Previously Metacake has embraced the “working remote” concept with team remote work days at cafes, wine bars, and even a Vineyard in their area. 
  • In quarantine this has translated to virtual happy hours and more intentional one on one interactions. 

[29:41] Brad talks about how easy it might be to “get lost” and isolate themselves even further from the team… things that go on at home, dynamics that they can’t control… isolation for them might become even more difficult.

[30:27] Bob speaks about how giant companies with huge overhead are changing the overhead costs to create team-building for these people. That team-building budget has now been allocated to a weekly or twice-monthly team bonding exercise. 

[31:49] Brad: “I don’t often feel the need to connect deeply with people… it’s a deficit of my own that struggles because that’s not the case of my team… it doesn’t come naturally as a need or desire to me.” 

[33:05] Ken talks about how Metacake had been moving towards remote work days and being in relationship with each other even before the pandemic, so now things are moving towards that even more. 

[34:55] Ken continues: “In some ways, I found that it was easier to make these deeper connections… because you had a reason to ask how someone is doing.” 

  • The focus is productivity and work, but more so how the person is doing, how life is going, how they feel about their position and role. 

[37:15] Bob mentions that his wife has talked about new business opportunities for those who can help get home offices organized, get things set up for those who are moving towards remote working. This led to deeper thoughts about new opportunities for services that we can offer our clients. 

[38:50] Brad talks about employees asking for stipends to support working from home, and expresses that there is some hesitation about the challenge of maneuvering that with employees in the future. 

[39:25] Ken says that Metacake has been coaching their customers to ask how they can repurpose their knowledge. “You can naturally help with those skills and that provides value.”

[41:00] Brad speaks about a live event that had a lot of RSVP’s prior to quarantine happening, so they created solutions to that virtual RSVP problem, which opened the event up virtually to a lot more people, and in turn provided more value that it would have otherwise. 

  • “Now we have proven results and successful stories, and so we could easily do that for other companies.” 

[44:33] Ken talks about new opportunities within other industries to change how you do business. Gives example of an architectural firm running in a very antiquated way, and with the pandemic that has shifted massively, the governing body of that industry has been forced to change. 

  • Drive-in concerts are happening, drive-in theaters are becoming popular again. 

[47:20] Brad talks about a client who has just recently been forced to pay via ACH instead of a handwritten check, because quarantine makes getting signatures on checks very difficult. Forced change has been great for his company! 

  • Some companies have been surprised by how many new opportunities are opening up because of that forced change. New ideas are coming to the table that are progressive and give everyone confidence. 

[49:30] Ken asks again: What are the services that your clients want? 

[40:50] Brad responds: There has been a mixture of freezing up with a lack of action, and being overzealous and taking action without thinking things through. 

  • Being a thought partner with clients is valuable- thinking through the benefits and costs of the different options they see in front of them. 

[52:30] Ken: While there are clients who say they don’t know what to do or how to take action, there are more that are looking for specific solutions and thought partners to think through problems that are similar across multiple industries.

[54:20] Bob: “The opportunity now is for those of us in an agency who have done ecommerce, who have done social media marketing, who have done branding, who have done digital strategy… there’s going to be a lot of people pop up… and so to be able to separate ourselves and say that we are the experts.”

Ep 22: How do you stay in an Abundance Mindset during a Recession?27 May 202000:56:20

Summary:

In today’s episode, we are digging deep into the idea of maintaining a mindset of abundance when scarcity is all around. Ecommerce is growing steadily every day, products are being sold online at faster rates than ever before. Online sales alone are up 150% - that’s 10 years of growth in just under three months, yet still for most businesses and agencies these times are very difficult. The even harder part is, a scarcity mindset is essentially a slow death and you need to avoid it at all costs. In order to win new business you must be in a winning, abundance mindset. The TRUTH is, clients have more of a need for experienced agencies and specialists than ever. It’s simple - a more complex landscape means expertise is more important. There are actually more opportunities than ever before, but unlocking them isn’t easy and requires changing our thinking. How do you know how to adjust your services for the new normal? How do you convince an uncertain prospect to start a project? Where is the line between “just enough” and “too much” transparency with your team? All of these things are issues that agencies need to wrestle with to survive and grow in the new future, and it starts with the right mindset. Today we dive into how we are dealing with these issues in our businesses. So let’s dive in!

 

Resources Mentioned: 

  • Reach out to us if you need help:
  • Connect with Ken at ken AT metacake.com
  • Connect with Brad at bayres AT anthemrepublic.com
  • Connect with Bob at bobwhitchins AT gmail.com

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Scarcity will force you into making short-term poor decisions. Don’t take a client just because they’re going to pay you. It’s ok to adjust your standards, but don’t take projects that will leave you worse off.
  2. As often as possible, be transparent with your team about disruption and changes. “The more information good people have, the better they can solve problems.” 
  3. Do not follow the herd! Following the herd inherently means you will always be behind the opportunity. You must find YOUR path. Take calculated risks that you believe in based on your own facts. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[2:15] Bob introduces our episode, speaking about the current state of ecommerce, asking Ken what his perspective is from Metacake as an ecommerce-exclusive business. 

[3:31] Ken: “Ecommerce is sustaining a ton of businesses, and we’re in that industry. The industry is up tremendously… but we still have the same challenges, we’re no different from what others are going through… You’d think business would be through the roof… certain areas are doing really really well, others are struggling.” 

[4:56] Ken: “The ability to take action is still very hesitant.” 

[5:05] Brad says he’d be interested in seeing numbers on the companies that have gone online in the last couple months.

[5:38] Bob speaks about the forced habits that people have acquired. “No matter how old you are… there’s a good chance that twice as many people in the country are ordering online now, and they’ve been doing it for two months.” 

  • There has been a massive change in the way that we all do business, and this isn’t going to go away any time soon. People have formed new habits, whether they realize it or not. 

[6:38] Ken speaks to the change in other industries. Brad works with clients in the education space, and those companies have had to change faster than ever before. Where they were hesitant to go online, now it’s a necessity, so change has happened quickly. 

[7:00] Brad: “For a lot of companies, going online is all or nothing. They have no other choice but to… create online value… That can be challenging.” 

[7:32] Bob speaks to the importance of value now- being forced to do the same business online and being forced to create the same value and results is a challenge.

[8:08] Bob asks about some guidelines to follow to prevent lowering our standards or settling for less. Taking a client that wouldn’t be a great relationship because you need the cash influx, etc. He asks what some of those “fine lines” have been for Ken and Brad, and whether they’ve been tempted to cut those corners. 

[9:17] Ken responds, speaking about the broader implications of disruption on a large scale. The Metacake team did a lot of talking about the psychology around that and figuring out how to position themselves for not only survival but success. 

[10:25] Ken speaks about the idea that as you specialize and hone in on what you’re good at, the opportunity for what you can receive gets smaller and smaller. This is healthy, and it’s important to not lose that in adjusting for disruption. 

[11:21] Guideline 1 from Ken: Do not lose money! Don’t take clients/deals that will result in loss of money, regardless of where you’ve been in the past. 

  • Offer a temporary “trial period” with clients- not because you don’t trust them or you can’t be trusted, but because there is so much natural uncertainty in the air. Having that space to “try it out” and then reassess in a month or two to see if you want to continue is a great way to keep both parties comfortable. 

[12:34] Brad speaks about assessing risk. Sometimes clients are more willing to take a bit of a risk and will work with you based on your past work. 

  • There is a feeling that there may not be work in the future, but it’s a challenge to fight that pressure and maintain a mindset of abundance. 

[16:20] Brad gives Ken a “for instance” situation. If a client asking for a project right away that was out of the wheelhouse of Metacake’s specialty, but there was a promise of work 6 months from now that is exactly what Metacake does, would you take the work or not? Would that have been different 6 months ago before this happened? 

[17:00] Ken says they would take it! “If what the client needs is package design through the lens of an experienced ecommerce direct-to-consumer strategy, and we have the skillset to do that, then we would do that.” 

  • If the client was purely looking for art and creative assets, the answer would likely be no. 

[19:10] Ken continues by saying that if a client comes through asking for something that is totally out of Metacake’s wheelhouse, if they don’t think they can truly achieve the end result they would say no. 

  • If it doesn’t fall inside of your processes, if it means a lot more work for you as a business owner, if you're going to have to build a system from the ground up to accommodate, that should be a clear no. 

[21:22] Bob talks about something Ken said in the early episodes of the podcast, that it’s helpful to see challenges as happening “for” you instead of “to” you. That perspective shift is invaluable and SO necessary during this time. 

  • If you’ve played with the idea of expanding your services to include something new in the past, now may be a great time to hone in on those skills and expand what you’re capable of as a company. 

[22:12] Brad talks about a client that is an event planning company. They have had to pivot to becoming an online event company, and now Brad and his team have become very familiar with that and their skillsets have expanded. 

[23:05] Ken speaks on the difference between forcing something to work versus there being a need where you’re rising to the occasion and fill it because you should. 

[25:00] Ken talks about how “contactless delivery” is changing the landscape of business. Local pickup options are becoming more and more popular, as the need increases the processes will become perfected. 

  • Retail stores have thrown together curbside pickup options and there is enormous room for improvement and scalability there. 

[26:50] Brad talks about local mom and pop stores in Franklin, TN that have a seamless online delivery/curbside pickup option. “If that service had been available last year, they would have dominated the market.” 

[27:33] Ken mentions Chick-fil-A and the system for curbside pickup that they developed before the giant disruption from Covid-19. 

  • They were deeply invested in the technology of this long before anyone else- true innovation has really paid off.

[29:40] Ken talks about the buildup and preparation that Metacake has done previous to this disruption, and how efforts to diversify internally have paid off now. 

  • The “down months” in Q4 of last year meant more focus on content creation and video production as a result of asking “why” when business was slowing down. Investing in that diversifying process last year is now hugely beneficial to Metacake. 

[31:20] Brad: If you do decide to take on business that you haven’t necessarily done before, how do you talk to your team about it to get them to see the vision and not get nervous about something they haven’t done before? 

[31:45] Bob speaks about how you have to cast the vision wholeheartedly- if you don’t believe it, they won’t believe it. 

[34:01] Brad asks about drawing boundaries between yourself and your employees, how much transparency is too much transparency. Ex: Telling them that if you don’t do well with a particular client, the company will go under. 

  • Ken speaks to the amount of shame attached to failure. There is a higher tolerance for failure these days, because everyone is trying new things. This gives you the ability to be more honest. 
  • Struggle is inevitable these days, so you can share more without being seen as weak or incapable. 

[36:48] Ken: “The more information good people have, the better they can solve problems.” 

[37:12] Brad speaks about how times of perceived failure are when he has grown the most and learned the most. Taking on risk may not go as well as you’d like, but be cognizant of what you’ve learned and that is sometimes more valuable than the money. 

[38:00] Bob talks about looking at things with an abundance mindset versus a scarcity mindset. We have seen directly what happens when a scarcity mindset takes hold. 

  • He admits that even he succumbed to the toilet paper stress, a true example of “what you focus on expands”

[40:20] Brad talks about true uncertainty, truly not knowing what choice to make. Often this means making the best of the wrong choice. You have to learn to trust yourself and look at your true track record, accounting for what you’ve learned from mistakes. 

  • Saying yes to an unknown client that excites you and drives you to motivation and movement towards growth is definitely a better bet than saying yes to those that don’t excite you. 

[42:30] Ken urges against “following the herd.” If you’re always following the herd, you’re always behind someone else or behind where you need to be to truly be a leader. You’re always stuck asking why you can’t see out ahead of where you’re at. 

  • Difficult to innovate, less willing to take risks that they believe in. 
  • Sometimes doing the counterintuitive thing is what’s best for you, depending on what you believe in. 

[44:35] Bob talks about how this is a time for thinking about things that you may have been too fearful to truly assess before. Things like overhead via an office space, working from home, scaling back to smaller versions of what worked before. 

  • The world- and expectations- have changed. So this is the time to start making those hard decisions and leaning into the change. 

[46:00] Brad: “Sometimes the easiest way to make revenue is to cut expenses.” Basic but also necessary. 

[47:15] Bob asks: “What’s the biggest pivot or change that you’re seeing with some of your clients? Are you seeing your long-term clients making massive changes or are they fearful and inching ahead?” 

[47:45] Ken speaks on the fear-based mentality that is pervasive for good reason. Those who aren’t succumbing to that fear are obvious. 

  • Not a whole lot of major changes either way, for Metacake. But they are looking to encourage clients to make major moves that will create long-term health and growth. 
  • A “deer in the headlights” response is common, so Metacake is trying to massage that fear away and encourage small steps toward action instead of freezing up in fear. 

[49:30] Brad: Existing customers with large businesses probably felt more of a frozen response than other smaller entrepreneurial clients who are more optimistic and energized about finding solutions. 

  • For the most part, clients have gotten into a routine and have begun to see the end a bit more clearly. 
  • Seeing small “wins” for clients who have successfully pivoted has been encouraging as an agency as well. 

[52:23] Bob talks about how agencies need to start seeing themselves as producers and psychologists. “When it comes to marketing, consumers are smart… and  when it comes to media, you’ve got to create it.” 

  • You have to understand the mind of the individuals as well as the product. 

[54:11] Ken talks about how in the past, the client was demanding things from the agency, but these days the agency is the expert and it’s the agency job to educate the client. 

[55:15] Brad, Ken and Bob give their email addresses, so if you’re looking for an agency to partner with, reach out to them! BAyres AT anthemrepublic.com and ken AT metacake.com and bobwhutchins AT gmail.com

Ep 21: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 8): How do you Set and Achieve Objectives in ANY business climate? With Guest, Jay Myers, Co-Founder of Bold Commerce.20 May 202000:56:55

Summary:

In today’s episode we have guest Jay Myers, co-founder of Bold Commerce - arguably the world’s largest ecommerce app company. Jay shares some of the secrets that have been key to Bold’s success as well as the method he uses to set and achieve business goals in any climate with a team of over 300 people. His business is a great example of experimentation, listening to the customer, and adjusting until they found their stride. Now he is able to passionately lead a team of over 300 people through the challenges of surviving and thriving in business and in life. Bold was one of the first app companies on Shopify, and is not a key player in the global ecommerce space. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Focus on Your Customers! When you start to focus on the competition too much, you start to veer more towards what they are doing and not focusing on what makes you special and unique. Instead focus on your business and your customers and let them guide your decisions. 
  2. While the global pandemic has left many companies with losses, there are also a TON of opportunities to shift and grow through this- a combination of creativity and innovative technology solutions are helping many local brands reach customers in a whole new way.
  3. When it comes to setting goals, choose 1-5 objectives important to your success and then identify measurable metrics as indicators of your progress towards each objective. This is the OKR method. Using this concept for group goal-setting as well as team and individual goal-setting is a great way to ensure that everyone in your organization is on the same page AND can pivot quickly if needed.

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About our Guest:

Jay Myers: Co-founder of Bold Commerce, possibly the the longest-running app company in ecommerce, that provides solutions for the world’s most innovative brands.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:10] Ken introduces our guest, Jay Myers, a Founder of Bold Commerce. 

[2:25] Jay thanks Ken for the intro and speaks about the value of teamwork and cooperation in the founding of Bold. He has 3 business partners that all brought unique skillsets and visions to the table, and Bold could have never existed the way it does without all four of them. 

  • Jay loves the Agency Exposed podcast! He speaks on the idea that “knowledge is power” and how he takes an opposing stance. The real power and value is in SHARING knowledge. 
  • “The companies that are going to win are the ones putting in the work, executing day in and day out… if they’re a competitor, they still have to out-hustle us.”

[3:53] Ken asks Jay how competitors have impacted him. Jay speaks about how his view about competition has shifted over the years. 

[5:08] Jay: “When you start focusing on the competition too much, you start drifting into that lane… what you need to focus on is your customers, you need to listen to you customers, there will always be competition and that’s okay.”

[5:51] Brad asks Jay to clarify what Bold does and how it is used in ecommerce businesses. 

[6:00] Jay summarizes his journey to Bold. From an early age he was passionate about online stores (since 1998 when he was 18), eventually moved one to Shopify and noticed their app store. 

  • Eventually teamed up with a couple guys after seeing the opportunity. Bold started as an app company with a suite of apps, everything from subscription programs to upselling and bundling membership programs. 
  • Bold is primarily a Shopify partner, but also Big Commerce and Woo Commerce. 

[7:41] Ken: “Correct me if I’m wrong, Jay but doesn’t Staples run on your checkout right now?”

[7:53] Jay speaks about Staples and their price tools engine product that allows dynamic price changes. 

[9:40] Bob asks for Jay’s perspective of the pandemic and what he’s seeing and predicting for the future. 

[10:38] Jay talks about how he’s expecting ecommerce to experience a second wave very soon. Prior to the pandemic, global ecommerce was hovering around 17%, and over just the last month it has shifted to 30%. 

[11:45] Jay speaks about how the internet has impacted local merchants negatively over the last 15 years. When a customer can find a cheaper price for the same item from a factory across the world, that local merchant has lost out on that business. 

  • But what’s happening now is that local merchants are solving the issues they’re facing with creative ecommerce options. Local merchants will go online and the strength will be put back into their court. 
  • There is enormous opportunity currently for companies that can come up with creative solutions to bring their store experience online. While it’s an unnerving time globally, for many entrepreneurs have never seen this kind of explosion of growth and it’s EXCITING. 

[15:08] Ken adds that he has had similar thoughts. “That creative problem-solving is what’s going to help you succeed through this.” 

[17:34] Jay speaks on one example he’s seen: “People are cancelling their subscriptions like crazy, but also people are signing up for subscriptions faster than they ever have…. It’s really brought to light what people value.” 

[18:13] Ken speaks about how businesses are doing the same thing, they’re shaking up their expense and reprioritizing them. 

[19:35] Ken asks Jay what his leadership style was prior to this and how that has changed during this crisis.

[20:03] Jay speaks about opening their Austin office back in January and how things have changed since then. 

  • There is overcommunication happening at all levels within their 350-person company. Teams are meeting daily via Zoom or Google hangouts. A “town hall” meeting happens 3 times a week and everyone participates. One-on-one meetings have ramped up and when people ask “how are you” the question is taken much more seriously than ever before. 
  • They are focusing on transparency overall, because the more information employees have about the real state of the company, the more opportunity there is for them to step in and fill the need and provide solutions. 
  • Around 70% of their staff doesn’t have kids, so they are even more productive than they were previously. 
  • One of their buildings was reaching max capacity, so now there is new focus on how necessary buildings really are, how a partial work from home schedule may be the smarter move at the end of the day. 

[27:45] Brad adds that he thinks companies will realize they don’t need huge buildings and giant parking lots anymore, that they can downsize to half the space and create a more laid back coffee shop vibe for their employees. 

[28:35] Ken talks about how entertaining the idea of changing has been an interesting process. He talks about Metacake taking on a hybrid schedule is likely, and mentions that there is an enormous benefit to working from home that not many people talk about.

  • “There’s a part of this that allows families to kind of be closer together and that area’s not really discussed  or talked about. But I think that when that unit breaks down a bunch, I think it causes a lot of problems in our society. If we have this ability now to foster that a bit more… I know it works better for me.”

[30:30] Ken continues: “There’s so much benefit that comes from that… mental health, family health… businesses can pioneer without sacrificing anything.” 

[31:20] Jay mentions OKR, or Objectives and Key Results. It’s a system where you create company-wide objectives that is broken down into smaller objectives each quarter. Each objective has key results, typically a number. 

  • Further, every department creates their own individual objectives and key results, and within those departments every person creates their own objectives. For remote working, this is an invaluable tool! 

[36:12] Jay speaks more on OKR’s. It is actually more difficult than you’d think to come up with a good objective, because those that are achieving every objective they’ve set for themselves probably haven’t set their sights high enough. 

[38:24] Ken talks about how setting objectives in this manner can be a cure for shiny object syndrome, or the idea that companies can get into a flurry of directions and make little actual progress. 

[38:50] Jay: “A lot of companies succeed more because of what they said no to than what they say yes to.” And almost indigestion happens when there are a TON of opportunities or ideas that get backed up. When objectives are set, every opportunity comes along with very quick decision making, because it is easy to ask if any one deal will move the needle on any objectives. 

[41:49] Brad asks Jay how long it took before Bold was able to build brand equity. 

[42:13] Jay responds that it took several years and a lot of changes to find their lane and eventually build that equity. They settled on Bold Commerce after many rounds of experimentation. 

  • Hitting the “jackpot” came as sort of a fluke, when they designed an upsell app for Shopify that allowed massive growth without Shopify breaking. In thinking like a merchant, they were able to give companies and customers a great experience. It gave them a great reputation right off the bat. 

[50:15] Brad thanks Jay for his time and speaks about how he loves the focus on the customer or client. Even when designing apps to help businesses, there is always a focus on providing the customer with the best value for their money. 

Ep 20: What’s My ROI?13 May 202000:57:51

Summary:

ROI is more important now yet harder to measure than ever. Because of the uncertain economic climate, time between spending and making a sale has increased for most businesses. At the same time effort and marketing activities have had to completely change course to adapt. ROI is something every business leader (you and your clients) wants to know for good reason. But unfortunately the answer is not that simple, and we are tempted to sacrifice long term health for short term reward. 

 

In today’s episode we break open the concept of brand value as a return on investment- how building brand equity has a real business case and is just as important (even more) as other activities that may have direct ROI attached to them. It’s important as an agency to have a deep understanding of this concept not only for your clients, but for YOURSELF. Agencies are so-called “brand building experts” yet often their own brand suffers and is perceived as a commodity. When it comes to building a business with a legacy that makes profit and LASTS, we have to find that perfect balance between number crunching and winning the hearts and minds of your customers. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

  • Hubspot
  • Google Trends

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. The importance of ROI as a financial measurement will be more important for quick-growth, blitz-scaling companies, while companies that are looking to build for long-term growth should take brand equity into consideration just as much as ROI.
  2. It’s important to Practice what you Preach- as an agency, show clients and customers that your brand is about a deeper meaning and message than just making money. 
  3. A simple way of measuring brand awareness is tracking how many Google searches come up for any specific brand or company. That is a real-time measure of brand recognition and audience engagement. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

How do your clients define success? Is ROI a part of that equation? 

[0:] Bob: The term ROI means Return on Investment, or the value that we provide to our clients. There is often a void between what we as agency owners value as success and what the client values as success- closing that gap is what we do.

[ ] Ken: “ROI is one of those things that you can’t really control as an agency owner- really no one person can control.”

[ ] Brad: Often clients see us as their financial advisor- step 1 of that process is asking “What can I expect my return to be.” Sometimes you get clients who have a different idea of success from you, so it’s more difficult to close that gap.

[ ] Bob: The agency dilemma- what’s the goal of the company ultimately, and what’s the size of the company. Smaller company means the goals are going to be different, so the expectations of the client is going to be different. 

[ ] Brad: Startups are often quick-moving, fast-growth companies. They’re blitz scaling, and “putting the plane together while they launch it”- ultimately just looking for short term investments to get them where they need to be and create the “strong financial narrative of growth” that they need.

 

  • Strategies change based on that need of the company. Startups probably care more about ROI than other more established brands. 

 

  • Identifying what THEY see as success is #1 with any client.

[ ] Bob asks: How much of an agency's job is it to teach and push a client toward a better understanding of ROI for their business? 

[ ] Ken: “I think it’s required, even for your own well-being as an agency.”

  • You can’t always control what the product is, the price, who the audience is, etc. If you don’t educate, you’re on the hook for things that you can’t control- the client’s expectations, mostly. 
  • “You have to lead that conversation.” Oftentimes you’re being asked to do things by the client that you have no control over, so you need to educate around that. “Here’s how you should be thinking about ROI from our perspective.” 

[ ] Brad: Sometimes you get clients whose product really isn’t being marketed to the correct market. Some companies just don’t put the time or effort into establishing market fit.

  • “We see, as collectors of data, proof or evidence that the client's expectation isn’t right to begin with.” 
  • As an agency, you have to be able to say that you can’t help them any further. You can only guide some clients so far.

[ ] Bob speaks on how often the expectation is that clients don’t really understand the process. 

[ ] Brad adds that oftentimes the clients don’t understand that there are many perspectives and lenses through which to gauge growth- ROI isn’t the only marker for success. And the less educated a client is about these things, the more work there is at the front end for agencies. 

[ ] Ken adds: Agencies have to get ROI for every activity that they do- defining the return is important. Sometimes it’s not money or sales. 

  • Having a team member that understands a more holistic view of the business model is so vital- both internally as well as from clients. Until then you’re always going to have a mismatch.

[ ] Brad: Often there are specific structures within the setup of the business that are barriers to understanding and education. When part of the businesses activity takes place offline- they get bumped to a salesperson- it’s hard to measure the success of specific digital ads, etc. So it’s important to have a place (Hubspot, Salesforce) where you can measure those successes even once the process leaves a digital platform. 

  • Then you have clients who come to the table very prepared and know the digital world inside and out and there isn’t a whole lot of education that you have to provide.
  • Then there are clients who expect you to be magic and pull ROI out of thin air.

[ ] Bob speaks on the “magician” role that some clients expect. Every client, product, demographic is wildly different. Sometimes it works, and sometimes it doesn’t

[ ] Ken adds: Many clients are looking for a silver bullet, a quick fix to get their name out there. But ultimately as agency owners, you’re doing that service because you know more about that than the person coming to you. This is our responsibility- do NOT feed them the silver bullet misconception. 

  • Educate the reality: “There is no silver bullet, so here’s the deal: It’s finding the right experience on your team, doing the right things consistently over time, and being really smart about those so that you build your business and get to that goal you have. That’s the first thing we ask anyone that we want to work with- what is your goal? 
  • Start with a goal. Is it specific, measurable, realistic? If it is, then how do we back out of that and develop a strategy.

[ ] Brad: speaks on the experience of marketing something that there is a lot of excitement and buzz around. “It was so easy to market that product, and it was so fun because there was so much excitement behind it.” 

  • It is a whole different experience when the company is in a market that’s slow or the brand new with no competitors, hs no brand equity, doesn't have the money to do what they need to do- and sometimes they don’t even know what they need. 

[ ] Ken responds- “So apparently it’s important for them to have a good product Well it turns out it starts with a great product, apparently. And that’s something that you can’t truly control… If you’re working with someone who says I want to get there, you ask okay how bad do you want it? Because the investment that’s required to get there may be more than they have or that they want to invest- money or time.” 

[ ] Brad: The biggest reason that businesses go out of business is due to capital. In order for you to be the magician that they request, they have to be willing to reframe their mindset.

  • Steve Jobs quote: “I create products that people don’t even realize they need.” 
  • Apple not only put out products that are incredible, but they educate people about how that product will improve their lives.

[ ] Bob asks about brand equity. Scenario, agency comes to the client with: “Well, we may not have hit all the sales goals, but look at all this brand equity that we’ve built.” 

  • Part of our job as an agency is to measure, report on brand equity, and prove that our process is a success with data & analytics. 
  • This might be important to a marketing manager that you’re working with directly, but maybe not the CFO who’s only looking at the numbers. 

[ ] Brad speaks on brand awareness vs desire to purchase. You need both to truly succeed- both are a measure of success. 

  • Brand equity doesn't happen overnight- either have a lot of money or time. 
  • Brand equity comes with a strong consumer value. 
  • Another Steve Jobs quote: “Don’t just sell us on the features of your products, but show us how your product is going to change our lives.”
  • If you don’t have those pain points, you’re never going to create an emotional connection to your brand. 
  • Everything about your brand is brand equity- you have to take everything into context. “It’s not just marketing and driving leads, it’s so much more than that.”

[ ] Bob adds: “Can you get your potential customer to see themselves in your product?”

[ ] Brad speaks on the tribe mindset of becoming a brand fan. The emotional connection to the product is just as important as the product itself. 

  • Consistency of brand awareness in every aspect of the business. 

[ ] Ken: It seems like there is a huge focus on the direct response concept of viral brands and viral products. It’s almost discounting the brand awareness method of building a business. The balance is in between the two. 

[ ] Brad: It’s an important question to ask, how much human touch does a brand actually have access to? That really impacts the way that you approach the strategy.

[ ] Ken: When you compare two business strategies- one company who wants to create a legacy that is around for years and year and years, another wants to capitalize on a craze that will only work for a year or two. 

  • In one situation, there is very little focus that goes into brand equity and the point is to take advantage of the ROI available. And in the other, brand equity is really the focus of what you’re building early on. 
  • “It’s easy to get caught up in the short term side of things… so you really need to define ROI for yourself, and find the balance. If you want to create a brand that will gain success longterm, you do have to measure both the ROI and brand equity.”

[ ] Bob: “Our job is to measure it and deliver those analytics back to them. How do you guys measure that?”

[ ] Brad shares his for a digital business:

  1. Are we creating awareness?
  2. Are we getting people excited about the idea of the product? 
  3. Are we driving through an appropriate funnel?

[ ] Brad expands: The next step is understanding which messages are driving users deeper into the funnel. UI issues, abandoned cart rates, fallout rates, etc. 

[ ] Ken shares: On the brand awareness side you’re working on creating emotions in people. How you measure that could be things like engagement on ads, etc. 

[ ] Brad: “You have to understand that your lens is different from your customer, as much empathy as you want to have for them…”

[ ] Bob speaks about a method of measuring brand equity/brand awareness- just keeping track of how many Google searches come up in a month, 2 months, 3 months. If there is an increase, that is evidence of brand awareness increasing. 

[ ] Ken adds that Google Trends is another way to gain a view of brand awareness. 

  • Keywords, phrases that are bringing people to your site can be used to create narratives to further increase that interest.

[ ] Ken highlight 1 Takeaway: Practice what you preach- agencies tend to not do this for themselves, tend to not push to build a brand with awareness and emotion. 

  • How, as an agency, can you build a story that is beyond the services you provide? 

[ ] Brad adds: We can help clients refine their product as well, based on this brand equity mindset. We see the front lines, so they need to be listening to our perspective. 

  • “You have to decide with your own agency which clients are the right fit for you.”
Ep 19: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 7): Will doing business actually improve after the initial impact of our economic crisis passes? [2 MONTH CHECK-IN]06 May 202000:50:05

Summary:

Today’s episode is Part 8 of our COVID-19 / Corona series, where we’re uncovering the good in the current situation. We’ve had some amazing guests over the weeks and have some amazing ones coming in the next episodes. Today, we sit down to do a 2 month check-in check-in, focusing on questions like: What are we seeing, feeling, and observing in our clients and in our own businesses? What are our takeaways so far? How has it changed people? How has it changed business and marketing? How long will it last? What does the NEW normal look like?

 

Owning an agency or service business can be a roller coaster of changes and pivots, and now more than ever the value that you can provide is at the forefront. For all businesses, and your clients - every dollar counts. But is that a bad thing? Is there more competition or less because “match” is more important now than ever. 

 

We talk about moving your business away from commoditization and instead focusing on the value of your experience and expertise. How can you provide concrete evidence of that value to clients? And how can you come alongside them as a coach to lean into this period of growth? 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Ultimately, none of us know for sure what the next couple of years will look like. Nothing will be the same, we will never go “back to normal”, we will move forward into a New Normal. Embrace it. It may actually be better.
  2. Things have shaken out and that is to the benefit of businesses that are genuine experts. Don’t build your agency around services that are considered commodities (or could become commodities). Build your brand around you UNIQUE value.
  3. In creating value for your brand, concrete proof is more valuable now than ever. Create solid case studies that showcase your services and different forms of ROI- clients will appreciate and trust your knowledge and skillset much more quickly. 

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:



About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[2:00] Bob introduces the episode with a wrap-up of our Covid episodes so far- we’ve covered how to survive, thrive, diversify. He asks what Brad and Ken think the world will look like, business-wise, after this pandemic. What are we seeing, feeling, observing in our clients and in our own businesses? What are our takeaways? How has it changed people? What is the landscape going to look like and what do we need to consider.

[3:20] Ken speaks on the “reset” that is happening amongst his colleagues and within his own business. Having done business through the recession of 2008 and experiencing this as well, the cyclical nature of the economy is very apparent. Two months ago a reset was hard to imagine, with nothing but blue skies on the horizon. 

  • Things were moving so quickly, in some ways it felt harder to do business. Very noisy, competitive, overly commoditized, egos were big on both sides that was creating a type of inflation in itself. 

[5:16] Ken: “As painful as a reset is, I think that pullback brings us back to the fundamentals of what is really important, brings us back to human beings, humbles us all- including the marketplace in a way that is advantageous to people that are genuine and businesses who are in it for the right reasons… if you have those qualities it’s easier to connect with people who really need what you have to offer.”

[6:03] Brad asks Ken for a picture of what the future looks like as far as engaging in new business/ onboarding. 

[6:35] Ken: “Agencies tend to fall into the category of all being the same… that makes it easier to be identified by potential clients… But really that’s not what makes you unique, what makes you unique is what will make them choose you.”

 [7:38] Ken continues: “I believe that there’s gonna be more need to find the right match that gets the right results on the client side AND the agency side, because there’s less room for messing around… even time. Nobody likes spending money and it not work, but now, time is important.”

  • The shift is connecting on a level that actually matches the intent of the client as opposed to a “cattle call” for whoever is the cheapest and fastest.

[9:47] Bob recalls the early 2000’s when digital marketing was new, there is a similar reset. Back then, services were becoming commoditized so that everyone could do them. 

  • “The new world will be more sensitive to value versus cost.” 

[11:33] Bob continues: “People are like, I need an expert now. I need to build and create something that’s going to stand the test of time, that’s going to generate revenue smarter for me, maybe faster. Not with tactics, but with real expertise.”

  • This is an opportunity for agencies to step up and not have to play in the commodity world as much. 

[12:26] Brad recalls our last podcast guest Daniel Cobb and the analogy he made between being a tool versus the whole toolbox. Many agencies focus on being just a hammer, but he views his agency as the entire toolbox. 

[13:45] Brad asks for further thoughts from the guys “If you rethink your agency model, do you now hire different people, do you rethink your team?”

[14:10] Ken responds that those who are becoming commodities shouldn’t necessarily fight that. 

  • Gives the example of real estate and the concept of websites like Zillow becoming popular. Because there is more technology out there, people can buy and sell more efficiently without an intermediary. Some are resistant to this, but ultimately that is the way the market is going. 

[17:02] Ken continues: “What is your value that you can add regardless of if it’s easy or if it’s hard?” 

[17:42] Brad speaks about his agency and the way that they do business. They definitely sell commodities but ultimately strategy is the biggest value that they offer. Having a seat the strategy table is vital, otherwise they are taken out by other companies that have commoditized differently/better. 

[19:02] Brad adds that “If there is an opportunity, I always like to show a monetary return on investment, because if you don’t do that, that's where you become a commoditized business that is being told what to do, versus truly adding value.”

  • That is a question that you should be asking your clients when you talk to them- what are your expectations on your ROI? 
  • Brad stresses that especially in the coming months, ROI will become increasingly important. As we head towards the very real possibility of a recession, ROI will be at the top of mind with a lot of potential clients

[22:07] Bob adds “Solid case studies and examples are going to be gold.” You’ll have clients asking for proof of that and see it in a document. “It's too easy to claim ownership when campaigns are successful, and it’s too easy to blame other things when it’s not successful.” 

  • Client want to know: “Are you professional? Are you going to get a return on my money? Let me see where you’ve done it before with other clients… not who’s cheapest, or who gets the most clicks and impressions…”

[23:45] Brad: “Being a creative agency is great but creativity now is becoming a commodity.” 

  • The bar is really high, but just because you launch it doesn’t mean it will generate money. 

[25:18] Bob: “I think honesty and authenticity are going to be held to a much higher value.” 

  • Oftentimes you have clients who state exactly what they want, and although you agree and go for that, on the inside you really don’t think it will pan out just the way they want. 
  • Being willing to be honest with clients about their expectations and leading them with your expertise will allow them to feel empowered and encouraged by your experience. And it allows you to be a part of the conversation. “What is the best ROI for you” instead of “How can we make the best money for you.” 

[27:41] Ken: “None of us can guarantee results… you don’t own the product, the company, you can’t tell the future… Your job as an agency is to lead in the expertise that you have and challenge the beliefs appropriately so that you get your clients in the right place…. Like a coach. A coach can’t win the game for you, he can’t play for you. He can only stand alongside you with the expertise that he has, help get you ready, help train you… to help you win. But YOU still have to win.” 

[30:00] Ken continues: “How do you educate based on changing market conditions to be investing in the right things that don't produce immediate ROI but do produce a long term ROI, AND find the short term wins?” 

  • Balancing short term wins through low-hanging fruit with long term wins of extended ROI. 

[31:24] Brad expresses curiosity for the next 6 months- will clients be more nitpicky about pricing? Will pricing models change, will we have to go back to the drawing boards? 

[32:00] Ken speaks on pricing strategy and how moving away from being the “cheapest” model to a value-based model. Hanging your hat on that model for business is not a strategy to long-term growth and survival.

[34:45] Bob adds that this ties back into the concept of having a “why” that is deeper and more valuable than just earning money. 

  • If you ARE in the commodity world, you need to pivot fast. 

[37:50] Bob speaks about how to survive through this: “Being an expert, showing we’ve done it before, caring about ROI above everything… and it’s really important to lead with value and why we’re doing it, and having strong philosophies.” 

[40:00] Ken talks about the other side of making those pivots and truly surviving through this: “On the other side of that now you’ve got a really distilled idea of who you are and why you’re so valuable… through that, it’s easier to sell.”

  • Clients asking about legitimacy and actually DOING what you promise is more important now than ever. And in that sense, cost is a secondary thought for many. Because they want something that WORKS. 

[40:55] Ken quotes Tony Robbins: “To succeed in business, it’s pretty simple. You just need to provide more value than anyone else.” This is relevant to today more than ever, and doesn’t necessarily mean adding more time or cost, but instead asking yourself “How can I create the most valuable offering in the most efficient way.” 

[42:16] Bob predicts that laying people off may bring more efficient business practices internally. Letting go of 4 or 5 employees may be more efficient than hiring an outside partner to help with those services. 

  • “How can we achieve just as much, if not more, with outside expertise?” 

[43:40] Brad adds: “This will be an opportunity for clients to shop around… as we’re rethinking our businesses, customers are rethinking what they need… you may have a lot more customers who are looking for long term partners.” 

[45:05] Ken speaks on the power of not only weathering the storm, but looking for the opportunities to thrive through it. “It won’t go back to the way it was, it’s going to go forward to something new… noone knows what that is… everyone’s at the starting line again. In some ways, it has re-leveled the playing field, creating advantages that people didn’t have before.” 

[46:29] Brad: “Customers are going to look for companies who can support them… not those who are outsourcing pieces of the pie, but a well-oiled machine that can take them on.” 

  • He is making efforts to keep his business as lean as possible on the operations side, as there is so much unknown. “I’m looking to weather the storm.” 

[48:15] Bob adds that ultimately, none of us know for sure. Nothing will be the same, things have shaken out the way they need to and ultimately there are a lot of opportunities for those businesses that are thinking about bringing value and expertise. This is a great time to be learning, a great time to start with a high level of value and knowledge instead of just trying to be the cheapest commodity and grab business where you can.

Ep 18: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 6): What are the Fundamental Rules that will get your Agency through Any Crisis? With guest Daniel Cobb, founder of The Daniel Brian Agency.29 Apr 202000:53:46

Summary:

Ever wish you could pick the brain of an industry leader who has been around a lot longer than you, has had a lot more success than you, has been down your road before, and is willing to share it all with you? Yeah, we did too. So we reached out to Daniel Brian Cobb, the founder of The Daniel Brian Agency. Dan’s agency has won more than 21 Emmy’s, advises clients like Papa John’s and Disney, is a respected author, and has been leading and growing his business and clients for over 30 years.

 

Daniel has seen it all from the 2008 financial crisis to the current 2020 COVID-19 recession. Daniel is one of the voices that large brands go to for advice in times of crisis. He’s an amazing agency leader and God-given innovator. 

 

Daniel shares it all today. We discuss how he’s leading his clients and agency through this crisis, and the next wave of change that is coming.

 

And just like the rest of us, Daniel’s business isn’t immune to the current crisis. In the first 24hrs of the Coronavirus shut down his agency lost $1M in business. We talk about how he dealt with disappointments like this and how he’s actually gained more business through this time. There is always HOPE and Dan walks us through finding it.

 

This is an episode you want to listen to with your notepad ready (or just use our notes below:).

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. We are in the third wave: The Participation Age. This is about collaboration and smaller units of power. Getting more access and creating a greater weight than any one big organization could ever create.
  2. Owning your media is more important now than ever! As we shift into a new way of doing business, owning your platforms and connections with your customers is vitally important. 
  3. Innovate. Use the 80/20 innovation system. Always put 20% of resources towards future innovation. Be careful about doing any more or less. Your business must be healthy AND you must innovate to survive.

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About our Guest: 

Dan Cobb: Founder of the Daniel Brian Agency (DBA), author of Surfing the Black Wave and 30+ year industry veteran. DBA specializes in innovative and measurable advertising campaigns to engage families via retail, healthcare, digital TV, family entertainment, and sporting goods. Dan has worked with brands like Papa Johns, Henry Ford Health Systems, and Chick-fil-A to provide creative connections with local communities. Connect with Dan: 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:24] Brad introduces our guest Dan Cobb. 

  • 28 year veteran in this industry. 
  • Wrote Surfing the Black Wave

[3:44] Dan tells us about his clients and the type of work he does. “We started with two types of clients. We started in healthcare and pizza. First two clients, Henry Ford health system, and Domino’s pizza.” 

  • “Our experience is really in taking chain based organizations, local organizations that are widespread and building that local connection in the local community for those organizations.” 
  • Gives example of Chick-Fil-A. When they work with a chain like this, the focus is more on local communities and local engagement. Daddy-daughter date nights, military appreciation nights, etc. 

[4:56] Dan continues: “In doing that over the years, what we’ve learned is that connection happens in the community, connections happens through values… That’s great to have a pizza on sale, a $5 hot and ready, but you can beat that with a $7 pizza that cares.” 

  • They ran a campaign for Hungry Howies that donated proceeds to breast cancer research. They experienced a 23% increase of sales that month, and they gained a quarter of a million Facebook fans and followers. 
  • “We saw how that local connectivity is about connecting to the values that people care about there and then bringing that together for maybe a promotion, maybe not… it’s more important that you have that values connection. 

[5:53] Brad reflects on first meeting Dan years ago. He recalls that Dan had a very clear vision that had nothing to do with advertising. Brad asks Dan what that “Why” core value system looks like these days. 

[7:22] Dan responds: “Many of us started with writing or artistic or musical skills, and it kind of drove us into this industry, which gave us a way to compensate those skills… for me it went back to when I was a kid. I was sitting on the couch watching tv… mom walks into the room and says turn that off, that’s bad for you. Go out and do something good for you. And it was that moment… it was this though, Why does it have to be bad for me? Why does this content, this entertainment, this advertising have to be bad for me? Maybe I can make that change.” 

[8:10] He recalls Nike’s “Just Do It” campaign impacting him strongly. As a runner, he found himself truly inspired by the commercials that he’d seen. “It inspired me to be a better runner, to be a better person, overcome the pain in my life, and just take on the challenges… why can’t advertising always do that type of thing?”

[8:35] Dan: “So we started building a model around that… we call it Better Brands for a Better Human Condition. So we put everything we do through that filter: Is what we’re doing building a better brand for a better human condition?”

  • “As a team, we started pull all-nighters, pretty much the slave shifts. We’ve all done it in this business… one of my staff members said ‘How is this a better brand for a better human condition?’”
  • Helping your clients be the best they can be oftentimes comes at the expense of your internal team. Dan talks about how traditionally, advertising is terrible on employees. One client drops off and cuts have to be made, so there is a sense of very real fear every day. So he has worked hard to make his agency a great place to work.

[10:01] Ken speaks about how advertising has had a “churn and burn” kind of experience in the past. Not having come from advertising, he’s had a different experience of the work. 

[11:37] Ken continues: “We focused on how do we create a business that is different and the purpose is really not the product we put out. It’s the message that we stand for… How do we do things like create a staff environment that’s not continually expanding and contracting- literal financial stability that is not necessarily dependent on any one particular client..”

[12:37] Dan interjects- “We hear about flattening the curve right now- we’ve been flattening the curve our entire careers!” 

  • Reflects on the common experience of many ad agencies- working long hours sacrificing family and personal time, busting your butt to get things out the door only to find that the client isn’t happy and you both lose in that situation.

[12:56] Dan: “So we now have been thinking through how do we flatten that curve so that through the course of the year, it’s fairly level… you have a few peaks, but it’s not all spikes and then drop offs. Managing that is really about managing a client… getting them on course and managing their calendar, building out longterm plans… looking for the kinds of clients who marry, who don’t date around.” 

  • Everyone feels the pain of clients who are not interested in settling down into a longterm plan with you- you, the client, and your team especially. 

[13:46] Brad speaks about a common theme here on Agency Exposed: “Are our businesses just a commodity or do we have a value that is unique enough that we’re not on that list of customers that are going to go and burn out agencies… our business has struggled because some of our offerings are commodities and others are not.” 

  • The fast pace of technology has increased the pace of the agency industry and it’s easy to fall out of step with the changes if you’re not intentional about it and learn to pivot quickly. 

[15:04] Bob segues into Dan’s book and the principles that he talks about. “Can you talk a little bit about that and maybe contextualize it for what’s going on right now. This whole idea that everything becomes commoditized… if it’s a new technology, new knowledge base, people start to learn it, more people start to learn it and it becomes a commodity… so what digital marketing was 15 years ago you can now pay $5 for someone to do it.”

  • Lately there is a shift that has happened. Where the focus was on quick results expertise, very much focused on bottom dollar ROI, now we read requests for high level Facebook ad specialists, conversion rate optimization specialists.

[16:33] Bob: “It almost feels like the tide is going back out again… what are you seeing in the context of what you write about in that kind of tsunami, black wave metaphor.” 

[16:47] Dan reflects on his childhood proclivity for invention. “My grandfather was an inventor and he taught me a lot about how inventors think.” 

  • Modern acceptance is that Amazon IS ecommerce, that it was a battle and Amazon won. Same with social media- there was a war and Facebook won. But an inventor always has hope for something new, for change. They will take ideas, put them together and create social media commerce. There WILL be another shift. 

[17:54] Dan speaks about the Third Wave Model based on a tsunami metaphor. 

  • A tsunami hit Hawaii and many people went out to the shore to marvel at the fish flopping out of water after the first wave hit. Little did they know, that marvel that they were distracted by was a sign of the next wave to come. Many lives were lost to that tsunami, people who were just spectators watching what had taken place. 

[18:31] Dan says “I believe we’re in the same place. We’re all spectators watching social media saying ‘Well, that’s over, Facebook won, Zuckerberg had the final say’ but there is another shift coming because there’s a mindset shift that took place over the first two waves. The mindset shift came in and said ‘It’s no longer the big three, the big five, whatever the number is in any particular industry to control everything.’” 

  • The first wave was thousands of years of agricultural society… the industrial revolution was the first great wave of society’s change in thought. Anyone can get a product.
  • The next wave is information. It allowed everyone to have access to content, and people like Steve Jobs came and said let’s make this kind of computer technology available to the people and not just the big companies. 
  • The third wave is the mindset shift. This is where people are given all the power, we call it the participation age. Everyone can participate (this podcast, for example) and everyone can influence. 

[20:00] Dan talks about how it is no longer the focus to make one company the BIGGEST around, that model is outdated and useless in this day and age. 

[20:36] “Eventually that model is going to break, well all of them are breaking… It’s better when Daniel Brian meets three other guys who have specific skills that I don’t have, and we intertwine our relationships and build out towards something bigger to serve a bigger population. The participation age is about collaboration and smaller units of power. Getting more access and creating a greater weight than any one big organization could ever create.” 

[21:04] Brad asks what Dan’s suggestions would be for business owners to position themselves for this next wave.

[21:18] Dan responds: 

  • #1: Don’t be afraid to talk to your competitors. They have skillsets that help your ability to reach bigger audiences.
  • #2: “Always take the sale, then price yourself out it rather than saying no.” Say yes, then fall back on your connections within your network to help you execute things you could never do by yourself.

[22:45] Ken agrees with Dan and recalls that that is the reason that Agency Exposed exists. In advertising things tend to be secretive and closed-off from collaboration, everything is a competition and so we tend to be closed off in disclosing what we’re ACTUALLY really good at versus what we say we are really good at. 

[24:15] Ken adds: “we often say collaboration over isolation… there’s a balance between saying you can do everything and being specialized.”

[24:47] Dan: “It’s about vertical integration… your best new business is your current business.” When a client talks about how they want to explore a new solution, tell them you can figure it out for them. 

  • He gives an example of working with Henry Ford healthcare. When they started they had a tiny sliver of a budget with the client, and they began to see things they could do and took on those challenges. They grew from a very niche organization to a broad advisor- “solving the operational problems of the organization with marketing solutions”. 

[28:04] Bob asks: “What are some lessons you’ve used over 30 years that you could offer to some agency owners right now?”

[29:07] Dan responds: “Own the media, it is our future, it is the Black Wave.”

  • He talks about how in the early days of Facebook, if you got 9 million followers, that was a lot and felt very much like your platform like your community. But then Facebook changed that title, and now it’s just likes that you’re getting. So that’s no longer your community, that’s Facebook’s community. And THEN Facebook came in and said hey we can charge you to talk to these followers… 
  • “.. So the future is no longer about going to other people’s media and trying to find your way. It’s about creating your own platform, owning that platform, and getting more and more visibility.”

[32:24] Bob asks for practical advice for agency owners.

[32:37] Dan: “Marketing automation… building around your CRM platform.”

[33:39] Brad asks: “What are some ways during Covid-19 that you’ve had to help your customers pivot?”

[34:06] Dan says “Don’t look at it as a negative.” He gives the example of Papa John’s sales being up to Superbowl numbers. “And so rather than just start to gouge the customer we tried to say how do we endear our customer and connect to them during this time.” 

  • Papa John’s gave away pizza in communities where school lunches were needed. Now in those areas they are far outpacing the market because the communities know what they stand for during this time. 
  • Speaking on healthcare opportunities: “We’ve now flattened the curve for the most part, but there’s a second curve coming. The second curve coming is the mental health crisis… the next crisis is the fact that people have lost their jobs… they’ve been rejected from transplant procedures… the mental health crisis is bound to happen.”

[36:14] Dan continues: “So now’s the time for us to engage our communities with messages of hope. The future. Finding ways for our health systems to engage people and say, we have a model for getting virtual care because people are afraid to go to the hospital so they’re not getting their care.” 

  • Market these new products and give insurance programs that make no copay or half copay for doing the virtual programs that are cheaper. “Build encouragement like Nike did back in the day saying Hey you have hope, you have a future, it’s going to be okay.”

[37:05] Brad asks how he is personally staying “up” in all the chaos and working from home. 

[37:25] Dan: “I’ve been following the stats and trying to be very very informative with them of where I think things are at, telling them about their future. A lot about where we’re going to be… how we’re using this to leverage on Covid marketing. We’re doing a lot of Covid campaigns so we’ve actually seen an increase in our business during this.” 

  • He focuses on being human with them, talking about things like impact on families and ability to be with families. Encourages them to be happy about this time and enjoy it. 

[38:35] Ken asks for elaboration on 2 points. Do you see this changing the way you guys do business? How so? You mentioned that some business has increased- how has that happened and how have you positioned yourself to not be an opportunist in that place, but actually increase your ability to sell well? 

[39:08] Dan: “I’d be cautious to say that my business has increased… The first moment of the crisis… it took us less than 24 hours to lose a million dollars in contracts.”

  • But they did reach out to clients and say ‘There are things you CAN do to survive and thrive through this, let’s tell people that you’re creating solutions through this.’
  • Many were not previously in ecommerce but were brought into that world.

[41:15] Ken speaks on the shock of losing that much money in 24 hours. “How’d you lead your company through that? How did you take action without freaking out inside?”

[41:30] Dan: “Well first I didn’t take action without freaking. I freaked out… for me it’s a faith thing… once I got past that point, I got to my center.” 

  • He began looking at government programs, calling his team to see what was needed and what was missing.
  • Did have some layoffs and gave them a long furlough. 
  • He applied to gov’t programs and received assistance that brought real encouragement.

[43:08] Ken: “As far as opportunities now, as our entire population shifts, how does this shift your business? You talked about the next wave being owned channels… how are you adjusting?”

[43:15] Dan: Hospitals without an address are what will win. Telehealth solutions are the next frontier. “Whoever owns that particular market will dominate the market because it’ll be your first call…” 

[44:38] Ken asks about the same but for Dan’s agency specifically. 

[44:41] Dan: “Our own media platform is… we’re starting to do a lot more of things like this, content that’s going out to our clients.”

  • Creating their own studies that allow them to inform their clients of where they rank against competitors in the marketplace.

[45:44] Bob asks for advice for young solo-preneurs. As the trend of a solo model is becoming more and more popular and talent and resources are being outsourced more and more, what kind of advice can he give to people in the early stages of business? 

[46:17] Dan: “A lot of the things that I accidentally did when I started DBA.”

  • Keep a small home office to keep costs down- stay lean.
  • Don’t hire people who talk a big talk for the long haul. “Find your experience partners but keep them at arms length, let them have their own business… bring them in when you need it and pay them a premium for short windows of work. Don’t hire full-time people for part-time problems.” 

[47:20] Bob asks how to scale this.

[47:22] Dan: “I’ll tell you when I get there!” Working in this way has allowed him between 5 and 10M in revenue regularly, but getting beyond that is the challenge. 

[48:45] Brad asks: “How much approximately of your revenue do you spend on specifically reinventing your company, to move your company to the next wave?”

[49:00] Dan: “Great question. Critical question. I nearly killed my company three times by missing the point of this question.”

  • “Innovation is very attractive...so we end up getting distracted sometimes… it can become your core. And there’s no financial model for return on it. So if you put all your effort into innovation, you’re overinvesting.” 
  • There is an illustration in his book about this, an 80/20 rule. “New business is not a slice in your pie. It’s a completely separate pie...it has to stay away from your core, it has to be a completely separate entity, a separate model, separate team, separate everything, but you want to make sure you’re central and focused on 80% of your business at all times.”

[51:20] Bob asks Dan for info on his book and website.

Ep 125: What is your success theme for 2023?17 Feb 202300:51:09

Subtitle:

How’s 2023 going so far? We start every year with successful themes and words; not resolutions. Approximately 80 percent of those who set New Year’s Resolutions give up at the beginning of February. This is why we at Agency Exposed believe that choosing a word to guide your year and give you something to focus on is a better way to achieve change and grow. In this week’s episode, we break down our themes for this year, our themes from last year, and AI.

 

Summary:

On this week's episode the guys break down their words from last year, their words for 2023, and AI. Ken explains the reasoning behind choosing a word or a theme for a year instead of having resolutions. He quotes basketball coach Tim Grover, stating that "The difference between winners and losers is that winners value the process of winning, and losers, only value the result." He emphasizes the importance of valuing the journey and not just the end goal. Bob then asks the guys to reflect on their words from the previous year, and how they put them into practice. Ken talks about his word from last year, leverage, and how it helped him to understand that by loosening his grip, he can achieve more. He also explains how he views his past words as building blocks and tools to continue to change and grow. Brad talks about his phrase for last year, more fun, and how it helped him to focus on doing more things that bring him joy and laughter. He also shares a conversation he had with his dad that inspired his word, where his dad regretted working too much and not spending enough time with his family. Bob shares his word for the previous year, simplify, and how it helped him to realize that the biggest journeys and adventures are not somewhere out there to conquer, but with the people he does life with. He also talks about his new business that he is launching and how he believes that collaboration is greater than competition. Ken shares his word for this year, belief, and how it has been unpacked for him in so many different ways. He emphasizes that the greatest human superpower is expectation, which is closely related to belief, and that if you change what you expect, you get what you expect, and not what you deserve. Brad talks about the process he used to arrive at his word for this year, transparency, and how he believes it applies not only to business but also to his personal life. He also talks about how he's been testing and using AI and how it's helped him and his business. Bob joins the conversation and talks about the importance of recognizing the things that AI succeeds at and the things that humans succeed at, and how to utilize them to our advantage. He concludes the episode by emphasizing the importance of creating value around our creativity and ideation, as well as our people and services.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  1. Belief. Ken shares his word for this year and explains how it has been significant for him in various ways. He stresses that the greatest human superpower is expectation, which is closely related to belief. He states that if one changes their expectations, they will get what they expect and not what they deserve. “The greatest human superpower is expectation. If you change what you expect, you get what you expect. You get what you believe, you don't get what you deserve.”

  2. Transparency. Brad explains that he arrived at his word for this year, transparency, through a process of reflection and it applies to both business and personal life. He believes that being transparent allows for deeper connections and trust and it also helps him to be more authentic in his interactions. “Clarity is the understanding of something but transparency is being able to see it as well.”

  3. Collaboration. Bob’s word for the year is collaboration, and he emphasizes that it is more important than competition; especially for building his new business. Collaboration can lead to better problem solving, innovation and stronger relationships. “Collaboration is greater than competition.”



For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:39] Bob opens this week’s episode by introducing this episode’s topic, the guys’ words for 2023. 

[2:48] Ken talks about the reasoning behind choosing a word or a theme for a year instead of having resolutions. 

[5:05] Ken talks about a quote from basketball coach Tim Grover and applies it to setting goals. “The difference between winners and losers is that winners value the process of winning, and losers, only value the result.” 

[7:37] Bob asks the guys to break down their words from last year. “Why don't we talk about our words last year, briefly talk about what the experience was.. And how you live that out.”

[8:18] Ken talks about his word from last year, leverage. “You can lift more if you loosen your grip.”

[10:04] Ken your multiplier is someone who spends their time on something that actually makes more time in the future. It's like an investment.

[15:40] Ken says that he views his past words as building blocks and tools to continue to change. 

[16:23] Brad talks about his phrase for this past year, more fun. “I live with the goal of doing more stuff. But it's always for return on investment. And I realized that I'm best when I'm laughing.”

[20:29] Brad talks about a discussion he had with his dad that inspired his word and created a shift in his perspective. “I asked my dad, what is the one thing in life that you regret? And he said, "I regret working so much, because I wasn't around my family as much.”

[21:25] Bob talks about his word for last year, simplify.

[24:51] Bob opens with his word for this year, collaborate and talks about his new business that he is launching. “I know that collaboration is greater than competition.”

[27:32] Ken talks about his word for this year, belief. “Over the last year, that word keeps coming up in my life, and in different ways. And it's been unpacked, for me, in so many different ways…  the greatest human superpower is expectation, which you can say is basically a synonym of belief. But basically if you change what you expect, you get what you expect. You get what you believe you don't get what you deserve, you get what you believe.”

[32:13] Brad talks about the process he used to get to his word, transparency. “So first I, my word was clarity. I'm going to choose a different word. While clarity is the understanding of something, transparency is being able to see it as well.”

[33:45] Brad digs into the idea of transparency and authenticity and how it not only applies to business but also to his personal life.

[37:09] Ken starts a discussion about AI and how it is being used today.

[38:09] Brad talks about the ways he’s been testing and using AI and how it’s helped him and his business. “And so I will tell, I will kind of craft the initial idea of what I want. And they'll just ask it to refine, refine, refine, refine, refine, and then I'll say, Give me three alternatives to that. And it'll give you ideas.”

[42:25] Bob talks about the importance of recognizing the things that AI succeeds at and the things that humans succeed at, and utilizing those to your advantage.

[49:36] Bob wraps up this episode by saying, “you need to create value around your creativity and your ideation versus your people and your services.”

 

Ep 17: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 5): How do you sell your services and market your business during the Coronavirus pandemic?22 Apr 202000:57:36

Summary:

More than ever, uncertainty from economic conditions caused by Coronavirus/COVID-19 has many businesses frozen in fear. Some for good reason, and others irrationally. Today we are breaking down those obstacles to taking action and sharing how we’re trying to “un-freezing” current and potential. We’re also talking about how we are marketing our own services in this time. Although there is enormous uncertainty- there is also enormous opportunity for Agency leaders to lean into their expertise, reestablish their passion, provide a unique perspective of experience for their customers, and train their eyes on the future. Let’s dive in!

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. While it is incredibly difficult for businesses to think past the immediate fears that they have regarding the pandemic, agencies are uniquely suited to position themselves as a source of education and guidance. Experience with hundreds/thousands of clients, hundreds/thousands of different projects with different variables and pain points… there is a deep well of knowledge in that work and you should be educating your clients from that knowledge across all of your channels. 
  2. Don’t focus on WHAT you deliver. Taking the time to reset your “why” regarding your business can help reset your creative spark and allow space for new ideas to come to the surface. Focusing on your “why” means that the “what” of your business can be more resilient and allows you to pivot more successfully. 
  3. Rather than “selling” to your potential customers, consider it as just “helping them make the right decision”. And do that with great passion.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[4:00] We reflect on the reality of our new way of life. One positive side effect is that people are becoming more gracious, forgiving, and sensitive to others’ experience. We see tv stars and news casters in their home with their children, we see the behind the scenes of things that are usually very produced. This is going to impact the way that all productions are executed in the future, even after Covid-19 is over. 

[4:45] Bob speaks about this week’s guest: “Her words were ‘This is going to change how we do business going forward in that they’ve always allowed someone to work from home a couple of days a week, but she said they are seeing such high productivity out of their team during this time there’s very little distraction, for the most part.”

[6:25] Ken adds that some businesses probably are realizing that their big expensive office  building may not be a necessity, which is great. But also there are people whose personality type is not’ conducive to self-isolation. And there is suffering in that for some people.  

  • “I’m considering a hybrid model where we can keep the pros of both… I’m hoping to blend this back into what our normal is.”

[7:15] Bob: “Well that’s a perfect segue really… we’re talking about productivity when it comes to sales… how to thrive in this time, how to reinvent, re-imagine yourself. How are you guys doing with existing clients?” 

[8:07] Brad speaks on the struggle of filling up your sales pipeline during this time. “We probably won’t see the effect of that for 3, 4, 5 months. Typically in our sales cycle, onboarding a new client typically two, three, four, five months. And leads that we did have put things on hold. They may start back up again, but there’s a lot of uncertainty right now.”

  • “Most of our energy has been trying to keep the boat afloat for not just our core business, but helping our clients over hurdles that they’ve had to get over. A lot of them are rethinking the way they do business right now.” 
  • It’s a common experience right now to struggle to develop new leads. 

[11:00] Brad: “All this time has created a lot of thought patterns- people think about their businesses deeper, they think about their values. They reinvent themselves at this point… so they might have a lot of great ideas.”

  • As we get more news about when things will open again, there is a ramping up of ideas and readiness to dive into the next phase.

[12:31] Ken: “The idea of serving current clients and making that successful then finding new business that you company needs to thrive- you need to run on both. That’s the challenge,” and it applies to every day business life, not just this situation that we’re currently living. 

  • Marketing your own company is something that Ken has focused on aggressively for the last few years. And it is bearing fruit now!

[14:37] Ken: “Some of our clients are struggling because of certain fears and certain threats to how they do business right now. But I don’t think it’s going to last for too long.” 

  • Helping clients make the right decisions for their business inside of the uncertainty is something that can really be lead from the sales end. “It’s almost like selling them hard on what they need to do, with or without us, but saying ‘We really think you need to do this for this reason… Despite the environment, here’s why it’s important for you to continue with this project or investment.”

[15:45] Ken continues: “So helping people make the right decisions has been our sales strategy now more than ever, but it’s become really clear for us… speaking those words, helping people make the right decision, we’re starting to see that freeze mode loosen up a bit.” 

[18:45] Bob adds: “I’ve noticed with some companies that March started off with a strong dive- specifically ecommerce businesses, and now that’s actually going up because I think… people are stuck inside and their only way to connect, research, buy, to have any contact with their outside world through the internet and ecommerce.”

[20:25] Brad chimes in: “There’ll be some new companies in the next three or four months hopefully that will convert the way they do business. And they’ll be looking for companies like us to work with… so that’s kind of where I’m looking.”

  • Reflecting on the explosion of new ideas and thought after the 2008 recession started to swing up again.
  • “I find myself looking forward, to not letting the grief and loss breed anxiety, I’m trying to keep my head afloat and look to the future and say ‘Okay all of this time right now that is being disrupted… hopefully in the next 6 or 8 months all of that will be returned to you with even more.”
  • “My business exists and I participate in this business because I love helping companies build great things and provide great products to customers that are really needed.”

[22:08] Ken: “Internet usage as a whole is up 35% right now... and there is a new focus on education in a new way.” First of all, because kids are being educated at home but also because there is a pressing need for some to make sure that their role is invaluable- some are getting education because they’re switching industries after getting laid off. So it would make sense that some industries are thriving now- education is incredibly valuable right now. 

  • Agencies are well-positioned for that shift. “As an agency, you’ve got experience, more than anyone could teach in university- probably across hundreds of brands across so many industries. So you are uniquely positioned to teach people.”
  • A lot of companies are probably experiencing the same struggle with how to split marketing funds. Five weeks ago the growth hacking movement was in full swing, but things have shifted dramatically. So it can be a challenge to figure out how to maneuver through this. 
  • Agencies are uniquely suited to this shift due to the education they can provide. 

[24:48] Bob speaks on the question of purpose and how this is a valuable time to start re-assessing your answers to those questions. 

  • It’s easy when things are normal and you’re chugging along in day to day life, to lose sight of why you began your business in the first place. And this eventually can lead to a lack of inspiration, a lack of creativity. 
  • “These times push us to asking existential questions like ‘Why am I here? What’s important to me?’”
  • “This is a great time to really go back and just ask teh hard questions with yourself, with your partners, with your team, whatever it may be. Why did we start this company to begin with? What was our passion at the time? Can we retrace our steps to remember why we started in the first place? And then let that inspire new direction, let that refill your tank with passion. Let that create new ideas… it sounds simplistic, but I think it’s so important during this time.” 

[29:45] Ken speaks on the importance of noting the difference between your “what” and your “why”. 

  • Mentions: Simon Sinek’s “Start with Why” talk and Storybrand. 
  • Centering your business around the “what” is dangerously common- If you’re marketing your business as a Facebook Marketing Agency...  what happens if Facebook goes away? Your entire business is gone. If you take the time to define the Why of your business instead of what it is that you do- there is enormous potential in that.
  • “So I look at our business as ‘We sell  experience and knowledge. That produces results through systems and formulas… and one way we do business is working with you. Another way we do business is through you purchasing that knowledge some other way with us leading you to do it.”

[34:00] Brad speaks on working with legacy companies that have been around for a hundred years or more. They survive not by doing the same business for a hundred years, but by keeping their ‘Why’ at the top of mind. When their why is strong, the what can shift and change over time, and that means longevity and success. 

[36:25] Brad talks about how the companies that do the best have a strong why- “A company doing their job just because it’s work will never be able to compete with a company or business owner or employees that understand WHY.” 

[41:00] Bob: “One of the things I’ve said for years… it doesn’t apply to every agency owner… you need to start seeing yourself as a media company because what you do is you create and produce, you enhance and market media… it’s all pixels, it’s content, it’s helping clients tell their story.”

  • If you’ve been having really great ideas to get your clients in front of people, now is a great time to do this for yourself!
  • A lot of brands give the keys to your customers… They didn’t necessarily need to reinvent themselves, but they reinvented the way they communicated. And thus, they did reinvent themselves by allowing their customers to collaborate, to use digital tools to design… everybody’s at home so now is a good time to figure out how to give people the keys.” 

[44:35] Brad speaks on the desire to create contentment in change for himself. Reaching a  point where you’re comfortable enough with change that you can pivot quickly. Learning to be more flexible and allow the customers to own more of the decisions. 

  • It feels like we’re relinquishing control, but really control was an illusion to begin with. It was always the market that determined how you did your business. But this is a time to really settle into that perceived loss of control. 

[46:30] Ken talks about how before this happened, many would have thought that working from home was an impossibility, but within just three or four weeks that has been proven untrue. We can adapt and adjust, so now it’s a matter of “challenging norms that we would usually take for granted.” 

  • Taking that mindset of innovation into your business will only help!
  • “We’ve gotten so into… return on ad spend, investment conversation to where we are unwilling to even let a dollar go if it doesn’t return another dollar. Which is insane because how do you ever explore new channels and invest in them?”

[49:55] Bob: “If you are relying on one channel that you don’t own or that you don’t have control over, then you are just waiting for disaster… A good exercise for anyone during this time is what are the sources of traffic and revenue… Could I survive without it? And if I couldn’t… start to diversify and be like… okay we’ve got Facebook nailed. Now let’s figure out how to do the same thing on Google.”

[52:15] Ken talks about the technology/delivery model of Fast Food giant Chick-fil-A and their online delivery system and app technology for online ordering. 

  • “That must have been tons of money invested into that… they must have thought ‘Why would anyone stop coming in to pick stuff up?’ But I’m sure right now that that entire system that they invested into 2 years ago is the thing that is pulling them through this time…” 

[55:00] Brad tells us about his upcoming webinar: “We’re doing a 60-minute webinar about 3 topics: how to protect your financial viability, how to use this time to strengthen your brand, and we’re going to look at case studies of how companies have reinvented themselves in the past through different challenges in society.”

Ep 16: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 4): The Power of Pause with guest Curtis Zackery15 Apr 202001:10:03

Summary:

For most people, especially achievers, the idea of being forcefully shut down and locked home because of Coronavirus sounds like a nightmare. But what if it was actually a gift? An opportunity? How long has it been since you’ve had time in your calendar? How long has it been since you’ve seen the end of your todo list? We all like the idea of rest, but we’re oversubscribed in every way. Many of us were on a treadmill and had no way of getting off. Today, we’re discussing the POWER of PAUSE a.k.a. Rest with world-renowned author, speaker, and advisor to leaders of organizations across the globe, Curtis Zachery. CZ spends his life helping people find rhythms of rest that produce more joyful and effective lives. You may see that as boring, lazy and self-indulgent. Maybe you see it as a luxury of the elite. This couldn’t be farther from the truth. You can only give from a place of being filled. Rest is actually an activity, and it’s one that when used correctly produces real success and is even a true revenue driver. 

 

The world is experiencing a pause in it’s day-to-day activities right now- on a scale that none of us have seen before. There is disruption at every turn, distraction from tasks and a deep desire to not squander this time that we have right now. So often we walk through life thinking “If only I had more time to rest, more time to spend with my family, more time to complete this personal project, more time to recharge…” Many of us have more time than we know what to do with these days! So how do we make the most of it? Today’s episode will be a deep dive into the power of proper rest and highlight the importance of taking advantage of this opportunity to reset our priorities. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Rest is not the same thing as leisure! “We need to come to a place where we understand that our value is more than what we produce.”
  2. 3 powerful words: Intentional, Substantial, Sustainable. Create a pattern of rest for yourself that is intentional, substantial (has an impact!) and sustainable (you can keep up with it!)
  3. Your sense of self-worth needs to come from somewhere other than what you can produce- and this is a time when we can truly evaluate this in our own lives.

 

About our Guest: 

  • Today’s guest is world-renowned author, speaker, advisor, and pastor Curtis Zackery. We call him CZ for short, and we are honored to have him speak with us today. CZ has devoted his life to helping leaders of organizations create rhythms of rest that produce a more fulfilling and effective life. CZ’s latest book is “Soul Rest: Reclaim your Life, Return to Sabbath”

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:23] Bob introduces this week’s guest Curtis Zackery, author of The Power of Rest, and asks The Guys how their week has been and how they’ve been holding up through the self-isolation period. 

[1:02] Brad says he is focusing on the day by day. “I try to focus on today and let tomorrow have it’s own way.”

[1:30] Ken adds that this episode is being recorded via Zoom call. 

  • Reflects on working from home and how the concept of rest has changed for him. “You’re going to look back on this time and remember it- for me, there are pains inside of that, but ultimately we’ll look back on this and it will be good. It’s at the top of my mind to be intentional about it.”
  • The “forced pause” part of this has been scary but there is so much power within the idea as well. 
  • Speaks on the excitement of being taken out of a routine that you previously felt was impossible to get out of. Energy spent efficiently maintaining the routine is now being used elsewhere, and that’s an exciting thing. 
  • “It gives me a chance to reassess and adjust things.”

[7:03] Bob asks Curtis for his perspective. Curtis speaks on the differing perspectives that people have of this time. Realities are different for everyone, and although it’s obvious, it’s important to recognize and acknowledge that fact. 

  • “For some people, there’s an inherent sense of relief… for others there’s a complete and total agitation.”
  • Reflects on the idea that it’s possible to work from rest- some people think it’s a joke, others wish it was possible.

[10:00] Curtis adds that even prior to all of this, there was incredible burnout in every part of business. Everyone is usually hoping for some time away, time to relax. But now that it’s being forced upon us, it changes the way that we respond. 

[11:08] Brad asks Curtis, why do you think it is that I cannot reach this point of rest without feeling guilt? What are some practical tips for sorting through all of the emotions?

[12:15] CZ responds: 

  • First, we have an inherent belief that our only value comes from the things we produce. 
  • When it comes to individual guilt or angst against a desire to rest- “We need to come to a place where we understand that our value is more than we produce.”

[13:30] People are realizing that this previous understanding of productivity or identity is a challenge against the way we feel about ourselves during this time. 

[14:45] CZ continues: “We’ve equated rest and laziness, and that is just not true…. Rest and leisure are not the same thing either!” 

[17:00] “With intentionality inside of our rest, we are going to become more productive.”

  • CZ has spoken with many business leaders who have seen enormous growthin their productivity. “More work done in less hours with more time spent with family than any time in my career.”

[18:10] Ken adds: Principles that produce really great results are counter cultural/ counter intuitive. 

  • Putting your own business health before your clients- if you’re not healthy how could you possibly expect to help someone else become healthy?

[21:15] Brad: “Because I’m not going a mile a minute, I feel way more present- my mind is present more because I don’t have a running to do list of places to go and things to get done in between working.” 

  • “My daily survival tasks have shrunk to about 50%”
  • “I’m going to be disappointed when this all ends and I dive right back into my routine… but maybe that’s not what is best.”

[22:40] CZ adds: “Another misnomer is busy-ness benign equal to productivity.”

  • Running from one meeting to the next, from one task to the next is easy to then glean productivity from it.
  • “Just because you aren’t busy doesn’t mean you’re not productive… we’re used to being busy, to driving and doing and running from one place to another… those things that make you busy really takes away from the productivity.”
  • “Being busy makes you feel secure, but if I’m going to rest on the merit of my work, then I’m trusting that the quality of my work matters and I’m going to let that speak for itself.”

[26:10] Bob asks for practical tips for those who are uncomfortable with rest, who deal with that guilt and deal with that lack of affirmation. 

[27:00] CZ responds: 

  • One thing that helped him shift his mindset: tricking your brain into realizing that playing with your kids, go on a walk, etc are being productive, and are preparing you for doing more effective work.
  • 3 powerful words: Intentional, Substantial, Sustainable
    • Ensuring that being intentional with activities that will make a substantial impact, to create a sustainable lifestyle

[33:20] CZ adds: Make a “To Don’t” list! You know what are barriers to your productivity, so call them out and be aware and intentional about those things. 

  • Time Budgeting is also helpful- Similar to a financial budget. 
  • We have all the time in the world, but that doesn’t mean we are immediately using that time to do things that we wish we had time for. 

[35:00] CZ continues: “What I care most about, I will put the most time, money, and effort into.”

[35:30] Bob interjects: “A To-Don’t list is a great idea… there are always ways that we could have used our time more wisely… where do we plug in down time, rest, etc”

[36:30] Brad adds: “Rest doesn’t feel the same for everyone… be aware of the things that fill you up versus the things that drain you, and balance those activities.”

[40:00] Ken speaks about what might be on your “To-Don’t” list and why its important. “Maybe looking at the news isn’t a necessity every single day… especially during this time.”

[41:00] Bob speaks on the idea that during down time or rest, we are losing opportunity. 

  • This comes from a place of not having enough- the urgency that we add to our “necessities” relies on a mindset of lack. 

[41:58] CZ chimes in: “For the most part, we as people are very good at ‘Whats’ and not so good at ‘Whys’.” 

[45:00] CZ continues: “Now that many of our ‘whats’ have fallen away, we are confronted with leaning on our ‘Whys’.” 

[45:20] Brad asks CZ about his inspiration for writing his book “Soul Rest.”

[45:38] CZ: “It was the result of having a reformational experience in my life.”

  • He and his wife were engaged with good, meaningful work but realized that it was not sustainable. Burnout was inevitable, because there was no rest. 
  • “My identity, my work, and my value were so intertwined that we’d find ourselves answering the door at 3am to help.. I’d do it all, in my own strength. And it was really exhausting.”
  • They felt alone, exhausted, heartbroken by their own loss as a couple. 
  • There was a year of hardship and re-evaluating their priorities. 

[48:40] Brad asks if his book can be tied into a business perspective. 

[49:10] CZ: “The book is centered on the idea of finding our true value outside of the things that we can make and do… part of that journey for me was understanding my position in connection with God… ultimately I had to ask myself, is God enough for me? All of my life had been built around the idea that I am trying to produce, make and SHOW others that I am worthy to God."

Ep 15: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 3): How to Strengthen Your Client Relationships Through Crisis w/ guest Brian DeMarco, former NFL player and current agency owner.08 Apr 202000:59:25

Summary:

Disruption is fast becoming a theme of our daily lives. As we seek out information to make decisions that will impact our businesses, it is more important now than ever to be in communication with our clients. To not only have a seat at the table, but to be taking charge of those relationships and offering stability to our clients in this time of incredible uncertainty. Brian DeMarco has been through the wringer of uncertainty in his life- and he has taken that willingness to adapt into the agency realm as well. In today’s episode we’re diving into the opportunity to deepen relationships during this time of crisis.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. It’s important to step up and provide leadership with your clients and prospects. Make sure they know you are invested in their brand now more than ever. Give them the confidence that they can follow your leadership!
  2. Brian drops some truth: “In every crisis, there’s opportunity. To be honest with you, you have to be courageous enough to seize the opportunity.” This is a time to rise up to the challenge of not only maintaining status quo during this disruption, but to bring others up with you.
  3. More so now than ever, making decisions from a place of fear is NOT the way to go. As we’ve discussed in previous episodes, fear-based decisions almost always have negative results. So during this time of change, it’s important to find stillness and quiet for yourself, to not give into the panic. 

 

About our Guest: 

He’s an entrepreneur, motivational speaker, a retired NFL player, and now an agency owner.  He’s built two multimillion dollar businesses in both the physical therapy and fitness industries, and now he’s with the fast-growing marketing agency DRAFTR, where they serve clients like Uber, Universal Music, Ram trucks, and Easterseals. Based in Austin, Texas and joining us via Zoom call, we are so thrilled to welcome Brian DeMarco to the Podcast!

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:00] Bob introduces this week’s guest, Brian DeMarco. “He’s an entrepreneur, motivational speaker, and he’s also a retired NFL player. He’s built two multimillion dollar businesses in both the physical therapy and fitness industries, and now with the fast growing market agency Draftr, where they serve clients like Uber, Universal Music, Ram trucks, Easterseals, on and on. He lives outside of Austin, Texas- Brian, welcome to Agency Exposed!”

  • Brian came into agency ownership the way many do- by accident. He started a business that was successful and became an agency owner out of that. 

[3:00] Brian gives context for building his company. Coming out of the NFL he had a severe spinal injury that resulted in fractures in 17 places and 90% loss of function in his right leg. By ‘05 the injuries had gotten worse and worse.

  •  “I was dying in every way a man can be dying- physically, spiritually, financially. Totally destitute, spent every dollar we made in the league on surgeries, rehab, raising our family.” 
  • Amidst poverty and homelessness, he and his wife hinged their hope for his healing on two of the best spinal surgeons in the world, but were devastated by their terrible prognoses. 
  • As a couple, he and his wife prayed together for a miracle, and a short time after that prayer they were inspired to design a machine that would help him learn to walk again.
  • Through a series of miraculous meetings, events they were able to get this machine built, he learned to walk again, and they set out to make it a business. They raised over $4M and built a company from the ground up.
  • They won the top 2 design prizes in the world.

[7:05] Brian: “What I loved was the strategy behind building a brand and building community around a brand that was meaningful… I very passionately was just in it every day and building this up, so when the time came around and we got to a certain point, it was obvious that it was just time for me to go.”

  • His passion led him to help other people experience what he was experiencing, and he had a very good idea of what didn’t work for him in an agency.

[7:51] Brian continues: “I knew all the things that I didn’t like about agencies, I didn’t like the fact that they would never work with me to talk about revenue, using revenue for KPI, for what was being built on the marketing side. So these tough conversations that not many agencies want to have, but that all went into the building of Draftr Media.”

  • He found a partner, Aaron King, who already had an agency, which became Draftr Media. They were on the same page as far as branding and were able to pursue their passion to be a better agency than what they had experienced. 

[9:22] Bob asks Brian about what life is like for Draftr amidst the current shift in the world with Covid-19. 

[9:38] Brian reflects on the initial shockwave that everyone had to deal with, and the process of reassuring clients that they could go on. 

  • “Some of them we had to talk off the ledge, so to speak. It’s up to us, as Agency Owners during this time, to help them creatively understand how to re-imagine how they do business and how they meet their clients. Because that’s the effect of the Coronavirus, it’s going to be long lasting in our society. These things aren’t just going to, you know, flip a switch and go away when it’s over.”
  • “Truth be told, we were all migrating there anyways… living more digitally. So that’s been a big part of the conversations with our clients… reassuring our team that we can reimagine how you do business digitally and how you meet your clients digitally.” 

[11:38] Brian continues: “Relatively speaking, it’s easy to be a leader or a CEO when the market is just absolutely booming and you can do no wrong. It’s difficult to lead in times like this, when we’re in a massive trial in our lives, the entire nation. This is when it’s hard to lead, but it’s most certainly needed.” 

[12:15] Brian: “There’s no way to sugarcoat this, it’s decimating a large part of our economy for now. But you have to have the courage to look boldly at the future and be determined to win.”

  • “There’s an old saying in football, ‘Find a way to win.’ Whether that’s a guy stepping up, or the team coming together, whatever that is- find the way to win. That is most certainly where we are now.” 
  • “Every crisis, there’s opportunity. To be honest with you, you have to be courageous enough to seize the opportunity.”

[13:49] Ken responds: “Whether you’re coaching and leading clients or you’re leading your own team- you’re going through something too. And you’d be naive to think that it doesn’t affect you… this is not a passing thing that just goes away. You can’t just hunker down for four weeks and hope that it goes away.” 

[14:35] Ken continues: “I believe the better approach is what you said, to assume that this is the new way or a portion of this is, and if you’ve got to do business that way, how can we figure out how to do business that way and thrive. It’s not easy- if it were easy, everyone would do it.” 

[14:55] Brian: “That’s why you see brands, like I Heart, stepping up with the concerts and people are going to remember the brand that stepped up during this time to provide them something- entertainment. The one advantage is that people are now walking to the internet in droves to socialize, to be entertaining, to educate, which is another interesting side component of this time… we can educate our kids from home. Our school systems fell in line, our kids are learning. You kind of saw the writing on a wall with schools as we knew them, growing up.”

[16:15] Brad asks Brian: “Tell me some of the things that you’re doing with your agency that are practical that other agencies maybe can glean from it and actually do themselves as well, whether they’re large or small agencies.”

[16:35] Brian speaks on his efforts to “run lean” and never lose the startup mentality as far as resources and spending are concerned. They’ve had to ask themselves where they can pull back where it won’t impact clients- extracurriculars for staff, parties, etc. 

  • “We’ve been very fortunate to date to not have to cut staff. We’re in this situation because we were so proactive with our clients, we weren’t waiting for them to call us with the situation… as soon as it got to the point where people were whispering about a pandemic, we were calling our clients, our leadership teams. We’re calling clients and dealing with this, letting them know that this is something we need to deal with right now. We don’t need to wait, how are we going to react as a brand?”

[19:05] Bob presents: “There may be a temptation to take on clients out of desperation, to take what you can get to backfill things you’ve lost. And I think there’s some wise counsel here.”

  • Don’t just take the scraps that you can get, you’re going to regret it and it will hurt you down the road.

[19:57] Brian affirms that there is a shift that is happening for companies without a vision. For so long it was easy for people to throw ads up on Facebook and call themselves an agency. He suggests:

  • “If I were a smaller agency, I would really hone in on what I do well, overstretch your sales pitch and speak out of bounds… Focus on your specialty and what your strong points are.” Stay in your lane!

[21:55] Ken adds: “For the last 10 years or so, anyone can throw up a website and get clients… and no one will know the difference. Experience is really being undervalued.”

  • Focus on getting highly specialized- that’s the anchor in ALL times, especially now. 
  • In meeting with peers in the venture capital community, Ken has heard that now more than ever, they are realizing the value of strategic people in agencies. “Not just the person who knows how to spend money, but where to spend it.” 

[24:52] Brad adds to Ken’s point- “What you’re talking about is, Is your business a commodity or is there something unique about your business that is harder to find? And so a lot of these, if you build your business around a commodity, then you’re just competitive in price. But if you build your business around something greater than that, where you’re the best or the only, then you’re a lot more valuable.”

  • Oftentimes, companies hire agencies and the agencies don’t really have a seat at the table. But for those that do give you a seat, you have to step up and help them figure things out and provide solutions for them. 
  • Psychologically, there is a huge difficulty in decision-making right now, so if you can get in and provide valuable insight and say “Let me think for you right now.”
  • “How do you help them get over this hurdle?”

[27:15] Brian responds: “From that standpoint, when we position ourselves early with the brands that we’re working with, that we’re really integrated.” 

  • If you’re not in a position to be integrated with the leadership team at this point, it’s still important to put yourself in a position where you can offer advice and guidance, and let them know that you’d love to speak with them. 

[29:25] Brad: “I’ve heard old war veterans say there’s no bond like those that you go to battle with on the front lines.”

  • It is valuable to take that mindset into consideration in this circumstance- this is a battle that we can equip ourselves to win. 
  • “When there’s a recession, people start to hoard their money and start to pull back their ad spend. That’s sometimes the time where they need to be spending more, but it’s just nature to start cutting, right?”
  • How can we help our clients during this time and encourage them to resist that feeling and instead reinvent themselves into something great. 

[31:13] Brian quotes Henry Ford: “Those that try to save money by stopping marketing are those that stop a clock to save time.” 

  • The first gut instinct for a lot of entrepreneurs is to hold back on marketing- this is a massive fundamental mistake. 
  • Brian made this mistake for himself and had to learn that the correct response is to pour MORE into their budget  to get through the hurdle. 
  • Stay proactive as an agency to soothe your employee’s nerves as well. 

[34:32] Brian: “We did this with our team, having very real and candid conversations…  I didn’t want them working from a place of panic.”

[34:50] Bob asks what Ken and Brad have done to be proactive in their own offices. 

[35:02] Ken responds: “We’ve talked about this a lot, acting from a place of fear… this produces horrible results every time.”

  • What is really valuable is helping someone make the right decision for themselves. 
  • “We’re in a really fortunate position in that our industry isn’t feeling a fundamental shakeup right now.” 

[40:00] Brian adds that helping your clients with their perspective is valuable as well. Perspective on other difficult times when you’ve made it through and excelled. 

[41:05] Bob speaks on previous podcast episodes: “We talked about funds, do you keep a years funding in the bank, how prepared are you truly to lead?”

[42:31] Brian speaks on the good that will come from this: “The folks that truly understand what it means ot build a brand will be the ones that last through this.”

[44:59] Brad recalls a message from Mark Cuban, who says that he was talking about how after this is all over, he sees our country exploding with new innovation and ideas and energy just because we’re all pent up and we’re all excited and it’s like after a war is finished- our economy will rise.

  • Sometimes when things are so good for so long, it takes a sharp turn of events to challenge you again, and that’s where growth happens. And that’s something to be excited about.

[46:00] Brian agrees, and tells a story about a recent discussion with a partner. He asked his client at the beginning of a meeting to just sit in stillness for a few minutes to assess his feelings and thoughts. 

  • “It’s important to realize that this is when the best of us comes to the top. So you need to be your best self more now than ever.”

[48:07] Brian asks how we will be impacted by this, as our grandparents were impacted by the Great Depression. Will we hoard toilet paper the way they hoarded canned goods and buried their money in the backyard?

[50:05] Ken adds: It’s important during this time to be present, to value the time you have on your hands. It is more valuable than most things in life, so don’t let this pass with you just holding your breath waiting for it to be over. 

  • Inside of yourself, in your business, in all areas of life!
  • “You have a choice- come out stronger or don’t. You won’t be the same regardless.”

[52:25] Brian: “You’re dealing with a fundamental human problem, and for a lot of folks, the fear is paralyzing. So this will be a time where the truly smart agencies will rise to the top.” 

[53:30] Ken asks one final question: “What are some things from your football days that was ingrained into you that you use when leading and running your agency these days?”

[55:38] Brian shares a piece of advice from a former coach of his, “I’ll trade an ounce of athleticism for an ounce of integrity any day” and “United together with a singleness of purpose.”

  • The idea of being united by singleness of purpose has stuck with him through it all. At the end of the day, that unity you have with your friends and family is all that matters. Don't just do the job for the unity of the team, but also be encouraged from that team for yourself.
Ep 14: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 2): How do you lead and THRIVE through uncertainty and turmoil (Coronavirus or any other)? [LIVE EPISODE]01 Apr 202000:56:53

Summary:

Are you worried about how you’re going to make payroll? Are your prospects not buying? Are you afraid current clients will put things on hold? Are you unsure how to keep SELLING?

We have the same questions.

While these questions are real, the key is to LEAD well through the turmoil and find the opportunity in it. Doing that will separate you from the rest. When everyone is running around in chaos, it may feel counterintuitive to be calm, but that is where the opportunity lies. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. It is so easy to get swept up in the panic and fear during this time,  but that makes it nearly impossible to make effective decisions. Put your oxygen mask on first, then worry about taking care of everyone around you. 
  2. Health is wealth! And not just physical health. Mental, spiritual too. Create a schedule for yourself that feeds every aspect of your health and stick to it. Get outside! Move your body! Breathe!
  3. There is opportunity. Don’t be afraid to take a fresh approach to your own brand’s content creation- there is more desire for online education than ever before! 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:35] Bob welcomes us and speaks on the purpose of this episode. “We want to chat and do what we normally do on the podcast and talk about some things that we’re all dealing with as a business owner, former business owner, current, whatever you’re dealing with… Speak about how current business owners are responding to the current crisis. 

[1:10] Ken: This is a quickly changing landscape for businesses… we wanted to discuss what we’re all seeing… and how can we navigate this, not make rash decisions and actually, find the opportunity in all of it, which I think is the key.”

[2:00] Brad discusses being reactive versus proactive and being ready to make that switch in the midst of the chaos that’s happening in the world. “What do we do now? How do we prepare for the future? What can we do currently to prepare for Q3, Q4?”

  • Hardships during this time are inevitable, so growth is inevitable. But that growth takes intentionality, and that can be elusive during chaos. 
  • “We don’t have all the answers but we’d love to discuss it and see if there’s some things that can be helpful.”

[3:02] Bob: “Let’s start with square 1- mindset. There’s this idea of everyone, specifically our clients, wanting to pull back. Wanting to like put everything on hold. And I think that can carry through to our mindset as well.”

  • There can be a desire to pull back, but it’s important to ask yourself how you can live in this reality but also expand and become more creative. 

[3:57] Ken adds that a lot of businesses are being directly impacted, and they have to react quickly and take massive action. The ripple effects of that impact all of us and our clients feel that as well. 

  • “No matter what you think about the situation and why we got here, we’re here. And no one wants to be here, but you can either choose to accept that and the reality of it and then figure out… how are we going to find the opportunity- or you can retract. And I think that in this scenario, you need to stay in the mindset of expansion.”
  • The mindset of hysteria is prevalent, and giving in to the different levels of that flying around is a recipe for disaster. It starts with a mindset of health.

[6:47] Brad asks Ken: “How are you personally keeping a mindset that is positive? Instead of thinking about the worst, preparing for the future in a positive way.”

[7:00] Ken speaks about how important it is to control what you’re allowing to clutter your mind. He limits news intake to a need-to-know basis.

  • “Knowing that 10,000 people have it doesn’t help my decision making process, which just creates anxiety and clutters my mind… I’m choosing to say hey I’m going to be creative in this, I’m going to figure this out, even if not until we’re on the other side of it.”

[8:50] Bob reflects on the instructions that are given by flight attendants on an airplane- that in the case of emergency, put on your mask first before those around you, as you cannot assist others if you are not properly prepared.

  • “So, one of the first things that we should really talk about before the practical stuff is the most important thing, which is making sure you’re taking care of yourself and making it a priority every day… everybody is struggling right now mentally with this thing on certain levels… some people have to turn off the news altogether because they know that they get depressed, others feel like they’re trapped inside and have to get out, others feel like their business is going to fail because all their clients are going to withhold and shut down. “
  • It’s vitally important to get outside if you can, breathe deeply, meditate, pray, stretch, exercise. Otherwise everyone around you will suffer even more because you’re not taking care of yourself. 

[10:31] Bob: “I think that’s square one for business owners and solo-preneurs and whoever may be listening- just make sure you have some sort of routine and put your mask on first every day.” 

[10:57] Ken speaks to the lack of routine that can happen when you’re working from home. It’s easy to never get out of your pajamas, to work for 15 hours a day, to never go outside. This is why during this time more than ever it is vitally important that you’re taking care of those things. When so much of our day to day routine is gone, it’s easy to lose that for ourselves. 

[11:47] Brad adds: “You hear people say they either work really well at home or they don’t… half the country is probably struggling working from home while the other half is getting a lot done.”

  • Really it comes down to how you can protect yourself. If you’re looking to protect your business, you have to protect yourself as well.

[12:51] Brad continues: “You have to have a strong plan, right? It’s good to know the what if’s- not from a place of fear but based out of a clear idea of what you need to do. So if you do get to the point where next month, you’re not able to make payroll, are you going to let people off or are you going to take a personal financial hit yourself and try to take that on…”

  • Asking yourself what you’re going to realistically do means you really have to whittle away at why you’re in business in the first place. “Is it just for money or is it for a greater purpose than that? I think this can give us more purpose as business owners and understand exactly what our role is in society.” 

[15:42] Ken: Having a better understanding of your “Why” through this can allow you to market better and grow through this as a business as well. 

  • “I think you have to have a plan on the expense side… I do think you should look at your expenses and it’s the time to trim down.” This lends itself to the concept of survival of the fittest- you have to figure out what your strengths are and what your weaknesses are. 
  • Aside from trimming down on your expenses, it’s worthwhile to reflect on what the growth plan is through this time. 

[17:00] Ken: “We even grappled a bit with the idea of explicity selling your products right now… you have to do it. You can’t be opportunistic or anything like that, but there’s a right way to do it. Ultimately, the way the economy works is by money exchanging hands and people selling and people buying.” 

  • It’s important to continue to sell, in the right ways. Having a mindset of helping and being generous is coming from a place of authenticity.

[18:01] Brad talks about a commercial he saw recently. Cadillac has expanded interest-free financing, they’re delivering a new vehicle to you directly. They’re marketing “We’re all in this together” and that is a message that is positive and impactful during this time. 

[19:41] Brad: “I think for all of us in our businesses, how do we provide win-wins for our customers?”

  • It’s important to take the time to put on your mask and figure out how to keep your business afloat, create a plan and decide how you're going to take care of those things.
  • “But now it’s time to say, how can we help our customers get through this? And maybe there’s something that we can do to take advantage of this time that can actually offer people value.”

[20:29] Ken adds that aside from explicity selling something of value by reducing the prices of all of their educational products, Metacake is also offering free coaching sessions. That’s not so much part of lead generation as just sharing their strengths.

[22:30] Ken continues to share the ways that Metacake is changing their mindset around the situation. “It’s important that you keep selling, that you keep doing this stuff and you don’t just slow down because of other people, because there’s chaos going on around you. That’s the way I believe we’re going to get through on the business side, by continuing to move the market forward despite the pain and chaos.”

[22:52] Bob: “Since all three of us have experience on the Digital Marketing side, let’s talk a little big about some, many of our clients are using paid media, online ads, whether it be Google or YouTube or Facebook or Instagram… there’s probably a pull to hold back on advertising… but more people are online now than ever before. And so there’s a HUGE opportunity- for those who do the majority of their work online- to actually focus on the current customer LTV, etc. How have you guys been approaching that?”

[24:15] Brad speaks to his experience so far. “We are talking to our clients about it and trying to have a short term and a long term goal with our media spend and whether or not we will need to continue marketing a product that they currently can’t sell.”

  • If your product is helpful to those in the ecommerce business, you may want to actually increase your spend. But if this isn’t the case, you need to take the time to move that budget and allocate more for things that will be more impactful. 

[25:36] Ken asks if Brad has experienced clients pulling back on their spending. 

[25:41] Brad speaks to certain types of clients. Some are projects where Brad’s company is marketing events around the world that have now been cancelled.

  • “This is where our diversity of clients is helpful for us.”
  • Brad’s concern in Q3 and Q4, what businesses will look like three months from now. 

[27:28] Bob: “We’ve had a question come through, Kyle says ‘Now seems like a good time strategically to up our marketing as a content production firm, however we’re also worried about keeping cash in the bank.”

[27:42] Ken responds that financial stability is the most important thing, as Metacake does a lot of content and that financial stability is important. “We’re investing into creating content and in general we’re seeing consumption of that content going up, and we’re seeing ad costs go down.”

  • “We’re scaling our advertising up because costs are down, and in general we see this as probably the best opportunity to generate leads or future leads- to gain market share and brand equity.”
  • “The conversion rate on some of our free pieces of content are up to 100%, that’s super interesting. People are taking action- people may be scared or uncertain, but if you can give them certainty in some way, they’re going to take action.”

[30:31] Bob adds that tweaking the messaging slightly, not to be opportunistic, but to be genuine and authentic in response to people’s concerns. 

  • In many instances, there is opportunity for training and education that there wasn’t previously time for in the past- now there is time. And so if you have that product to marketing to truly provide options for people and help guide them through this, then that’s a good thing and people will take advantage of it.

[31:39] Ken: “Another idea is recycling things that you’re good at that you don’t typically sell.” He has gotten a lot of questions about how Metacake works from home and the processes/systems in place that makes that easier.”

[33:00] Brad asks a question from the live feed: “How much money do you think an agency needs to have to get through this as a company? Where do you find sources to make sure you have cash flow on your balance sheet?” 

  • These are strong questions as you formulate a plan of action for yourself and your business. He suggests always having a line of credit, looking into the Small Business Administration’s Disaster Relief program
  • There is talk of payroll taxes being suspended temporarily as well. 

[36:13] Ken adds: “If you’re not doing electronic payments, or if your accounts receivable is really big and delayed, this might be a lesson that after all this you should be switching to electronic payments.”

[37:40] Brad reflects on the fragility of many businesses in America. “60% of American live paycheck to paycheck, and so if you’re one paycheck removed, you’re in a world of hurt.” 

  • As businesses we should be more aware of that and wiser than that. 
  • Even for our business, even just one month can make a big impact. 
  • “You should have at least a year out in the bank, just for security.”

[44:00] Ken speaks on a “new normal”. Amidst all of the anxiety in our world right now, customers aren’t making purchases as frequently and quickly, but ads are doing a lot better. 

  • “Whether we’re at home for who knows how long, things will normalize, people will get into a state of new normal, and that will start to flow again… some of our customers have put things on pause, but there is going to be a new normal that people settle into.”

[45:37] Brad adds that he has clients who have slowed down, but eventually there will be a new normal… right now it feels like week by week. “Even my sentiments last week are different than this week. This Monday I suddenly got a charge, a new energy. I’m more in a rhythm now, more of a new normal.”

  • Historically humans have bounced back from hardships like this with an excitement to get back to work, with a can-do attitude.

[50:24] Ken adds: “As a business owner, it’s our job to continue to help them [clients] make the right decision- which is moving forward, in the right way… if you believe in what you do, and you believe in the results that you can create, that will help you be in a position to make the right decision.”

[51:45] Bob suggests reaching out clients that you know are struggling and offering to get on the phone and talk through some ideas and let them air their thoughts. “I think this is where as agency owners and creatives, we can really shine.”

[52:52] Brad speaks on the importance of being heard during this time. Some of your clients may not have support at their company, you may be working with a marketing manager who has no access to financial information on their end, who has no support from their higher-ups. This is a time for us to say “hey let’s be a part of your solution, let us help you become a part of the solution for your business as well.” 

[55:00] Bob: “I think this is a great time to be investing in giving back to your customers through content, especially helpful content.” 

Ep 13: How do you get and close more deals (even now)? With guest, Dominic Cummins.25 Mar 202000:57:41

Summary:

In this episode, we have our guest, Dominic Cummins who has been coaching agencies on how to close more business for years. We’re breaking down his process for not only getting more leads, but more importantly, closing more business. The key is changing mindsets around the sales pitch process. With a natural gift in sales and a deep desire to see companies succeed and flourish, Dominic dives into his coaching strategies for agencies of all sizes- from those making less than $1M per year, to those making $50M+ annually. What is the best use of company funds to draw in new clients? Are RFP’s worth it for my business? What if I’m an introverted salesperson with a fearful apprehension of pitching and getting rejected? Today we dive into these questions and more. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. It’s not about the number of leads, it’s about the number of leads closed.
  2. It’s not about selling, it's about helping. This one mindset shift will change your sales approach especially in this current uncertain economy.
  3. Before throwing big time and money at a potential new client with travel expenses and pitches, think about the lifetime value of that client. 

 

About our Guest:

Dominic Cummins: After over 15 years in corporate America managing sales and marketing teams around the world, he helped a small software company achieve a $500M dollar exit and took the opportunity to start his own coaching practice for agencies. Dominic specializes in bridging the gap between sales and marketing for companies between 50 and 100 million in revenue. Now he helps those within the marketing community through his Apex Path, a mastermind for agency owners to help them find and fulfill their purpose through a profitable agency. 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[3:00] Bob asks Dominic about his career path. 

[3:05] Dominic: “I got my brokerage license at 19 and really developed a passion for sales.” He moved up the ladder quickly and by 24 was managing a bank branch but quickly realized that leadership and sales were not the same thing. 

  • Has sold all over the world and honed his skills. “Humans all over the world like to buy, but they don’t like to be sold to. Treat them like human beings.” 

[4:45] Bob asks: What do you think is the thing that agency owners get wrong that you help them adjust when you consult with them?”

  • Dominic responds that there is a prevalent understanding that more leads means more sales.
  • Hubspot/Salesforce fact: The average industry closing percentage, converting qualified opportunities into sales is 11%. Across all industries 24% or 25% is average- this paints a picture that the actual conversion isn’t being taken advantage of enough.
  • Leads are expensive, algorithms make it even more challenging. So focusing on purely getting more leads is similar to filling up a leaky bucket over and over again. 

[7:35] Ken asks: “Why do you think people focus on leads?”

[8:02] Dominic: “Well it has to do with comfort level… what I see with agencies is they just default to their level of comfort… I’ll get more people into the top of my funnel, and naturally as they fall through I’ll get more leads.”

  • Cost probably adds to this tendency, but also comfort level plays into it a lot.

[8:50] Bob: “It’s also easier, right? It’s easier to focus on getting that lead versus doing the hard work of the sales process.”

[8:57] Brad adds that a lot of lead funnels are automatic once set up. This allows owners to go and do something else while something else is running in the background to generate more leads. 

  • Asks: “What’s the percentage of closing deals based on the way they came into the agency?”

[9:58] Dominic responds to Brad’s comment on automation. For smaller companies at $1.5-$2 million in revenue, the lead flow is on some sort of autopilot. But for agencies with less than a million, there is virtually no automation in their funnels. 

[10:58] Dominic continues: “If you look at the typical conversion of cold traffic to a sale, it’s somewhere between 3 and 5% at most. That varies a little bit by industry, but completely cold traffic is somewhere between 3 and 5%.”

  • Telemarketing averages 11 to 15%. Significantly harder to do, reward is greater. 
  • Next level up is face to face- 30-40%, or 70-80% if it’s a referral. 
    • These are more expensive to invest in, but the reward is much much larger.

[13:37] Bob asks for an example of applying what he’s talking about with a larger, $20-$50M agency. 

[14:00] Dominic: “The principles are still the same, but at that point, lead generation has to be a component. All three of those things that I mentioned. Keeping in mind that most companies of that size are looking to sell eventually, keeping that automation of leads in line and going strong is really valuable.”

  • “You’ve gotta have it all.”
  • For smaller agencies we use the expression a lot “You’ve got to stay close to the transaction.” 

[16:11] Ken mentions that there is an excitement around generating leads, it’s definitely prevalent. For those who have wound up in agency ownership without being super intentional about it, going with what you know or what is familiar to you is easy to do. 

[18:30] Brad asks: How much percentage of your total revenue should go into sales efforts? 

[18:52] Dominic: “For a company to be considered a healthy venture capital acquisition, our cost of acquisition had to be between 18 and 22%... it did not necessarily benefit you to be lower than that…. I just say that 20% of acquisition costs is a good number.”

  • Factor in other things: sales rep salaries, tech staff to support the sales team, lead costs

[20:48] Brad responds that at a certain point you have to ask “how much more are we going to throw into acquiring a new customer?” It really depends on understanding the customer's value in a year or two- you have to weigh that. 

[21:57] Dominic adds: “If it costs you $20K to acquire a customer but you only cash collect $5K, $20K to acquire the next few and only cash collect $10K, you’ve spent $40K to only cash collect $15K- you’re broke.”

[24:23] Ken adds: “If you don’t know your profit margin on the services you provide, that makes it even harder.”

[25:15] Brad: Talk about how you can judge what is worth your time versus when you might need to walk away from an RFP. 

[26:12] Dominic responds: “If you’re less than a million dolars, I don’t think you should play in the RFP world because there’s too much rent. As you get larger, that’s fine, you can take that risk.”

  • RFP’s will take up time and energy that most likely won't’ work for smaller companies. 
  • RFP’s have procurement specialists, etc. if this is going to be the way you build relationships. 
  • Working with ESPN came through an RFP that they introduced based on relationship building- it was a year worth of relationship building. 

[30:00] Ken adds that his perspective is a bit different. “It’s basically gambling with a lot of money and a lot of time, time being even more expensive than they money side of it.”

[30:25] Brad adds that he only participates in RFP’s if a client has already told him they were in the running- there has to be a sense of possibility in it in order for it to be worth it. 

[31:37] Ken adds that RFP’s are notoriously a pain, as they set up the relationship dynamic very poorly. One party will invest a lot of time and effort to “the royalty” in hopes of getting “knighted”... this creates an imbalance in the relationship. 

[32:54] Bob: “If I’m a business owner and I want to get a bunch of work done, I need to shop around to get the best price.” 

[33:23] Ken: “There is a bar that the RFP process often goes over in pitching, which is beyond ‘here’s what i think it will cost’ to the point where you’re spending $50K to send 5 peopel out there and throw a pitch at them along with the RFP.”

[34:00] Dominic adds: Often RFP’s are used a lot in the government, when vetting of security clearances is necessary, etc. 

[35:48] Brad asks: “What advice would you give someone who doesn’t have a ton of money to send people out and fly around… where woudl you put the energy?”

[37:00] Dominic responds: “Work your network… stay close to people and talk to them.”

  • Ask those close to you for their opinions, get their buy-in and keep them in the loop about what you’re up to, what you’re looking at. 
  • Recalls a Robert Collier letter- asking for a favor. “That principle of just going to the people that you know and asking a simple question, would you do me a favor.” 
  • People love to give you their opinion, people love to do favors. Work your network and focus on that.

[42:36] Brad: “I seem to avoid that human contact because I’m kind of afraid of rejection.”

  • Learn from it, refine.

[43:15] Dominic adds that when you do meet people in person, think of it the same way you do with CTA’s on a landing page. That landing page isn’t meant to make the sale, it’s meant to encourage the visitor to opt-in. So when you meet someone in person, think of it as trying to get them to “opt-in” instead of making a hard sale.

  • Will you opt-in to having lunch?
  • Will you opt-in on giving me your opinion?

[44:50] Ken adds that: “If you switch the idea or the mindset- when I meet someone I’m not trying to sell them, talk about my resume, make them think I’m awesome. I’m just trying to gather information- then you don’t have to fear the rejection so badly.” 

  • “I’m curious to know if there are any tactics specifically that you can do to help increase your tolerance for rejection as a human being.”

[46:39] Dominic: “It feels less like rejection when all you’ve done is offered to help. If they choose not to take your help, that’s not rejecting you. They’ve rejected the help… which doesn’t make sense to most people.”

  • You’re just providing Value in Advance- you’re earning more time with them by giving them value and have those conversations with them. 
  • “It feels less like a transaction and more like a natural flow.” 
  • “The best salespeole that I know are introverted. I am an introvert. But I know that I can provide help for agency owners. I know I can make them better, and that passion drives me, and so I offer that help in as many ways as I can.”

[48:40] Brad adds that changing the mindset is super helpful. Asks “Who is the right team when you’re pitching?”

[50:10] Dominic: “Avoid founder selling syndrome, where the founder is really the only one who can make the sales- and that’s because your sales process isn’t good enough, you’re not articulating it well enough to teach other people to do it.”

[50:45] Dominic mentions Make RC who runs large podcasts and has an agency that caters specifically to certain kinds of gyms. 

  • His model is that everyone on his team is a salesperson. He does sales training for the entire company every morning- 15 minutes every morning and they’re all getting training. “Nothing but good for your company.”

[52:19] Bob asks one final question: What would you say is the one thing that any business of any size could do that could generate more referral business for them? 

[52:54] Dominic: “Treat them well. We are very good at following up on a sales basis.”

  • “Look for any opportunity to just have a conversation that doesn’t have anything to do with your fulfillment… find reasons to talk to them and just general relationship reasons because you want to become invaluable… Stay on top of mind from a sales perspective.”
  • Treat your customer base like you would your telemarketing base. Stay in touch. Call them all the time.”

[55:13] Dominic plugs his website: apexpath.com or follow him on LinkedIn!

Ep 12: Finding the Good in the Virus (Part 1): How will your business survive (and thrive) through Coronavirus?18 Mar 202001:00:15

Summary:

We talk about "disruption" in business all the time, but we rarely expect disruption to come from the external. The population's reaction to Coronavirus / COVID-19 has disrupted everything including business. Some businesses are being affected in immediate ways, and others will see lagging affects, but no business is immune. Regardless, we know that seasons will come and go. Winter will always come, it will be hard, but the shedding will produce fruit IF we adapt appropriately.

In this special episode we unpack how we are seeing the effects of Coronavirus in our businesses and how we are processing dealing with them. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Radically recognize that your business WILL be affected from this situation in some way. The sooner we accept this fact, the sooner we can go from reacting and surviving to responding and thrivin in this experience (this applies to all times in life, not just a global pandemic). 
    • Slack
    • Basecamp
    • Dropbox
    • Zoom
  2. Maximize your team’s work-from-home productivity with systems and processes, then of course the tools that we all use and love: 
  3. It is vital to seek out balance between what we can control and what we can’t. Don’t live life in fear. Commit to live in abundance and adapt.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:35] Bob mentions the Coroniavirus (Covid-19) and refers to his recent article. “We talk a lot about disruption, right… this disruption is coming from the outside that we have no control over this time… It’s not Facebook being disruptive or Apple being disruptive… Let’s discuss how we’re being affected by it, by our clients that are being affected by it.”

[2:13] “Anytime you’re disrupted by anything, it’s hard but it causes you to adapt and that ultimately is a good thing. And so how are we doing that?”

[2:16] Bob: “How are we learning from this? This is a huge lesson that we are being given whether we like it or not.”

[2:24] Brad: “Is this a gift? Is that what you’re saying?” 

[2:41] Bob: “I know that there’s the reality of people dying in pain and there’s a lot of negative things that go along with it. But when it’s all said and done… I think we’ll look back and say wow the Coronavirus was the end of… fill in the blank. And those are the things maybe that we can learn from this and adapt as well.”

[4:32] Ken speaks on the widespread business effects of the virus- tourism, music, restaurants, etc- “But in our world, the agency world, we often operate in the digital world… but our clients maybe not right? So that’s why we’re here today- to talk about we as agency owners can help other businesses that are being affected… And then the other area that might be interesting is Are we being affected right now?”

[5:04] Ken speaks on how it’s important to understand that just because you work in the digital world, or just because you can go remote quickly or easily doesn’t mean that you won’t be impacted. It’s important as a business leader that you are looking ahead. “If we’re not looking ahead, that’s probably very naive and unwise. And so today we want to sort of looking ahead to that.”

[5:44] Brad gives his take and the way his business is being impacted. “I think within the next week or so I’ll begin seeing some immediate effects.” 

  • Currently he can feel some clients scrambling to make changes, to prepare for what is to come. They want to ensure that their business is able to survive, but if that survival include financial cuts in the coming months, how will that impact his business relationship with them? 
  • Brad is asking himself questions about their busienss model- What time of year is their revenue strongest? Is this going to hurt that period of time or the work that we have forecasted for them down the road? 
  • Many scenarios could be played out, but ultimately “Everybody seems to be on a day by day basis.”

[8:00] Brad: “Its really hard to manage a business when you don’t know what tomorrow may look like… it’s a challenging time for clarity. It’s a major challenge for me because I have to be reactive. And I don’t like being reactive, I like being proactive. And there’s a certain level of, you just have to trust that humans are going to figure this out.”

[9:51] Brad: “I don’t fear for my life, but I fear that I could pass it on to somebody else.” 

[10:13] Brad speaks on other financial happenings that will eventually impact every business, regardless of your exposure. The stock market tanking is one example.

[11:32] “I feel like if you could take the financial crash of 2008- 2009 and mix that with Y2K, add some bird flu, add some swine flu… you got this perfect storm.”

[11:46] Bob reflects on the panic surrounding Y2K in the 90’s and relating the very real fear of specific impacts versus the panic about planes falling out of the air and people getting stuck in elevators. This is similar, with people stockpiling toilet paper and creating a panic around that. People have been arrested for claiming to have a cure for the Coronavirus. 

  • “As you walk that middle ground to try to parse what is real and what is not, how do you live above it all?” 

[14:00] Bob asks: “How do I learn from this as a business? How do I survive and not just follow the herd?”

  • Bob shares about Ford vs Ferrari, a movie about Henry Ford and how a large group uniting over common interest led to an intense, fast period of innovation that disrupted an entire industry, all because one man decided it could happen.
  • This is the way that humanity will step up to tackle the vaccination process for Covid-19. 

[16:29] Ken speaks on accepting the reality of the situation and not being resistant to your business changing. Radical acceptance of having NO control or clarity on life is a journey and process that builds strength and resistance to the pains of life over time. 

[20:39] Ken: “The biggest challenge [with older, traditional clients] is cracking through the mindset that this is just how it works. We can’t change… if you’re in that mindset, you’re probably going to be disrupted by this and you will not get out of it until you change that mindset.” 

  • So acceptance is first, then gaining energy out of it is second. Be energized by the fact that now we have to innovate.
  • A lot of good things come in winter, and this is a winter for a lot of people. There is going to be a shedding of things, and space for new growth. 

[24:00] Brad: “I don’t think we give ourselves enough credit as humans, we can figure things out pretty quickly if we need to… like in that movie you were talking about Bob, he probably wasn’t focused on the time constraints, just on focused on the end result.”

  • Brad provides assurance for new agency owners who may be experiencing their first real challenge as a business owner- we will all get through this. We are being sharpened and although that is painful, you will come out wiser for this experience.

[30:35] Ken speaks on the importance of project management tools, to get your workforce at home and safe if possible. 

  • Basecamp for Project Management Communication
  • Slack for messaging internally, as well as about specific clients or internal projects
  • Zoom for video conferencing calls
  • Dropbox for large files

[34:05] Brad mentions GoToMeeting, his company is very comfortable with that as a video call resource.

[35:00] Brad speaks about planning for future projects in your own business. “Just be really thoughtful financially about where you are… every business you’re deciding your next step and what you’re going to invest in… prioritize what’s important in the long run. Also: How do we leverage time? How do we see this as an opportunity to leverage this time in our business?”

  • How do you figure out how to not only survive, but thrive in the midst of this chaos?

[36:04] Ken mentions resources on getting the most out of working from home, including a boo written by the creators of Basecamp. 

[38:00] Bob asks “What are some things you guys know you are going to throw away during this time, and how are you trying to thrive through this?”

[39:45] Ken: “We’re considering how to offer genuine help in genuine ways to businesses that are actually affected… so we’re considering… retail vs online… we may be offering some support for no charge for a little bit.”

  • Perhaps some businesses who didn’t have an online presence prior to this could try during this time to transition over. This won’t be the case for all, but some businesses might view this as an opportunity to diversify. 

[42:59] Bob: “I think there’s going to be a huge boom in virtual reality through this… we may be forced at home in our cocoons, but we have eyes to see more than ever before.” 

[45:34] Brad reflects on technology and the speed of communication having an impact on this situation: “Is it the actual virus or is it the information that is actually traveling faster? You only realize it when something like this happens, just how deeply entwined we are with everyone these days… supply chains in china are impacting our direct daily lives here.” 

[46:41] Brad: “We try not to drive our businesses out of fear, right? But the reality is, is that when stuff like this happens, you realize how much out of control we all kind of are in our businesses that we do have to be reactive.” 

[49:50] Bob talks about how there is a fine line between benefiting from a terrible thing and being opportunistic, but also balancing the reality that we are all humans and all interconnected. It’s important to keep clarity on that fact in the distance as we make day by day decisions that have a rippling impact. 

[52:56] Ken speaks on balance. 

  • Some personalities almost seem to enjoy adversity, because they know that there is immense growth at their fingertips. But having the self control to step back and keep the human element alive in your process of not only surviving but thriving is so important. 
  • Being forced to look yourself in the mirror during these times of stress often brings revelation and growth. Because every other businessperson on the planet is experiencing the same thing, there is an incredible sense of beauty about this time as well. 
Ep 11: Who Needs an Agency? With guest David Dutton of the ReplaceYourMortgage craze.11 Mar 202001:06:47

Summary:

David is a self-made solo-preneur from right here in Nashville. With massive achievements inbusiness, marketing, celebrity branding, book publishing and more, David is helping us understand the other side of agency life. As someone who’s passion for business growth has propelled him to the forefront of his field, David helps us dig into the role agencies have played in his journey and drops some great marketing advice around value propositions, and using buyer skepticism to your advantage (even writing entire marketing campaigns based on those skepticisms!).

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Practice what you preach! If you, as an agency, aren’t practicing your own strategies within your business, how can you expect anyone to trust you with theirs? 
  2. Recognize the type of business you are talking to and the role that you need to play in their business. You need to be the expert in your area. If you are just hands and feet, you are disposable.
  3. Speak to the skepticism in your audience, don’t run from it! The humanity in us all means we are suspicious of perfection, and we recognize BS when we see it. Lead with the skeptical belief, and break it down with your value proposition and trust elements.

 

About Our Guest: 

Author of seven books and a millionaire entrepreneur, David Dutton’s story and knowledge of marketing will astound you. From starting with nothing to building a multi million dollar business from scratch in just four years, you are surely going to get some takeaways from our sit down interview with him.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:00] Bob introduces David Dutton

[1:25] David gives an overview of his life and the road that led him to Ecommerce. Speaks on the Ecommerce wave of the early 2000’s. 

  • Fell into the ecommerce space and began making money from it quickly!
  • “I’m going to pick a niche and I’m going to make $500 a month passively.” 

[8:00] In 2001 David started replaceyourmortgage.com to teach people to pay off their mortgage in 5 to 7 years. 

[9:35] Ken clarifies: “The thing you’re selling is education.”

  • David’s site is a membership site, with a 1-time fee that pays for itself. 

[9:56] Bob remarks on David’s self-teaching. Oftentimes people hire agencies to do the things that David has done, so his view of agencies is a unique one, as both the customer and the provider. 

[10:55] Brad asks: How is your style different from what agencies have done? How does your passion and “having skin in the game” impact the way you do business?

[11:48] David: “Bottom line, I look for results… branding and direct response is important… when I interview an agency I need to know that we’re going to geta  result. That’s teh biggest thing for me.”

[12:20] David’s rule for salespeople: 

  1. Don’t sign up someone that doesn't need to be signed up. 
  2. Respect our brand.
  3. Sell stuff.

[12:49] Ken asks about David’s role within his team.

[13:00] David: “I have an assistant, my partner has an assistant, then 8 salepeople and a couple support roles.”

  • Internal sales people and external as well. 
  • To help pay for advertising, he has some external salespeople that pay them for leads and appointments.

[14:55] Bob: Talk about how you value cost of acquisition and lifetime value of customer. 

[15:30] David: “Once a human being has handed you their visa, they’re 6x more likely to do it again.” 

  • It’s vital that once you get them as a customer, to sell them more stuff.
  • He leads with a free book, because people trust people with books. 

[17:18] Brad: “So that’s how you get that authority, with that book. Understanding those strong concepts is the way to go… How do you overcome the naysayers with proof?”

[18:25] David: “If I want to convince someone to hand me their Visa… you have to knock the walls down to get to that point.”

[19:00] David: “I try to make it so that there is a preponderance of truth...I try to stack that so it’s obvious.”

  • There is a page on their website that is 150 case studies  of PROOF for clients. 
  • Writing a book builds that preponderance of proof. 

[20:45] David: “When I write a book, I want you to walk away with innate value from that book.” Even if someone doesn’t make a sale, he wants there to be inherent value in that book so that his brand is associated with their understanding of that concept.

[22:15] Bob brings the point back around: “So you’re building this case to deal with the naysayers. What you’re saying is that you’re doing that work so that other people tell them and convince them as well.”

  • This social proof is vital and effective. 

[25:30] Ken emphasizes the barrier that David’s business has to pull down- it’s large and difficult to do. 

  • He “de-risks” the sale super effectively, especially within his industry. 

[27:13] David speaks on the danger of blending in with the crowd: “Don’t be white noise… grab their attention first and build that desire. You NEED to use my agency to grow your business, and here’s why.”

[27:55] David suggests creating a spreadsheet of your top 5 or 10 competitors and noting their strengths and their weaknesses, and compete based on those. “You can be brand new and still piggyback on the knowledge that other companies have created.”

[29:43] Ken asks: “What are other things you do to de-risk your purchases and prove to customers that you are legit?”

[29:46] David: “I use math, #1. You can’t argue logic.”

  • 6-month moneyback guarantee 

[31:25] Brad asks: How do you simplify for those who aren’t particularly math-savvy? 

  • Give them the worst-case scenario, and soothe their pain points. (Fear of interest rates skyrocketing is one example.) Risk-reversal. 
  • “Can you live with the worst-case scenario?”

[34:29] Brad adds that David brings a lot of authority to the table when it comes to verbiage surrounding mortgage rates and loan lingo- for a lot of people these terms and this world is scary and unpredictable, but David has a way of bringing out those fears and speaking directly to them.

  • “You do what we encourage our clients to do, you build strong narratives, you have authority. You provide social proof.”

[35:10] David: “We’re all trying to move up, to elevate ourselves in society. So if you know that someone can provide that for you, and you trust them.”

  • “Trust triggers” like books, word of mouth- people trust those who’ve written books. 

[35:31] Brad speaks on the power of getting referrals and the reliability of leads that come through referrals. “How do you get those stories for your case studies?”

[36:02] David: “Typically it’s hard to get people to post anything- much less something positive.” Getting people in the moment to give their honest feedback after they’ve had a good experience.”

  • While sugary testimonials are great, getting a before and after picture of how their problem has changed. What was your mindset about us prior to working with us? What is your mindset now? How did you feel when you were paying us? Would you recommend us to someone and why? 
  • Capturing this before and after while the situation is fresh.
  • Mention the negative view the client had before, and follow it up with how you changed that perspective for them. This draws in the naysayers with a surprise ending.

[38:05} David: “So if you’re an agency, go out and get your top 5-10 objections. And then get testimonials that answer those questions.”

  • Speak to their fear and then provide a solution.

[38:15] Brad asks: “Why do you think humans are drawn to negativity and skepticism?”

38:40 David: “I’m not sure why… and I don't like it. But it’s never going to change. And so I use that.”

[39:10] Bob recalls a study that he read about, that negative information stick to the human brain instantly, whereas positive information takes about 20 seconds to fall away. This is essentially survival, fight or flight in our psyche. 

  • We may not have bears chasing us, but we do have people saying negative things about us. 

[40:26] Bob: “ When I see something positive and I like it, I know it’s not going to stick in my brain. So I try to reread it. And meditate on it and sit with it so that it does stick and overcome the negative things that automatically stay.” 

[40:55] Ken: “Just being different is important too, right?” Many websites are using positive reviews to convince people to buy, so putting a spin on it (negative headline followed by how the biz answers that pain point) is different and pattern-interrupting. 

[42:03] Ken adds that also just being genuine makes a huge difference. “...there’s obviously skepticism in every single sale. And so saying it and calling attention to it actually makes it more believable.”

[44:15] Brad and Bob discuss using negativity that is inevitable in your business to your advantage. When most people see nothing but good reviews with no negative, the human discernment kicks in and skepticism takes over, because it doesn’t seem real. 

[45:00] David circles back around to authority and proof. “I literally just think about who the person is that I want to hand me money. And what can I do to make it SO obvious.”

  • Write to the person who is in the MOST desperate need of your help, pack your offer FULL of a story, powerful proof and data that will convince ANYONE who falls under your prospect umbrella. 

[47:00] Ken: “So the prerequisite for that is knowing your customer persona, avatar, etc with great detail… Often agencies are the worst at that, because there’s the mindset that ‘Everyone is my client!’ which makes it hard to speak to that one person with specificity about their pains and also do what you’re saying… shoot for the worst-case scenario person.”

[47:42] David: “one of the emails that I came up with that can help any agency, any biz. The subject line is ‘Your top 3 Questions answered about____ (today only)’ that just offers answers to questions they may have in a future newsletter.” 

  • This creates a backlog of topics that you can then put into a google sheet and begin collecting more information about what topics come up and what the pain points are within each. And it allows you to create images of each persona and the specific pain points within that grouping. It allows you to see the verbiage and EXACT points that you can then use in your copy to speak to those pain points. 
  • This ALWAYS boils down to a small set of topics. 

[50:50] Ken recounts a story in Jordan Belfort’s book- objections were listed en masse and they all boiled down to a small list of basic objections. 

[51:57] David: “You can even write a whole article about those- speaking to those pain points directly.” 

[52:55] Bob asks: “When you are outsourcing, do you look for specialists or generalists?”

[53:03] David says mostly specialists, but sometimes specific skills are required. But specialists are preferred, someone who “nerds out” on what they do. 

[54:02] Bob asks for advice for agency owners.

[54:28] David says he wrestles with real experience within agencies, he wrestles with getting results, getting paid on spend (instead of results).

  • He wants to feel like the agency is in the boat with him, that his money is being used by a TEAM member, not someone who’s trying to screw them over. 

[56:58] Ken speaks on the validity of these concerns. 

[58: 57] Brad: “The old agency way is that we make money on media and we give away the creative for costs that are almost free now.”

[1:02:33] Ken speaks on the flaws in a straight ad-spend model. “At the end of the day you do have to figure out how does the value that I contribute scale in a nice proportion to the value that you’re creating inside of the company you’re working for? I do think there are some flaws in a straight ad spend model.”

[1:04:35] Ken speaks on a cool takeaway: “You’ve done the thing for yourself, you are the master. And you can do it for other people. A lot of the time agencies don’t focus on doing the things for their own business that you’re offering to do for other clients.”

[1:05:20] Bob: “I think that’s a good marker for choosing an agency- are they doing for themselves what they’ve promised you they’ll do?”

Ep 10: Do you Operate in Fear or in Truth?04 Mar 202001:01:57

Summary: 

Fear - the most detrimental emotion. What’s worse is making decisions in this irrational state. Yet so many people live and operate in this state daily. In business and in life, there is no shortage of things to incite fear. As an agency leader, you know more than most about the dangers of fear-based decision making. Honestly, most days you probably feel like King Solomon… “cut the baby in half!”. Balancing demanding clients, financial challenges, personnel issues, taxes, accounting, market shifts, and about 1 million other situations while inspiring an encouraging and transparent office culture that inspires great work on a high level can seem impossible. Well, it turns out leadership is not for the faint of heart. It’s downright hard. This is no easy task, and there is A LOT of room for fear to sneak in and sabotage your decisions. How can you create the financial stability that your business needs without turning off clients or putting your personal finances in jeopardy? Where do you turn when your brain is stuck in a state of unreality? We get vulnerable about some of our fears. We dive into strategies we have learned for coping with this pressure and what has given us the most relief and encouragement through this process. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Fear is useless beyond the flag it raises about a potential threat and puts you in an irrational state not optimal for making sound decisions. Learning to control that fear and put it in its place means freedom.
  2. Health (physical, emotional, spiritual) and Preparation (planning) is the first step to clearer and more level-headed decision making.
  3. By recognizing fear and having the tools to manage it, you will be able to make better decisions and take healthier action that allow you to thrive rather than react in any situation in life and in business.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:25] Bob: “We wanted to talk today about fear, anxiety, and not being controlled by it… How does it control you in the business situation, for those of us who are running agencies, work at agencies, engaged with agencies, whoever you are…”

[2:06] Bob: I failed at this miserably in my business and I was driven by fear many times and made a lot of bad decisions that cost my business, myself, my people that work for me… I learned a ton, I am thankful for that… I know I was not alone, even though I felt like I was.”

  • Fear-based decision making is something that “plagues and can wreak havoc… but can also be a really good way to shore up and protect your business.”

[2:57] Brad relates fear in business with thinking about the unknown. 

  • “For me personally, it’s not having clarity on my business that immediately brings me fear… I have to get to the point where I don’t have to know everything because I can’t control everything.” 

[3:25] Brad: “I can’t control whether a client decides to do something different and no longer wants to work with us… or if the economy tanks and we go through a recession and people quit spending, I can’t control a lot of that… from the unknown.”

  • Brad asks about things that others have done to be proactive instead of reactive based in fear.

[4:10] Ken speaks about how not making fear-based decisions is a core personal value. 

  • “Fear is a really detrimental emotion, right? When it pervades past the initial emotion of showing you that there’s a situation that needs your attention, that’s great but beyond that, if you’re not aware of it, it just takes over.” 

[5:07] Ken asks: “Have you ever made a really good decision based in fear? Probably not… How many things have you NOT done out of fear? Because fear is one of those emotions that actually stops you- it’s used strategically sometimes in the marketplace to stop you from doing something.”

  • “Getting a handle on fear, I think is one of the most practical things you can do as a business owner and a leader.”

[5:50] Ken: “I don’t think anyone can control their fear… that’s a hard thing to do. What you can do is be aware of it and once you’re aware of it you can manage it appropriately. That takes a lot of conditioning… it’s like a muscle, not like a switch that you flip on an off, but a willpower that you build up over time.”

[6:25] Bob: “I think we should talk briefly about some of the psychology around it… one of the most helpful things for me is understanding that your brain doesn’t know if something is really happening or not. It’s all about what your senses are, what you’re thinking and feeling, and then your brain acts accordingly. And so that’s where fear can paralyze us as business owners.”

  • This is a state of unreality that your brain goes into, this world of possibility that anything could happen. But your brain doesn’t know it’s unreality- it thinks it’s happening. 

[7:55] Bob tells us a story about a new VR game that simulates falling off of a building, and relates it to the idea that your brain doesn't know what’s real or not- you know you’re safe but your body still produces the adrenaline and sensation of falling. 

  • “I really think if enough people could understand that small part of how fear affects us, it would be really helpful.”

[8:54] Brad adds: “If you have fear, you’ve somehow experienced something similar in the past where it wasn’t a positive thing. So the more you can overcome the fear and go through experiences and see the positive outcome, the next time you go through that, it’s not going to be so fearful.”

  • If you think about the things you deal with on a day to day basis that are rooted in fear, then take a totally opposite perspective of those things, think about what’s the worst that could happen. 

[9:52] Brad: “If the worst were to happen, you might have to go through a little bit of hardship, but comparable to other people in this world, all three of us have it made. So it’s this attitude of gratefulness that we’re grateful for what we have and that we really don’t need all that much to be beautiful human beings.”

[10:33] Brad continues: “For me, it’s a constant battle with myself of really, how should I react to this and how can I have a sound mind going into this so that I know I’ll be clear-headed through the process where I’m not owning that fear to the point where it becomes unrealistic.”

[10:57] Ken: “I think that’s an important aspect of combating fear is identifying the source of information that’s creating the fear in you… Seeking truth is really important right? In business and in life… Can you trust opinion? Are your interests aligned with the people that are giving you those opinions?”

  • Ultimately, your brain doesn’t know what is true and what isn't. So the worry that you allow yourself to have, the rabbit trails you go down actually tell your brain that these things ARE happening. 
  • Step 1 is figuring out what the Truth is.

[13:00] Bob adds: “The only person that has your best interest at heart concerning your mental

wellbeing is you.” 

  • OWNING this truth is the next step. 

[13:53] Bob: “Don’t isolate yourself- talk about your fears… As a business owner you carry so much internally… those narratives can go to some pretty crazy places in your head… Sit down with trusted friends and advisors to talk them through.”

[14:34] Brad speaks on when he feels the most fear. When there’s already a lot going on in your business and you’re already running on low fuel, the fear and anxiety can really take over. So it’s important to take a look at your calendar and start removing the things that aren’t necessary, to give yourself space to think clearly.

  • He suggests first looking at the way you’re taking care of yourself and work from there. 

[16:15] Ken speaks on how intentional you have to be with this- taking care of yourself and your body has to become an initiative in your life.

[18:00] Ken: “Whether you like it or not, you're in that position where you need to come prepared, be conditioned to lead your organization appropriately. That’s just the role you’re in… and you have to accept that. And once you do, it’s like okay that means I have to live a life that has these qualities to it because I need to be conditioned.”

[18:46] Brad: “It’s really hard to lead a company when you’re just reactive.”

  • How do you become proactive so that you can prepare for these moments. 
  • “How do you take that fear and flip it on its head and have it become an experience that’s positive?”

[20:10] Brad speaks on the power a client has to put additional pressure on a team, and how important it is to communicate with the client early on to put more demands on how they will work with you. 

  • “So it’s just being more clear, clarity is always key. Understanding what we will do and what we won’t do… so that in the case that their expectations are different, we can try to eliminate that.”

[21:41] Bob asks the guys to speak on the “guard rails” that they keep in place to keep them on a healthy track. 

  • Belong in 2 buckets: Financial guards for your business health, and then relational and client guards. 

[22:24] Ken: “I believe the business world has some potentially fatal, or sort of toxic relationships that happen, or modes of operation…. They don’t come from a bad place, they’re almost accepted.” 

[24:43] Ken speaks about the way Metacake approaches client relationships “Hey, we want to be able to serve your and over-deliver with the value that we create… we have to be extremely excited at the end of whatever we do. And the only way we can do that is if we can focus on that and not have to worry about being paid.”

[25:45] Bob: “That comes down to processes right? So a clear statement of work, clear agreements… not just that you create them and your clients sign them, but that you go through a reading process and an understanding of what hours you work, when, how you communicate, what’s expected from them.”

[28:02] Ken: “I think that it’s important to challenge traditions appropriately, to make sure they’re actually done in healthy ways.”

[28:15] Bob asks Ken how Metacake figured out how to solve the billing issues that plague a lot of agencies. 

[28:36] Ken was told by a mentor that the #1 threat to your existence is cash flow. 

  • Oftentimes, cash in the bank is seen as a sort of nebulous thing that is always pushed off and away. You have clients that don’t pay in 60, 90, 120 days and so mentally you think there is a lot more cash in the bank than there actually is. And it can be devastating for small and large agencies alike.
  • “The reality of what it is, that means you don’t get paid for 3 months, can you float everything for 3 months? Arguably, that’s more of a loan and you should be getting paid interest on it, right?”

[31:15] Ken continues: We wanted to solve the cash flow issue… we went to electronic payments and split the payments appropriately over the months of the engagement. So whether that’s a retainer or whether that’s a project, we just spread it out sort of evenly.”

[32:53] Bob asks Ken how long it took Metacake to transition away from the traditional pay structure of agencies.

[34:15] Brad speaks on the pain of back and forth to get payment from some clients, and how much time, energy, and attention that this process that take/waste. 

[35:00] Ken adds that when you’re in this back and forth with a client, it’s a big and important unknown detail that you’re not in control of- and THIS allows fear into the equation immediately. 

  • “One of the things you can do to combat fear-based decisions is preparation… and one of the main areas where fear manifests is in finances… if you can find some security around that, it’s worth it… I shoot for having one year of operating capital in the bank. That is a lore more than most financial advisors say you need, but for us that’s one of the things that allows us to say ‘Hey I don't’ want to be hiring and firing staff all day long.’”

[39:23  ] Bob asks Brad: “What about Anthem Republic? What are some key things that have eliminated fear and anxiety for you?” 

[39:38] Brad responds: Service agreements that have more guidelines and guardrails, early communication. 

  • “I’m making sure that that capital is being invested so it’s making money while it’s sitting there.”

[42:50] Ken adds: “That’s one area I think most business owners may or may not be first in… but either you’re really versed in it or you have no clue… Should you have a financial advisor?”

[43:09] Brad: “A business owner has to be financially healthy in order for the business to be healthy financially.

[44:33] Ken: “You being healthy first is the only way that you can lead a company that makes everyone else healthy.”

[44:37] Brad: “And that helps me as well with my fear personally. If I feel as a whole, I’m okay, for the time being, then even if my business feels like it’s struggling or you feel like you might be losing a client or some financial resources… it’s not 2 ships that are sinking, right? And that helps alleviate some of that pressure for me.”

[45:14] Bob asks: “If you are working on yourself and you want that to permeate your atmosphere at work as well? Do you guys provide any opportunities for your staff? Because they might be internalizing a lot of this themselves, right?”

[47:22]  Brad: “The challenge is how to you be transparent with employees so they understand.”

[48:13] Ken responds: “I believe fear is spread so easily and it’s almost like as human beings, it’s like we want to spread it… for a lot of people it’s sorta like gossip or anything else, maybe it helps us feel better… but as a business leader, it’s not rational.”

  • Ken invites a friend and local pastor as a counseling resource for his team, on a private basis. 
  • Internally, Metacake has a culture of not spreading fear and anxiety. Not suppressing it, but dealing with it in mature and healthy ways.

[51:07] Bob asks about the way The Guys deal with anxiety and fear personally. “I know for me, I’m learning how to be present and breathe in those situations… Do you realize how shallow your breathing becomes when you are doing this kind of stuff?”

[52:21] Brad adds that turning back to scripture is incredibly helpful. That and “having a heart of gratefulness… to look at everything I do have and not what I will lose.”

  • Sometimes our anxieties and fears actually revolve around things that are not that valuable in life. So returning to gratitude has really helped to relieve stress. 

[53:55] Ken speaks on how there was fear in his formative years concerning immediate safety, so he realized early on that the only way to take control of that fear is through seeking health in every aspect of his life: mentally, spiritually, physically. 

  • “To me, being a leader, in a family or a business or whatever, is a very high calling. If pro athletes train and condition for a game, how much more important is your own training and conditioning in life?” 

[56:58] Ken: “I don’t think God has fear for you- I don’t think that comes from God… and you might even say that faith and fear can’t coexist.”

  • Faith is a big component because, like we’ve discussed before, when your decisions are based on something that is greater than you, whether that’s a purpose or a mission or a connection to a higher power, that takes the pressure off you, and that can help balance out any fears that come.”

[58:34] Bob speaks on how releasing responsibility can be freeing- “I’m only responsible for me, not my employee’s lives or clients lives. And I’m not responsible for the way my clients feel about me or how they respond to me. My job is to know that what I’m doing is the right thing to do.”

Ep 9: Is Agency Growth really a good thing?26 Feb 202000:53:47

Summary:

If you’re an agency leader, you’ve got a “how it all began” story. Whether you set out to be a mega-influencer in your field, or like many, you stumbled into owning a running a company as an afterthought of following your passion. Yet we’re all inundated with the notion that we HAVE to be getting bigger. If you’re not growing you’re dying, right? While that is true, growth doesn’t necessarily mean size growth. There is a point when you have to ask yourself “Should I be scaling this?” In today’s episode we break down this question and dig into the WHY behind what we all do. Contrary to popular belief, scaling is actually NOT a necessity, and size doesn’t coincide with success or profit! In fact, it’s quite the opposite. So we all must ask ourselves, “Should I scale the business, stay where we’re at, or stop this business ownership altogether?”

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Agency leadership is innately fraught with hardship and challenges, so having a strong foundational WHY behind everything you do is what will pull you through those hard days.
  2. Growing your business to be the BIGGEST isn’t always the way to go- in fact, growth purely for the sake of growth is one of the fastest ways to kill your joy, culture, and bank account.
  3. Get mentors! Bring in outside people. Whether that means hiring someone you trust to break down the financial side of things for you or having a group of peers (like this podcast!) that can speak to your pain points and expose them alongside you- it is VITAL to allow yourself to hear and receive feedback in areas that aren’t your expertise. 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

  • [1:47] Ken: Oftentimes, people fall into agency ownership. “If you're a plumber, you’re not going to fall into being a plumber, it’s laid out for you.”
    • You’ll be searching for freedom at first then fall into ownership.
    • Brad: You fall in love with the craft, and either you’re good or you aren’t. And as you try to make a life of it, the process of growth and longevity become the true. 
  • [3:03] Bob introduces the topic: How, Why, and Should you Scale your Business?
    • Cultural default is growing to be the biggest and the best.
    • Knowing your limitations and motivations changes the way you go into ownership. 
  • [3:53] Bob’s mindset was to create a life worth living & that he wanted to live outside of work. So he wanted to create a boutique agency, keep it smaller and be a thought leader in the space & serve clients well.
    • “My motivation was always to be a thought leader in a space, to serve my clients well, and to fund what was most important to me.”
  • [5:00] Ken adds that that level of self-awareness is rare in this space- understanding why you’re doing what you’re doing and making sure that THAT is at the core of what pulls you through the business growth process. This goes against the idea that entrepreneurship and massive influence is the goal for everyone. 
  • [6:16] “The grass is always greener” mentality is pervasive “It’s greener if I can grow it that way.”
    • The REASON for all of this is so important.
  • [7:10] Brad speaks on business ownership as a young person. It includes being able to support your family and the pressure of keeping that stability underneath them. 
    • Brad went into business without a long-term exit strategy. Some people start with that in mind. It’s important to know what you want, even if it’s not an exit strategy per se. 
    • Your company should serve you as well as those who work within it- defining it early on is great and important but also knowing yourself and finding your Why is just as important.
  • [9:23] Bob: Starting a biz when you’re in your early 20’s compared to your early 40’s is very different. 
  • [10:15] Brad: Starting biz means that as you grow there will have to be casualties in other parts of your life. Young people in biz don’t often realize that. The reality of humanity in business is that there will be sacrifices you have to make, choices you have to make. 
  • [10:57] Ken: Speaks on knowing what you’re best at and staying in that wheelhouse. Culturally, we put certain personality types on a pedestal, but truly we need all types and all wheelhouses in a business. 
    • “There is danger in having people in leadership roles who don’t need to be leaders, who aren’t aware of their limitations and strengths.”
    • There are things you’ll HAVE to be good at in order to succeed in business. Some will enjoy that process, others will not.
  • [13:00] Bob speaks on leadership skills, “I believe leadership skills can be developed, 100%.”
  • [13:15] Brad says that leadership has to be INTENTIONAL about learning and growing. The more you can pick it apart and figure out where you can grow, the better.
    • “They say the best leaders are spending 25% of their time learning and growing themselves.”
  • [14:15] Ken: There is danger in doing something because you believe it’s what you should be doing- it’s a trend.
    • Headcount is a status symbol in agencies these days- falling into the pressure of increasing headcount just to increase it
    • Often what culture idolizes is wrong, and that reflects in business
  • [17:15] Brad speaks on how growing has taken more money, growth means more responsibilities and maintenance internally. Office culture is challenging to maintain as the company grows. 
    • When asking how your business is, everyone wants to talk about growth as a status symbol
  • [18:15] Brad: “Maybe the culture should be that it’s good to stay steady, produce great products, create great profit, and also have your company serve you and your employees well.” 
  • [18:20] Bob: Positive Growth is a metric today for ecommerce, but other things are
    • “What’s your motivation for having the business and what are you gonna do with it? This will trickle down in culture, and it can be destructive if you’re not careful.”
  • [19:56] Ken: “Those metrics are important. But they shouldn’t be how you measure your own success.”
  • [21:00] Brad speaks on capitalizing on growth- “Looking at why you want to grow reveals a fear; that a client may leave, even for reasons that have nothing to do with you, and you always want to make sure you can support your staff… so that you don’t lose resources… that are part of your awesome culture. Businesses run on people, and they take a long time to grow and build into your business. I need to always have a ‘new business’ mentality.”
  • [22:48] Ken iterates: “Your business needs to be healthy, regardless of size, and it needs to innovate. These are requirements, and then you have the choice of goals and THEN the questions of should you be scaling really comes into play. You can not scale and still be healthy and innovating.”
    • You want to tailor your growth plan to your own agency, and understand that your portfolio of clients is as even as possible, so that you're never relying totally on one client to support you.
  • [25:30] Bob asks if it’s a value to bring in someone that can help you understand scaling.
    • There is great value in having conversations with third party people and outsiders to think through the health of your culture and your business. 
  • [28:13] Ken speaks on large shifts at Metacake: “I hired a friend who came in and started asking questions… that I’d never thought of before. Are you tracking time? How do you categorize your expenses?” 
    • It created awareness around what is accepted as status quo in the agency world but is very dysfunctional in the rest of the world.
  • [30:00] It’s important to bring in third-party perspectives because sometimes you need that outside opinion to be further away from the heart of the business. It’s important because when you have someone giving you advice that you know you can trust, you begin to have the confidence to be YOU.
  • [31:00] Ken: “Someone once told me that comparison is the enemy of joy. And that’s so true in life and in business… If you’re leading a business, you might see others and they look so cool from the outside… but turns out they all struggle with the same things. They’re NOT cool, and they’ve got the same problems, maybe even bigger problems. So don’t just do something because you see it and you think you should. For me, outside advice has given me the confidence to be who we were made to be and do it really well.”
  • [32:00] Bob: “Finding your own individuality, and your own agency collectively who you are as a team is so important because you can try to imitate and learn best practices, but… Ken you’re always saying you can be the cheapest, the only, or the best. You need to choose which one you want to be because those are the only ways you’re going to scale and grow and be successful as a business.”
  • [33:45] Brad: Part of the growth that agency owners go through requires asking for extra help and guidance. It’s important in making the correct decisions, learning to let your guard down at first and jump over that fear of admitting that you don’t know everything.
  • [35:42] Bob: How do you know if you’re really ready to start a business? 
  • [36:30] Ken: “I think being self-aware and confident enough to say ‘Hey here’s what I’m best at. Maybe I should be scaling this. Maybe we should be staying right where we’re at, or maybe this is not for me.”
  • [37:03] Brad asks Ken: “Would you do it over again, knowing what you know now, would this be the right type of business?”
  • [37:15] Ken responds: “I have this abstract feeling that I should be maximizing talents… whatever talents I’m given, I should be doing the most with that… and that’s what drives me. I’m excited to get up and chase that.”
  • [40:20] Bob speaks on the manifestation movement in the last 10-15 years. “Visualizing success, for athletes… works very well. If that was the key to their success, that would be one thing… People think you just get clients and hire smart people, make a ton of money and get on Forbes… dreaming and visualizing is healthy for that athlete but he’s also conditioning all day every day… that work they’re putting in is more than just visualizing. None of them would ever say it was easy.”
  • [42:45] Ken: “I think business ownership or really doing anything at an excellent level, just being a great husband, wife, whatever, takes intentional conditioning over time… and the truth is, it’s hard work.” 
  • [43:20] Brad talks about how the decision to start a business impacts others as well. Those that are doing life with you have to be bought in and supportive if you want to maintain healthy relationships with your family. 
    • Are those people supporting you knowing there WILL be hard times? 
    • You’ll bring some of that stress home, how will that impact them? 
  • [45:00] Ken: All of this ties back into the question of why you’re doing it. “If you don’t like WHY you’re doing it, then all that stuff sounds insane.”
  • [46:00] Ken speaks on the health of your internal team- your income must serve not only you but your team. If your business can’t serve you and your team, if it can’t be self-serving in a way, then what’s the point of trying to effectively serve others?
  • [48:00] Bob brings the conversation back around to the love of business and the joy in ownership. “I am unemployable from the sense of- I can’t go to a corporate setting, sit in a desk, push paper all day long, check in at eight, and check out at 5… I would get fired in the first week. I have to be doing something creative, I have to be with people, I have to be having some sort of strategy and I have to be challenged every day. It’s a joy, and there are a lot of positive things to think about.”
  • [49:00] Ken: “It’s important to be aware that you’re not doing something because someone else says you should do it.”
  • [49:20] Brad: “I feel like I own a little bit more of my future, I determine if it sinks or floats… and so even though sometimes I don’t do well with the stress, I still love that flexibility  to determine where i feel I need to go and what I want to do.”
    • “I think that’s what makes me do what I do so well, that I have such a joy to work and feel an ownership to my clients’ products and services… I kind of live vicariously in my own business to other businesses that we serve.”
  • [51:07] Bob: “Those things are, if we’re honest, that creativity of creating something out of nothing and… to be a part of that, to be a catalyst for that, is a huge source of joy and satisfaction.”
Ep 8: How does personality impact the way you do business?19 Feb 202000:59:00

Summary: 

In today’s episode we break down how increased self-awareness has had a positive impact on the way we do business. But what does self-awareness really mean? With a plethora of personality tests available these days, there is little excuse for having low self-awareness. When you know your personality type, your strengths and weaknesses, you have a more accurate picture of how you can improve and grow. Today's episode discusses the pros and cons of self-awareness, how better understanding yourself leads to greater understanding of others, and how self-awareness can lead to greater, more lasting success in business and creating companies that have a positive impact on the world. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Having self-awareness is KEY to knowing your true strengths and weaknesses as well as what gives you energy versus what drains your energy.
  2. Being aware of your personality type’s strengths and weaknesses allows you to be a better leader, a better parent, a better human! This makes you more effective and have more enjoyment. You have more empathy for others and it changes the reason that you do the things that you do, and gives you insight to the same for others in your life.
  3. The more self-awareness you can have, the better and more impactful your company can be. “If this company became great when you’re unhealthy, imagine how great it could be when you are healthy!” 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[2:06] Ken reflects on last week’s episode with Hannah Paramore Breen, and speaks on how it ties into this week’s episode: “She even talked about the topic for today, her personality type and how personality types play into what you do and knowing how you’re made up helps you navigate business a little bit better.”

[2:27] Bob asks: “When you guys were starting out, do you all feel like you had a strong sense of self-awareness going in? How much did that play into your business?”

[2:41] Brad: “I think I had zero self-awareness, it felt like that anyways. I had awareness in my talent, but not who I was outside of my talent. That’s been the biggest struggle, and is something I think we all deal with… Every day I learn more and more about how I deal with people, and how I deal with stress, and things that I’m learning about myself. It’s hard to sometimes see things that are kind fo ugly about yourself… that’s the beauty, that you can make a change and work on things about yourself that are not positive to other people or your business or yourself.”

[3:44] Ken: “I would say when I was growing up I had no self-awareness or very little. God, the way he’s led my life... there were so many cliffs that I could have gone off… and if I didn’t it wasn’t because of me because I wasn’t self-aware… I did have personality traits that were advantageous for doing business… 

  • …”But as I’ve become more self-aware it’s like reverse-engineering what’s good and also what’s bad and keeping that in place.”
  • Attending events and gaining more tools have allowed him to be more proactive in adjusting course and making decisions based on growth and self-improvement, but it all starts with self-awareness.

[5:35] Bob: “We need to define self awareness… the ability to look at why you do the things you do, why you see the world in the way that you do, without any attachment to it being right or wrong… it just IS… and then move forward in the best lane with that awareness?”

[7:17] Brad: “Sometimes I look at the things that I’m not and think… I don’t have that in me, that’s not how I’m built. And I spend a lot of time shaming myself with it, instead of trying to align myself with people who ARE that…”

[8:23] Ken speaks on how a lack of self awareness can make it seem like things are never working out in your favor, when really you’re walking into a wall over and over again, waiting for a different result that could come from some self-reflection and self-awareness.

[8:42] Bob: “The biggest problem [with a lack of self-awareness] is that you don’t understand why you see the world the way that you do, and so you think everyone sees the world the way you do.”

[9:18] Brad: “I always struggle because I find myself hitting walls a lot, and I wonder if I need to do hard things and get through it or am I just not the right person to be doing that? It’s just not in me, sometimes I feel like I can just overpower it, but I definitely get hit by that self-doubt a lot.”

  • Brad asks: “Do you guys feel like when you do that too many times, it's time to take a different road? It’s time to get away from that wall?”

[10:42] Bob and Brad ask Ken if this experience feels any differently with a business partner. In their businesses they wear many hats and have to do things they’re not good at naturally because it’s the only option. Does throwing an additional “boss” into the mix change that dynamic?

[13:05] Ken: “Bob Strachan is my business partner… and for us it works well. And I’ve looked at why because there’s always a downside, and an upside. There’s never a perfect scenario, right? We’re actually complete opposites… we’re literally the opposite on every personality test and I think that’s actually why it works- also I think it takes respect and humility. I think ego is a lot of times what gets in the way of most business partnerships. Everyone wants to be ‘The Guy’ for the reason of ego rather than what’s the best thing.

  • “It’s taken a while to get here for us, but we realized our giftings and sort of stay inside of those and so Bob is extremely personal...he gets energy out of being around people and caring, all to the nth degree… those are things I can do but they don’t give me energy… My personality is more geared towards visioning and growth and I have a passion that I can see and I can bring energy to the team by doing that. And it works, because it would wear me down to be doing everything, for sure.”

[15:17] Bob: “You hit on one thing that I ''ve been trying to keep in front of mind. What gives you energy versus what drains you or exhausts you? And I think we would be remiss if we were to say, ‘Don’t ever do things that drain you’ because in business, especially as agency owners, you’ve got to do the hard stuff. You’ve got to do the spreadsheets and the balance sheets and the things that I hate.”

[15:48] Brad: “I like those things.”

[15:49] Bob: “I know you do! But it drains me. However the point is that you should gravitate toward those things and be self-aware enough to say, ‘I don’t feel tired when I do this, in fact I get energized when I do it. It gives me creativity and motivates… be self-aware enough to note that and say ‘What is it about this? I need to be devoting my time and my energy to this. And the things that drain me, I need to surround myself with people that it does give them energy to do this.’ “

[18:34] Brad speaks on his own introversion and how sometimes he feels out of his own skin because of the social anxiety that impacts his business decisions. 

  • “I think it makes you very prepared. Because it drains you, and it’s exhausting. And you have that anxiety. It’s like you work harder to show up.”

[19:35] Ken: “Personality is really more about what gives you energy than what you’re good at. Because you could be good at something that drains you. But that personality is more about positive and negative energy. I feel like there’s two categories of things- you have your strengths- the things that give you energy would be smart, would be strategically smart to align yourself with those things. And then there are OTHER things that are universally draining… that 1% of things that everyone hates, everyone hates to get up at 5am, so if you’re the guy that gets up at 5am you’ve got an advantage. You do those and you can do those with consistency and repetition. And all of a sudden the hard things become just how you operate and that’s how you operate at a high level. 

[21:01] Brad: “So one thing which has been really helpful for me is I know that my energy level is great from like 8am till about noon, and I can run hard and do all the things that I’m not built to do but do them anyways. But after lunch if I’ve had to talk to a lot of people or really had to interact with people, I lose a lot of my energy because I’m drained… mentally I’m just spent.”

  • “And so what I do is I actually divide up my work and I do certain types of work… in the afternoons that actually fill me back up, not drain me more. That way, when I get home Im not so exhausted that I can’t even function and spend time with my family because I don’t want my family to get leftover Brad, right? Understanding yourself and actually putting boundaries, you can still do the things that drain you, but only during certain times of day.” 

[23:01] Ken adds: “If there is one action item from this podcast it would be- be intentional about your schedule based on when you’re at your best.” 

[24:15] Brad speaks about the Enneagram: “I’m an enneagram five, which is considered to be the investigator right, so I get completely in my head...there’s certain things that exhaust me and if I overthink and I think too much on something I can also get burnout where my brain just won’t shut off.” 

  • In this way, it is even more important to recognize your limitations and strengths/weaknesses within your personality type, and use those things to your advantage. 

[25:38] Ken asks: “Given a person of that type… is that something you have to be more aware of defending against? Overanalysis like that?”

[25:53] Brad: “Yes, overthinking. And once you’re aware of it, it’s… my silver bullet, but it can also be my kryptonite.”

  • Brad goes on to point out that this often gets in the way of being present in the moment and having good, soul-filling conversations. So blocking out periods of time to give him an extra cushion so he doesn’t have to feel so rushed would be very beneficial. 

[27:32] Brad speaks on the power and importance of exercise with his personality type: “The thing about exercise is that it’s not just for my body, it’s for my head. It’s so that I’m thinking more about my body and not about things in my head.”

[27:54] Bob gives a quick synopsis of the Enneagram Personality test and how it differs from others. 

  • Personality identification based on 9 personality types. It includes areas of growth for each personality type, and how they show up in the world based on stress and growth. 
  • “It helps ME to know what your personality type is (as a co-worker, peer, boss, etc) so that I can not only engage with you but also know how to bring the best out of you and the best out of me.”

[28:40] Brad: “As an enneagram five, you know every type has their kryptonite, and mine is avarice. And I had to look it up, what the heck does avarice mean? And it means that I feel like I won’t have enough of something, typically its time or money… I realized everything I do all day is trying to maximize time so I can get everything done.”

  • Brad gives an example of how he plans things that he’s done before to be as efficient as possible. And while in some situations that’s a good thing, he’s also realized that it is a manifestation of anxiety. 

[30:50] Brad continues: “That’s avarice… now that I have awareness of that I can be proactive and when I notice it, I think ‘What can I do differently’ and sometimes that’s just putting myself in the position that I don’t know what’s going to happen next, and that’s okay. And just allow things to happen as they do, and love that, and enjoy just being in the present, without having to care about what will happen tomorrow. Today has enough challenges of its own, why are we caring about the challenges of tomorrow, or the next day? It’s a constant anxiety that I’ve lived with my whole life and I’ve just never dealt with it. But now that I am, it’s hard. It’s hard work. But worth it.”

[31:55] Bob asks: “What about you Ken? What is your kryptonite?”

[31:57] Ken: “I’ve taken a lot of personality tests, and they all seem to align. On the enneagram I’m an 8 with a 9 wing. And 8 is ‘The Challenger’. And on the DISC test I’m a D-I, D-C, something like that… Enneagram 9 is the Peacemaker… The challenger is typically someone who is pushing forward and challenging things… there can be a dark side of that that...”

  • The dark side meaning getting into arguments with people for no reason, badgering someone as a test. Someone who enjoys a good argument and doesn’t run from it. 

[34:00] Ken continues: “The benefit for me is that I get energy out of running after something, I enjoy figuring something out, I have this basic premise in my life that nothing is impossible. I don’t necessarily believe that I can do everything… but with the right resources you can… I really think that for a challenger, that dark side really depends on whether your intention is in the right place… Generally I’m pushing forward for what I believe is better for everybody. When I’m leading a team or my family… it’s not out of my ego. In the past it has been, when I was more immature.”

[35:31] Bob interjects: “Another quality of an 8 is that they root for the underdog, do you find that to be true for you?”

[35:36] Ken: “Yeah, I would say that that’s accurate for me. I’m also a 3, 1 point off, which is I like performing. Which is another part of my personality.”

[35:40] Brad: “My brother is an 8 and one thing about him is that he always wants to take care of everyone. And that’s kind of their main motivation, they really do care about everyone. Sometimes it’s a ‘my way or the highway’ kinda thing, but they do it because they want to protect their clan. And that’s an honorable thing- that’s a lot of responsibility.”

[36:15] Ken: “I tell my wife all the time, it doesn't always come across the same way, but I feel like I’m made to provide and protect… Those two words resonate with me and I’m not saying I’m best at them, but I’m driven by leading a charge for justice, for a better way, especially when there’s people that I care about inside of that. That leads me to do business, to be the best I can be in health. There are positive sides.”

  • Negative sides are frustration with lack of progress, which may not be obvious or measurable. That is his downside, that he gets frustrated with people’s lack of progress. But he holds himself to a high standard, and commits to his word. A 21-day fast earlier this year was bolstered by telling others what he was doing, and holding himself accountable in that way. 

[39:10] Bob: “I’m an enneagram 7… the Optimist, the Visionary. It’s somebody who alwasy sees the glass half-full. Experiences are everything, as a visionary and a builder with an 8 wing, entrepreneurial spirit. Relationships and people skills are strong. I get energy from rooms full of people, and I don’t mind speaking in front of people.”

  • The dark side of that is that because the glass is half full, 7’s can run on that optimism without actually having gas in the tank. The kryptonite is not dealing with things as they happen. 
  • “Part of self-awareness for me over the years has been to have awareness when something is bad, and just letting it be without having to spin it into something good. That can be destructive in business, not acknowledging that there’s something going on.”
  • “The enneagram tells you who you are when you’re healthy and who you are when you’re really stressed out, and to be able to recognize those things is valuable.”

[41:14] Bob continues: “In stress, the 7 goes to a 1, which is the perfectionist… so I know when I start getting frustrated with people… for not doing things right, I know I’m not in the right headspace.”

  • “In the direction of health, I go to a 5. When I’m healthy, i can be calm, I can sit and contemplate things. I can think through things rather than always running ahead for the next experience.”

[42:00] Ken asks: “What was it like for you guys before you were aware of these things, and after, in the context of being a leader? Because over the years, I get to interact with lots of leaders of big businesses, and things that are just viral. The ones that are aware of this stuff are able to lead a team that actually makes a positive impact on the world. The ones that are not aware often are the boss, not the leader, the guy that hurts people and doesn’t lead through example. Doesn’t know it, but they’re not full or healthy, and are actually doing a disservice to people. There is such a difference between a leader and a boss.”

[43:57] Bob: “The value of self-awareness isn’t just for yourself… because then you begin to see other people in the same light.”

  • There is power in being aware of the way that others are processing the world and their work, it allows you to slow yourself down if necessary, it allows you to show grace and mercy for others as well as yourself.
  • “With team members, with clients, I can stop expecting things from them that they shouldn’t be giving me, or they don’t have the capability to give… or at least I know their WHY.”

[45:30] Brad speaks on human complexity: “We’re all one number, but we’re all so different within that… I spent so much of my career thinking everyone should be every number, or thinking that we should all have all types of personalities… it’s putting too much on one human to do… I want to work with superhumans because for some reason I think I’m a superhuman… but the reality is… you think everyone’s an idiot but they’re just gifted in certain areas…” 

[46:40] Ken speaks on the importance of understanding that a team is made of people with different strengths- that’s the beauty of it. Being aware of those and working together in those strengths (and weaknesses) is what makes being a part of a Team so great.

[47:11] Brad: Sometimes you find those gifts… later on. They start taking on other responsibilities and you realize their strengths lay somewhere else.... You have to be patient, #1, you have to SEE  the value in it, #2, and then you have to #3, pour into that and grow it and encourage it in them”

  • It takes a certain kind of person with a keen eye to see that and say “How do we craft an environment and a team where everyone is using their gifts the best.”
  • “I want to make sure everyone in my organization FEELS at their best, that’s important to me. And it’s hard.”

[49:00] Ken: “Just being aware and valuing that is so much further down the road than others… it creates so much more success even if you think you’re not good at it. Just be AWARE of that.”

  • Everyone at Metacake takes the DISC test, standing for Decisive, Influential, Stable, and Cautious. “So now we all have tools to better understand one another.”
  • Even those who interview take the test, just so that they can get a snapshot of how they will integrate into the organization.
  • Learning how clients fall on this scale is also helpful.

[51:40] Bob: “Interpersonal relationships and conflicts, and getting the most out of employees… as well as asking how to engage with certain clients…” allows you to speak with clients in a better way. There is potential to eliminate a lot of stress and issues by attempting to identify their personality type.

[52:38] Brad: Speaks on having a client that asked a lot of questions and it appeared that he was attempting to find fault within the organization, but he was strong-willed and curious and an Enneagram 8. “And now that we’ve earned his trust, we are part of his clan. And he protects and defends us as a client.”

[53:37] Ken can relate: “Are you here to help or hurt me? That question has to be answered, but how you go about answering can be really different from person to person.”

[54:37] Brad: “Some people who are the toughest upfront end up being the people that care the most for you… they’re just trying to vet you and make sure you’re the real deal.”

[55:00] Bob speaks on the difference between Bill Gates and Steve Jobs. “From what we understand of his biography, really for most of his career Steve Jobs lacked a lot of self-awareness. He drove a lot of people away but made a great product.” 

  • Compare that to Bill Gates, who is steady and consistent, he has made billions to give it away and make lasting changes for humanity. He has truly left the world a better place. 

[56:50] Brad: “You can be in something and not be the best version of yourself and still grow a successful company.”
[57:19] Ken: “I would argue that the more you are aware and the better that you can be, how much better could that thing be? If this company became great when you’re unhealthy, imagine how great it could be when you are healthy and what it could do.”

Ep 124: Agencies need to focus on this in 202303 Feb 202300:39:49

Subtitle:

2022 flew by and 2023 is here. That means it’s time to reflect on 2022 and what you want to change for yourself and your business in 2023. In today’s episode, we break down our goals, predictions, and thoughts for 2023 along with what we think all agencies should focus on. We talk about profit, efficiency, value, processes, Severance, shooting for the stars, and more on this week’s episode. Let us know your thoughts, goals, or questions in the comments below. 

 

Summary:

In this episode, we discuss our goals, ideas, and theories for 2023 along with some changes we will be making in our businesses. Each agency is unique and has different strengths, yet there are a few things we all could be doing to improve and spark change in the coming year. The first of these being focusing on and prioritizing profit. Profit is mistakenly viewed as greed driven or selfish when it is often in fact the opposite. In order to serve your customers well, you have to be able to fund ways to do that, this is where profit comes in. Most midsize agencies make around 15% of profit per year, and small agencies make around 10%. This is simply not enough to successfully run a business and allow for growth and investment. Profit also ties into efficiency and value. Profit is based on value, and value requires efficiency. So in order to increase your profit, you need to evaluate and improve your efficiency and improve the way you communicate your value to your clients. This is where mindset comes into play. You have to believe that you have earned your profit and that what you have to offer is valuable. It’s also crucial to recognize the importance of processes and evaluate how you can implement them to create more efficiency. We also talk about the advancement of technology, what that looks like, and what that means for agencies moving forward. It’s important to identify your ‘Lego blocks’ and improve your attribution. 



Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  • Focus on profit. One of agencies’ most common misconceptions is that high profit is for the greedy and selfish. This is due in part to agencies’ low profit and their mindsets. Instead we must understand that profit is not greed, but instead a tool for our businesses to better serve our clients and employees while also growing and investing in the future of the business. “Unhealthy, low profit businesses don't help anybody, not the people that work for them, not the people that own them, not the people they serve.”
  • Improve efficiency and the ways you communicate value. Profit is built upon value, so one of the ways to increase your profit is to communicate your value in a creative, meaningful, or practical way. Value is due in part to time and therefore efficiency. Value, profit, and efficiency are all tied together, so by strengthening one, you inadvertently strengthen all three.  “It's important for agencies, especially smaller ones, to understand that profit is based on value.”
  • Change your mindset. Many agencies view themselves as service providers when in fact, they are media companies. Because they view themselves in this way, they often fall into the trap of validating themselves through busy work. To avoid this, agencies need to shift their mindset to one that shows that they are media companies, and that profit is a way to better serve their clients due to the high value they as an agency produce. “You need to shift your thinking from just being a service to seeing yourself as a media company.”



For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:05] Bob opens this week’s episode with a chat about how the meaning of phrases or words change over time due to new societal context. 

[3:00] Brad talks about the importance of having a holistic and balanced life and how work can, “disconnect us from who we are”.

[3:24] Ken says that, “there's no such thing as business life and personal life.”  but we often separate the two mentally. 

[7:09] Bob asks the guys about their thoughts, and predictions for 2023 and any goals or changes they’ll be making in their businesses. 

[7:34] Brad talks about some of his new focuses for his business in 2023. “We are focusing a lot more on new business development, looking at our processes and services and really challenging what we do, making sure that our clients get the best value, but also that we are competitive, really offering value where our customers can't find that easily, and looking at our current customers and trying to figure out how do we serve them better?”

[8:24] Brad dives more into serving his current customers better and his ideas on how to do that. “We are shifting our models, diving into our sales data to understand where our key profit centers are, and trying to package a little bit more of our services in a way that is more better clarity. We've hired somebody to kind of spearhead that, a Director of Client partnership, and just really understanding, you know, where our sweet spots are trying to dive into that further.” 

[9:43] Ken talks about an analogy he uses to identify and create replicable things to sell. 

[11:01] Brad mentions the importance of recognizing, “processes run your business and people run the processes”. 

[11:52] Ken discusses his thoughts for 2023 regarding the importance of profit and how that enables you to serve your clients. “A lot of people associate profit with greed. And if I have a high profit, my clients won't be happy. That is a common misconception; it's the exact opposite.”

[12:59] Ken says that, “10% profit margin margin is not enough to run the business. Any MBA will tell you and the standard is around 30%.”

[15:00] Ken elaborates more on profit and its relationship with efficiency and value. 

 It's important for agencies, especially smaller ones, to understand that profit is based on value…Agencies tend to validate themselves with busy work more often than other businesses…Unhealthy, non profitable, low profit businesses don't help anybody, not the people that work for them, not the people that own them, not the people they serve.”

[18:27] Bob talks about changing our mindset and beliefs of profit to one that allows you to, “learn how to charge more and realize I'm going to be able to serve my clients.”

[20:30] Brad applies the adage, “when you shoot for the stars, at least you’ll land on the moon,” to setting goals for and dreaming about your business. 

[21:51] Ken talks about the role of your inputs and how that impacts your ability to shoot for the stars. “Whatever star you're hitting, is probably in line with the inputs that you have.”

[22:22] Ken asks a few questions that all agencies should be asking themselves in order to prompt a mindset change that will help them to begin to pursue their big goals. 

[27:10] Brad discusses the importance of presenting value in a creative way or a way that makes sense, and uses an example from his business recently to demonstrate its importance. 

[29:37] Bob breaks down his thoughts and predictions for 2023 including technology’s advancement, smaller agency sizes, and understanding your business’ attribution, and how these things will impact agencies and what agencies of the future will look like. 

[33:58] Bob also talks about blockchain being integrated into marketing, data integrity, investing in technology, the commoditization of services, and changing your mindset of being a service to being a media company. “You need to shift your thinking from just being a service to seeing yourself as a media company. Some of that might be print, some of it might be intellectual. But 90% of what we do is we create media.”

[38:41] Ken summarizes this episode with three key points for agencies to focus on. “Focus on profit, focus on efficiency, focus on value.”

[38:48] Brad wraps up by saying, “If you guys have any questions, or if you guys are doing things this year in your business, reach out to us.”

Ep 7: Selling an Agency, Behind the Curtain with Hannah Paramore Breen12 Feb 202001:11:49

Summary:

There are only 2 ways to gain wisdom: 1) learn from your own experiences and failures or 2) learn from the experiences of others. In this episode we discuss the reality of building and selling an agency with Hannah Paramore Breen, founder of Paramore Digital and author of Business Ownership- The Joy, The Pain, The Truth: A Survival Guide. This is a topic on the mind of any business leader. It’s something that’s often idealized, but rarely understood. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Understand from the beginning that you’re building an asset that will help create a life that you want to live in the future. Run your business with the intention of building a healthy business that will provide the life you want!
  2. As a business owner, the process of selling can be exhausting and emotional. The importance of relationships and mentors is more important in this season than ever.
  3. If you’re a business owner, get a hobby! Something that will take up brain space and ensure that you have a life outside of the office- this work-life balance is absolutely necessary to mental health.

 

About Our Guest:

Hannah Paramore Breen: Former CEO of Paramore Digital, a digital agency she ran from 2002- 2016. Through the years she navigated the world of business ownership- including the highs and lows that inspire you to achieve and make you want to quit. Fast Company, Business Insider, The Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg business week, and the New York Times have all profiled Hannah’s candid, no-nonsense style and approach to leadership and the daily struggles that come with owning a high growth digital agency. She also has a 12.3 handicap on the golf course!

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[3:38] Bob asks Hannah: What was the motivation behind writing your new book?

  • “Adam Bryant wrote the foreword of the book, his first line… says there’s too much happy in business. And I agree with that…. It’s hard to get your peers to tell you the truth.”

[5:00] Hannah: “I feel like I have something to say, particularly to business owners who want to know what to do with what they’ve built, because that was my big question the last three years or so… have I become the limiting factor to the company?”

[7:33] Bob asks Hannah to speak on business being “a process of continual shedding”

  • The positive side of this shedding process is that eventually all owners begin to shed their responsibility and delegate to others, allowing growth to be broad instead of deep. This allows the company to be structured
  • The negative side of this shedding is that eventually you do transition away from direct 1-on-1 relationships with the staff and instead hand those roles over to managers and directors, etc. 
  • “It took me a long time to learn the difference between a CEO and a President of the company… If I had found that President for my company in time, maybe I would have had an additional choice.”

[10:05] Bob asks: “In your book you discuss trying to find your #2 within the first 5 years- is that what you’re talking about here?”

  • Hannah: When you’re a business owner in any type of business round table, they always want to know what your exit plan is and who your number two is. 
  • “When I got to the point that I knew I needed it (a President), it was hard to hire it because we had a legacy of promoting from within… to hire outside felt like that would be really disruptive to the culture of the company.”
  • Had she had a partner in this, the process would have been a lot less lonely. 

[13:00] Ken asks: “Where did you go outside of your company, or could you go anywhere to find those peers?”

  • Hannah: “I had been in business for four years or so by the time I got an EO… that was good for me in a lot of ways.The good thing about EO is that it’s non competitive… the bad thing is that it’s non competitive,” meaning that while you can learn from people there, the lack of competition means learning is slower paced and not exact.

[14:35] Bob asks: “Being early in the digital agency space and seeing this whole world transform and being a part of it- What was it like engaging and interacting with generational differences?”

  • As the age gap between herself and the people she was hiring got wider and wider, “...there was just a huge disconnect… I cared about them as people, but I couldn’t take the time to get to know them at that many years in business… it’s hard on relationships and especially on the owner when you feel alone… you begin not to trust.”

[15:42] Hannah: “You begin to not trust your staff because you know that at that age, you’re a pit stop on their way to somewhere else and turnover is very hard on project work.”

[15:50] Ken asks: “It seems more often than not in the agency world or even maybe other service businesses as well… you might end up in business without wanting to be in business, is that right? And so you don’t have that ‘thing’ that pulls you through.”

[16:41] Hannah: “Exactly… people get into marketing or creative jobs because it seems like fun… a good place to start… and I do think in the agency world you have a lot more turnover. And the thing is… clients expect it.”

  • “I think that there’s also a lot of misconceptions on their side or just… wrong expectations on the employee’s sides that it will always be fun...they expect to continue their college years inside the business...there will come a point where it’s just work, man, it’s time to run a business.”

[18:35] Ken asks Hannah why she chose to start an agency

[18:52] Hannah: “I was a classical piano major in college. My dad was a preacher, and my mother was a housewife… I didn’t have any kind of career aspirations… I was just on the borderline when women took off in the 70’s… some things happened that sent me off on a different path. I worked a lot of soul-sucking jobs in my career… so I’ve never had a business class or a marketing course in my life.”

  • Eventually she was laid off in a large corporate restructuring and a headhunter offered her a job at Citysearch, an online city guide. She understood the company’s mission quickly and flourished there. 

[20:36] “I loved that job and that job changed my life. And it was so early in the industry that you were just learning on warp speed every single day.”

  • She was with Citysearch for 3 years, and because her role there was high profile she had no problem getting other jobs- the difficulty was keeping them through the recession of the late 2000’s. 

[22:35] Ken: “So would you say, the reason you got into your agency was because of the excitement and the freedom?”

  • The industry was inherently exciting because it was so new. 
  • The process of finding a job that was sustainable that also offered her the freedom she wanted and allowed her to truly trust the people running the agencies- this lasted through 4 jobs. Meanwhile, she built contacts and knowledge in a niche market and was acutely aware of the holes in the market.

[23:30] “The core values of my company that I eventually wrote like three years in, they reflected so much of frustration from the industry.”

  • One of those things was 100% delivery on the promises made to clients. At the time, it was hard to get that result because “Traditional agencies had the clients, but they did not have the digital talent and they didn’t understand it… they couldn’t get good digital people to work for them because even if they grew digital to be 20% of their revenue, it was only 20% of their revenue. So it was always disrespected. It was given the short sheet… and you can’t get good talent to work for you like that… So that was the hole in the market that I saw. And so I really thought that I would consult for a while… but that frustrated me because I want to see the ideas finished.”

[25:00] “So I hired a project manager, and then I hired a developer, and I needed two, and then it’s over. Then you have a company.”

[28:30] Bob asks: “What was it like being a woman-owned digital agency starting back then?”

  • Hannah speaks on how natural it was. In the beginning she won “woman in the industry” awards but eventually stopped applying for them because “I don’t want anything in front of business owner… it offends me to be called a woman business owner. Anything else just lowers the bar… I wanted to just compete.” 
  • She speaks on understanding the reality of being a “woman in the industry” but just never paid attention to it. 

[31:00] Ken asks about the process of actually selling her business. “So from the outside, you start a business, you grow it to $5, $6 million, which is awesome. And you sell it. That looks awesome and exciting- and I guess a lot of people would idealize that. But talk about some of the ups and down in that?”

  • “In our industry that is so project-focused, it can be hard to find a place to celebrate… it felt the same selling the business. I sold it fast, I was not marketing it out. But in the back of my mind...I’d love to sell but I didn’t think it was possible.”

[32:30] Ken and Bob ask where that lack of belief came from.

  • “... because of the fact that it’s a project oriented industry and there aren’t any longterm contracts… so what’s the value? I couldn’t understand how to quantify that value… but there are strategic buyers out there.”
  • “I had a strategic buyer who… saw the value that I couldn’t see in the business… they wanted to be in Nashville, and wanted the diversity in their client base, and they needed digital talent.”
  • “Most of these deals fall apart… like in the last few weeks. It is extremely scary.”

[34:15] Bob: “Was that something that kept you up at night? Like… this is either a home run or it’s going to fall flat.”

  • Hannah: “Yes. Because you cannot do it in secret.”
  • Hannah speaks on the risks of letting other in on the process of selling. Bringing VP’s into the discussion leaves room for them to doubt your commitment to the business if the deal doesn’t go through. 

[36:00] “You spend months going down that road to sell, which means that you are choosing to not engage in business development like you normally would… so your business development pipeline starts to dry up… everything makes you angry, you’re emotionally wrung out… it’s not fun anymore… If you have a vision for something else, if you have the opportunity to sell your business and make good money and good multiple on your business… it takes serious consideration at least.... Because there are very few times in your life that you have the opportunity to do a deal of that size… and in the kind of industry which changes so rapidly, your skillset can be antiquated.”

  • She met her buyer in December and the papers were signed the following November 31st. She had a 2-year workout process. Tip: Negotiate a shorter workout!

[38:14] Brad asks about the relationship with her staff and what their response was to her. 

  • The process of deciding to sell, telling her staff, and then working out her tenure with the company was a challenging process. It took her 6 months to truly accept that the business was no longer hers after the papers were signed. 
  • “Whether someone wants to work for new owners is the question.”

[43:00] Ken asks Hannah: “Are there any things you would do differently? What are the top 3?”

  • #1: “I would work longer on understanding that I was building an asset that was supposed to enable my life… I didn’t have high enough expectations for that, so I gave everything to the business… If you are 35 years old and own business, when you are 45 years old, you’re going to feel differently about that business than you do now.”
  • You are GOING to want to spend your days differently, so make sure you’re building a business with that reality in mind and enable that life rather than keeping you sucked in.

[45:51] Ken reiterates 2 awesome points: “Number one, make sure you’re enjoying what you’re doing… we spend more than half our lives in business, so it has to be something you enjoy… And number two… you’ve got to build it so that it’s a smart business. It creates a profit. It’s built assets… so that ultimately, like you said, it can not only fulfill your destiny where you need to be but also everyone who works for you… this business has to be on the rails.”

[46:41] Hannah: “A lot of time the right reason for making decisions is a financial reason. The company needs to make profit.” 

  • The most fun part of owning a business is watching people grow, along with watching your bank account grow. It’s necessary!

[48:00] Bob asks: What one thing could 60 year old Hannah tell 42 year old Hannah? 

  • Hannah: “I was told that every agency owner should have a hobby that takes a lot of time, that’s expensive, and that’s preferably dangerous…. The danger meaning that it needs to be something that if you don’t concentrate on it absolutely to the exclusion of everything else, you can’t do it well.”
  • “I got a passion that made me impatient with overwork. You need to love this hobby so much that it makes you impatient to get out of the office because that creates the balance in your life because your business is going to take from you anyway. You’re going to spend a lot of time there, it’s going to get the best of your thought process. It’s going to get the best part of your time, and you have to have something that competes against that.”

[51:23] Bob asks: “What are the things you see… starting new digital agencies these days. What are some things that you’re seeing and want to advise them about?”

[52:02] Hannah: “The lack of business acumen… there’s no way in life that a 20 something year old is right around a business… young owners are too altruistic by nature and aren’t ready to navigate the waters you get into when you start doing real business… Lean into humility.”

[54:00] Ken mentions mentoring as a way to open yourself up to be the shortcut for new people in the industry.

  • “There’s two ways to gain wisdom, by other experiences or your own experiences. The normal way is to make your own mistakes, which is great… but the smarter way is to find other people who have done it and learn from them.”

[55:43] Hannah: “I’d love for my legacy to be to change the relationships between business owners so that we have a much more collaborative culture.”

[56:07] Bob adds: “That’s our dream. And I think… you’ve got to get beyond the business principles and you’ve got to be willing to and be vulnerable into the personal, the psychological, the emotional, because that is the emotional intelligence around business ownership.”

[1:06:55] Hannah: “... a strong spiritual foundation for me is a reason outside of what we see every day… we’re supposed to leave the world a better place. Accepting that you’re not going to have perfect balance in your life every day is a process… so you have to let go of your own expectations of what your life is supposed to be like and reframe that for yourself.”

  • It can be sad and even scary to think that your company will run just fine and even expand without you, but it’s also a really great thing. Because if you sell your company and it immediately fails, you haven’t built a very stable company.
Ep 6: How do you innovate, grow, and serve fast moving clients?05 Feb 202000:59:12

Summary:

Bob Hutchins, Brad Ayres, and Ken Ott are talking about how to innovate, grow and serve fast-growing clients in an agency world that is both ever-changing and also static. Hyper-growth is idealized, but the truth is scale isn’t always good. You need healthy scale. How do you help businesses see the forest through the trees? How do you inspire some to think bigger? How do you get clients who are moving too fast to slow down and pay attention to what will create healthy growth? There is a delicate balance to establishing a strong, influential role with a client, regardless of the type of business they are in. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Serving fast-moving, viral clients means providing advice and guidance for them, creating an alignment with their leadership and encouraging healthy scale and growth from an “advisor” role. This takes slowing down and creating systems and processes, which takes experience.
  2. When serving older, larger clients it is important to focus on innovating and making sure they understand that innovation is a requirement for growth. 
  3. Growth in your agency means those same things: innovation, systems, and processes.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

 [1:26] Bob asks: "There's this new business model of failing fast and scaling quick and getting stuff out. It seems like the fastest wins. What does that mean for agencies who try to lead that charge?"

[1:56] Brad: “we do have clients that are over a hundred years old… they built such a strong legacy, but they can’t move as fast as they need to.”

  • Technology makes it hard for larger, older companies to keep up and pivot appropriately.

[2:49] “So they’re looking at acquiring companies who could scale faster.”

[3:17] “We can talk more about how, as an agency, how you can prepare your infrastructure, and your processes to move that quickly and to understand that things pivot. And sometimes that’s really hard.”

[3:39] Bob asks Ken: How have quick pivots and “failing fast” impacted Metacake and their clients?

[4:05] Ken: “We preach innovation to our clients because ultimately, that is something that is never urgent and always important.... Innovation needs to happen whether you’re a big company or a small company.”

  • “As an agency, you have to innovate and innovate quickly, and maybe even in the agency world more so than some of your clients because you’re in a world that is typically stagnant. There’s not a lot of innovation happening in that world.”

[5:34] Ken: “Just because other people are doing it [innovating] doesn’t mean you should be doing it NOW, but you should be doing it, you just have to figure out when.”

[6:46] “Just like people have personalities, agencies and businesses have personalities. Knowing what your strength is is important.”

  • “Are you good at coming behind a founder of a company that has a really giant vision and you’re really good at helping them get there?”

[7:30] Brad: “We have companies that we lead, and companies that we serve. The fear with companies that we serve is that we become a commodity… if we’re not leading and innovating they won’t work with us… and sometimes they’re just not a good fit.

[8:45] “Even those companies that don’t give you a seat at the table… maybe you can still add table value by indirectly giving them suggestions and helping them to ‘see the beach’.”

[9:05] Ken: “Even in a role of service… the way you avoid becoming a commodity is by being a really great advisor to them… We work with viral entrepreneurs as well as global brands. With those global brands they need to be led with innovation, with those viral entrepreneurs we want to advise wisely.”

[10:13] Brad speaks on having a strong understanding of your client and being aligned with them and an extension of their leadership.

[12:10] “How as an agency do you follow the culture of a client when they are averse to pivoting, change?”

[12:45] Ken “Even an industry that your agency doesn't have experience in, the reason that you’re brought on it because you do have a speciality in some other area… if you don’t have that, maybe you shouldn’t be there… but you should be able to use your specialty to push that innovation.”

[13:27] Bob: “I think a good agency… gets over those humps is with data.”

  • This day and age allows instant results and data that you can lead with. And if a decision maker chooses to not respect the data, there’s not much else you can do. 

[14:30] Ken: “that implies that you’re investing in acquiring data… could mean getting experience outside of client work. Being in eCommerce, we have several product companies that we run the stores of and so we can learn from them.”

  • If you’re only always working in your speciality for someone else and don’t do things that let you test, then you don’t have that data to present that gives you an edge.

[15:56] Brad: “You’ve got to be open to agile testing…. You've got to be able to think outside of the box and 

[28:00] Brad: “... one of our clients… only works his business plan 3 months out. That’s it. And what he told me is that he’s going to pivot if he has to… either you’re with him and you are running right beside that pivot, or you’re going to get left behind.”

[29:05] “In this case, this individual knows exactly where his business is going… and how does an agency support somebody like him that is running that fast?”

[30:15] Brad: “Some clients want to make money TODAY, and some… care about their market share and they want to be leaders in their market… they’ll have a technology that noone else has.”

[30:40] Bob: “How do you get your staff to see and to develop that mindset [of quick pivots and change] when they might be people who are creatives or they’re perfectionsists… that you need to function well.”

[31:45] Ken: “In this type of example where companies are moving fast and you as a founder may not even realize what their full vision is.”

  • In this case, when this is happening and they start failing fast, that can burn your team out. It de-motivates them. 
  • So your job as the leader is to become the thermostat- regardless of how hot it gets on the outside, inside the temperature is all the same.

[34:50] Brad: “For us, #1, I think constantly talking about business practices with your team...allows them to go Okay there’s multiple ways to get a business off the ground.”

  • And #2, “If something does pivot where three months of your employees work goes out the door, it’s still being aware that for us, that’s still a win. Maybe not for the client, but for us, it’s a win. 
  • “Showing them that our client now has made a jump and that somehow we were a part of that is always beneficial because that that work isn’t for nothing. That’s companies being successful.”

[36:00] So even if we do pivot, it’s all about communicating… that our goal is not just to serve a customer, it’s to see that customer’s objective met and their business objective met… trying to bring value to that leadership and have a seat at that table.”

[37:00] Bob asks: What do you guys feel like the value is for Agencies moving forward in the near future, in the next five years, 10 years? Because I think what we’re talking about is everybody's moving at the speed of light.

[37:43] Ken: “I think it’s experience and driving results… if you look at the trajectory, you’ve got agencies that were hired in to do everything and they were responsible for figuring out how to do this thing. Everything from strategy to implementation.”

  • Bringing those things in-house is becoming a better and better option for companies. “I think that if your strategy is purely implementation then your value is going to be challenged… the biggest benefit to having an outside agency is experience that you don’t have as a company.”
  • “The thing that no one else can rip off is your experience… so if that is valuable to somebody, that is the biggest barrier to entry.”

[41:00] Brad: “For us, learning to balance the bent towards perfectionism is a challenge… we want really high-end success and I think that’s why we’ve kept a lot of clients.” 

  • But balancing the slow down that perfectionism brings with the speed necessary for quick pivots is the biggest challenge we try to manage.

[42:50] Bob reflects: “In the past, it was a liability (putting out a less-than-perfect product)... so now if you release something that is a little bit imperfect just to get it out there, you have more room to improve and shift the focus later on.”

  • The guys talk about the new Tesla truck and Elon Musk’s presentation. The idea of him testing the glass and it breaking during the presentation actually shows that he is human and that his ideas aren’t perfect. Everyone is aware of this, but he gets a pass because that is the standard he has set for himself. Quick but imperfect delivery.
  • Companies like Apple do not get a pass like this because they have already set the standards so high for themselves. They have a glitch during a presentation and suddenly it’s “Apple’s going downhill, they’re gonna fail.” They don’t get a pass for imperfect products at this point. 
  • So the lesson here is if you’re gonna fail, fail fast, and be transparent about it. 

[45:37] Brad: “What Elon Musk has done is he’s created a culture, not only with his company, but the brand and his loyalists that say ‘I’m going to be first, but you’re going to have to give a little time. Forgive me, cause we’re not going to hit it. You’re not going to hit a home run every time, but I’m going to get you on third base and then we’ll sneak in into homebase and we’ll get it fixed.” 

[54:03] Ken: “Don’t blitz scale or innovate or feel like you have to be a  high risk taker just for the sake of doing it because these other companies do it. What you really need to figure out is what is the why behind where they need to go and where you need to go.”

[55:50] Brad “Sometimes educating your client on the lifetimes values of your customers so that we’re no here just to make a dollar today, but we’re actually looking at the future of your lifetime value and going okay we’ll spend money right now to acquire a customer because we know that the lifetime value is X, and you’re going to make that up in a year from now.”

[57:40] Brad: “The customer needs to know that you’re running with them and you’re right next to or right beside them. Otherwise you don't’ have a seat at their table. And if you can’t get a seat at their table, it’s really hard to convince your clients to do anything.”

Ep 5: How do you Fund Agency Growth?29 Jan 202001:11:22

Summary:

Bob Hutchins, Brad Ayres, and Ken Ott are back with Episode #3 of Agency Exposed! Today they’re talking about funding agency growth- both fiscally and psychologically as well. They break down how important it is to have your team on your side and be profitable. We discuss the difficulties of maintaining a long-term vision with your team as they complete short-term goals, and how keeping your team motivated makes a world of difference.  

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Fail Fast- When you make a mistake, learn to pivot quickly to an alternative solution.
  2. Self-Capitalization means being highly profitable with your current income/clients. Get your financial health in check so that you can lead people with authority and vision. 
  3. As a business owner, it is YOUR responsibility to cast a vision of your company’s future, encourage your employees to believe in that vision, and give them certainty through it all.

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:45] The Guys Discuss the name Agency Exposed and what interested them most about going the Podcast

  • Ken: In the agency world, it’s common for people to struggle in silence. “I would have loved to have been able to hear other people talk freely about… pain points.”
  • Brad: Fail and Fail Fast- this will teach you more in the early years than anything else. 
    • “Your company can be disrupted overnight… and we need to be more open to change.”
  • Bob: “This is a biz of putting the best foot forward at all times.. This is what we’re selling… the other side of that coin is that you can easily take on that persona and thought process in your agency… it’s a facade. Talking about failures is what people are hungry for!”

[6:25] Brad: “Fail fast. Get back on your feet. And that’s where you learn and grow.”

  • Learning from others going through the same pains is the point of this podcast!

[10:47] Last episode The Guys discuss marketing your business and getting new clients, and this week they’re unpacking how to finance it all. What are they using to market and promote their businesses right now?

  • Ken: Facebook Ads are a heavy part of Metacake’s mechanism. At the end of the day, MC relies heavily on teaching and content. MC has a particular philosophy, and that’s what we teach. 

[15:21] Brad: How much of your resources do you spend on new business? 

  • MC is invested in a LOT of educational content- what are the mechanics of how this works for Metacake’s business model? 

[18:55] The Guys discuss Social Proof and the value of that in today’s social media-fueled world. 

  • In this space, it’s a challenge to get people to talk positively about you. The community tends to be tight-lipped about who they’re working with and what they’re working on. Ken likes to disrupt this tradition! Asking clients for testimonials, asking customers for reviews, etc. 

[23:12] Bob asks Brad how Anthem uses his strengths in visual and creative aspects to make his agency memorable.

  • Strong case studies within different industries can be challenging but rewarding. 
  • Highlighting these so that all companies can see themselves in the results, not just those in the same industry. 
  • LinkedIn has been a focus to publish content and ideas- algorithm works better for your business because roughly 50% of people are seeing those results- much higher percentage than anywhere else.

[26:27] What specifically is Brad doing to use LinkedIn to the fullest?

  • Industry-specific blog posts, thought leader 
  • Repurposing content from other platforms
  • Starting an ad campaign on LinkedIn soon- will update us on how that goes. 

[28:12] Bob asks Ken how Metacake uses YouTube for content creation.

  • On YouTube you can get views for fractions of a cent if done well. 
  • MC strategy: Videos as ads to interrupt the viewer’s experience- get them to remember your name. 
  • Measure of success is seeing Google searches for Metacake; ultimately attempting to get Google Trends up- playing that game for name recognition.

[33:26] Discussing and even showing off your other specialities to clients is always a good idea- you don’t want to find out that your client is using another company for a service that you provide. 

  • [37:30] “People make 80% of their buying decision before they talk to you.” - Bob Strachan, Sales Coach @ Metacake
  • There’s an idea that the only way that clients can get anything from their vendor is if they beat it out of them- flipping this mindset changes EVERYTHING.

[39:20] Brad talks about the 4 Disciplines and how it has impacted his daily work within Anthem Republic. 

  • Making self-promotion a Goal through the 4 Disciplines has helped him to put his business in front of more of the right kind of people. 
  • Don’t be afraid to look at what your company is doing already and bolstering those efforts. 

[43:40] Talk about how you capitalize on your own business- how to take advantage of the funds you do have and what you have struggled with in terms of capitalizing. 

  • Brad: How are we doing and how are we able to grow? Growth takes money “We can only grow as fast as we can have the funds and the means to do it.”
  • Current struggle is adding staff wisely as business grows “I don’t want to get access to money and not use it properly… I want the business to run on it’s own in a very healthy way… without that constant cash infusion via debt.”

[49:24] Ken shares the ways that Metacake has approached self-capitalization.

  • According to Tony Robbins: In a business, you’re 1 of 3 people: the entrepreneur, the artist, the manager- most agency owners are likely artists. Being aware of your place here and who else in your organization might be able to fill in for the rest. 
  • Self-capitalization means looking at your profit margins. Ken hired a CFO consultant who helped direct MC through specifics of net profit of every project. 

[54:51] Brad talks about Time Tracking, and how important that is in terms of keeping real track of how your time is being spent. 

[55:57] Bob shares advice from his mentor

  • Weekly reports from your staff every Friday that list 5 goals achieved for the week, 5 goals in place for next week, their quarterly goals, etc. 
  • This allows you to be in tune with your team in a more sustainable, growth-centered way and serves as a check-in for them to re-establish their purpose and overall objective in the business. 

[59:11] Brad speaks on the challenges of being the sole business owner, and being responsible for the long-term vision of the company. 

  • Using processes like weekly/quarterly goals that Bob mentioned will help every member of organization buy into long-term goals and have an eye on the horizon as they fight daily battles.

[1:03:09] Ken speaks on staying inspired for the sake of the team.

  • “The challenge is… casting that vision, believing in it, and giving them certainty through it.”
  • Basic human need of certainty is one of the things that any long-term thinker should consider when expecting support/agreement from a team. 

[1:07:25] Brad speaks on allowing your team to understand the value of long-term goals/growth 

  • “If I’m going to Mars, they need to see the value of why we’re going there. And they need to value that so deeply that they’re behind it 100%.” 

[1:08:37] Ken talks about developing your own passion before expecting passion from your team. 

  • What is your REASON for running your business. 
  • “As long as your intentions are true… that can come through.”
Ep 4: How do you Receive, Accept, and Give Client Feedback?22 Jan 202001:02:48

Summary:

Bob Hutchins, Brad Ayres, and Ken Ott discuss the art and struggle of getting client feedback, giving client feedback, and receiving client feedback in an agency. As you peel back the layers there is so much under this seemingly simple task. 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Establishing mutual respect between yourself and your clients is so important for getting valuable feedback from them. Toxic, fear-based relationships DO NOT WORK!
  2. Let go of your EGO! In order to truly create value from feedback, you have to be prepared to take hard truths and turn them into actionable improvements. Don’t let hurt feelings get in the way of true communication!
  3. The ONE thing every client should know about motivating people- GRATITUDE. Unsolicited encouragement or positive feedback is the magic way to get waht you want. It will ultimately drive your team / agency to do better and work even harder. 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

 

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[1:21] Bob Asks: How do we solicit value and use client feedback reviews? 

  • “Can be a real positive thing… learn what is going on in the client’s head and better improve your creativity and service that you deliver.”
  • “Can also be a very controversial thing… how far do you let clients be in control of that type of feedback? And do you have mutual feedback for client relationships?”

[2:24] Brad Ayres Responds

  • “I look at communication based on subtext more than what they’re saying… tone of voice, body language. 80% of communication is body language.”
  • What about when body language isn’t an option? “You talk to a client… on the phone, they’re bringing a lot of other stresses that have nothing to do with you, but they can take it out on you… the feedback loop is a difficult thing.”

[4:30] Ken discusses the importance of trust-building elements 

  • between agency and clients/ client and customers. The traditional relationship is that it would be rude or disrespectful to ask a client for feedback- what are other perspectives of this relationship?

[6:00] Brad on asking clients for feedback: “The first thing they ask is ‘What would you like us to say about you?’” 

  • “I know this sounds strange, but we actually write the quote…. And have them look at it and go, ‘Yeah that’s perfect, that’s what I would say,’ or they can tweak it if they want to… we’ve seen the best results because I feel like otherwise it’s an assignment that we’re giving them.”
  • “To get a quote, that’s more of a promotional thing. But to really get client feedback has been really difficult for us.”

[8:11] Brad: “What I’m trying to do all the time is trying to understand the temperature and pulse of our clients.”

  • As a very empathetic person, it is easy to have empathy for your clients, and for your client’s customers. Especially when building a marketing strategy for them!

[9:20] “...it’s a two way street and you want that mutual respect. And that’s really what is hard to build- this mutual trust where they’re giving back to the agency and giving feedback that is helpful.”

  • At the same time, you’re giving them something that is very valuable and transparency means discussing when things are not working well- like any balanced and healthy relationship, having that open communication is key to be effective.

[10:08] Ken: “The key thing that you said is relationship… it’s not easy to build all the time.”

  • “...we go to great lengths to produce work that is quality and successful… we’re super high attention to detail and have a lot of integrity and we expect those same things from our clients- not because it’s arbitrary, but because those are things that are important to get to those results that they need.”
  • You may run into clients who don’t agree, or don’t think it should be that way. 
  • “The only way to get a great result out of a partnership is to have a good partnership, which comes from some sort of relationship- there needs to be mutual respect.”

[11:40] Brad: “I always go back to the Jerry Maguire quote- ‘Help me help you’... sometimes you feel like your client isn’t helping you. They’re actually not an advocate for you. They’re the adversary. And sometimes it can feel like…. Even your employees start feeling like… the client is the bad guy.” 

  • The feeling of “they’re not happy, they’re never happy, they’ll never be happy” can be prevalent. 

[12:30] Sometimes clients are difficult and you work with them for 6 months and reach a breaking point. 

  • “All of a sudden something breaks where you start to make them look like superstars in their business internally and they start to switch… they become more trustworthy of you, all of a sudden they become a different person and they’re like ‘Wow we’re going through a tough spot and we didn’t even know when we first started working with you.’”
  • As an agency, you have gone through that tough spot with them and helped them through it and the trust begins to build. In this case, the question is “How far are you willing to go?”
  • How long do you keep working before you say enough is enough we can’t keep doing this, this client is a really bad fit for us- and when do you say okay let’s keep showing them love and working hard for this.

[14:00] Bob: “In my past… I’ll tell you what I did wrong… the degree to which you will put up with a difficult client is many times in direct proportion to the amount of money that client was paying us.”

  • “So if they’re a small to medium sized client, it’s easy to be like ‘I’m going to fire you,’ because it’s not worth the headache. If they’re 15, 20, 30% of your revenue for the year, you’re going to hesitate more.”
  • When you “stick it out” with a client for too long and allow them to enter into almost abusive relationships with your employees- that’s letting them stay for too long. 
  • “What you’ve done is you’ve destroyed the relationship and trust of your employees- and that’s irreparable.”

[16:43] Ken discusses Metacake’s philosophy on difficult clients: 

  • “We have a strict no bullying policy- we don’t allow that to go on, because there are people on the other side of this thing. We work to operate with utmost respect and we expect the same in return. And so… sometimes the way of serving everybody is by, in love, not allowing consistently rude and disrespectful behavior that is hurting your team to go on.”

[18:02] “One tip- I’m extremely big in working towards not making decisions based on fear. Fear-based decision making is the worst kind of decision making.”

[19:23] Brad: “I do find myself making decisions based on fear and fear of losing a client, fear of losing the ability to support our payroll, fear to support my personal income.” 

  • “I think there’s a certain amount of fear that is healthy, but a lot of times I’ve lived in the unhealthy part… and I try to combat that.”

[20:15] Ken discusses conditioning yourself to not make decisions based on fear. 

  • It’s a choice, it doesn’t just happen. 

[21:15] Brad discusses the natural anxiety associated with determining how happy your client is- you are acutely aware of their expectations in regards to ROI. 

  • #1- are we making the clients money? Are we a value? Then #2, is the direct customer being taken care of? Are their needs being taken care of. Human vs human means true feedback without emotions getting in the way is nearly impossible. 
  • “And so for me, it always brings a sense of anxiety when I don’t know- when I have no clarity and I feel I don’t have a strong feeling, I start getting anxious.”

[23:55] Bob speaks on creating false narratives for your client- “You’re trying to project your own thoughts into their head and say, ‘They must be feeling this’ and you begin to create narratives.”

  • “The other side of the coin is to be willing to say ‘how are we doing? Rate us, give us feedback, what are we doing wrong? What are we doing right? That can create a lot of anxiety depending on your personality type, because that can potentially hit your ego really hard, right? So the trick is… am I going to live out of our ego or are we going to live out of our soul?”
  • “A bad day for your ego is a really good day for your soul. So, I’m going to train myself to say ‘I’m going to ask them to be honest and transparent, even if it hurts,’”

[25:00] “One questions I always ask is how would you- if you were to hire us- what would you consider success a year from now? How would you define success. And 9 times out of 10, they will stop for a second and say that’s a really good question.”

  • This allows you to get honest feedback on hard expectations from your client, and also gives you the opportunity to address any unrealistic expectations.
  • Record this interaction, write it down- this helps to eliminate some of the unknown.

[29:00] Brad asks “What if you’re working with a marketing director and a CEO as well, but their visions are not aligned. Maybe you’ve worked with one for longer than the other… if you satisfy one, you’ll actually not be satisfying the other… who do you serve? Your bosses boss, when you have a rapport? Or do you serve your direct contact?”

[30:15] Ken: “As an agency owner, you don’t realize the level of responsibility that you might actually have…”

[31:06] Brad discusses “showing them the beach” meaning, show them the results that they’re both seeking so as to contrast their visions for them. Show them that they aren’t aligned and let them say ‘Yes this is my vision’ or ‘No this isn’t what I want’, let them connect those dots on their own. 

[32:20] Bob asks “Do either of you guys have a process for getting client feedback? And if you do, how do you implement that feedback int productive ways within your organization? 

[32:36] Ken: “We use a few different methods- a survey midway through that we try to get someone to fill out and then discuss in-person.”

  • Long-term engagements are relationships that are trying to get to a unified goal. 
  • Discussing with clients that they have a responsibility to follow through, “We aren’t you and we can’t be you- we can only do our best to help you get there.”
  • By nature of a long-term engagement you don’t want feedback at the end, but throughout so that you can adjust for their success. 
  • “You want that feedback, and then also you need to have your metrics for success that are mutually agreed upon.”

[36:00] Brad asks “What if you feel like your client doesn’t even value filling that out for you? Do you press hard into them and say ‘You need to fill this out, or do you finally just say, you know what, you’re just not going to be able to give us any feedback and therefore we can’t help you if there’s an issue.”

  • Ken: “...if you can frame it in a way that allows them to know that the feedback allows us to be better, to adjust and serve you better…”

[37:52] Bob stresses the importance of HOW you ask for feedback. “The Google review is a powerful way for you to let the world know what you think of our team and our company. This helps promote our unique business model, therefore, is priceless to us.”

  • This is putting the power back in their hands- it’s all in “the ask.” 

[39:40] Ken talks about another strategy: “If you serve a higher purpose, you’re in a much greater position of strength. When you say, Okay this thing is not just here to generate some money, it’s here for a purpose and it’s fulfilling that purpose and we’re pursuing that purpose and that purpose is valuable and beneficial to the world… that helps on the fear-based side of things a lot and the strength side of things.”

  • Client video testimonials- are a weird concept that aren’t often very passionate and energetic.
  • “We talk about Growing Brands that Matter- what if we do a podcast-style video towards the end of the project when the relationship has been established. So you tell them ‘Your brand is a brand that matters, and it’s important. Let’s sit down and discuss that the purpose of it would be to help other people on the journey that you’re on.’”
  • Those mindset changes that allow them to open up and talk about their challenges and victories are invaluable. 

[44:00] Brad: Having clients on your Podcast, in a video with you, they become a true cheerleader for your agency. 

  • It builds a relationship that allows them to see past “I’m spending X amount of dollars on one X amount of return”, and instead see you as real people that really care about them and their brand.

[45:22] Bob on the psychology of internal/external reactions.

  • “If you have a client that you’re not happy with, they’re always complaining and giving you negative reviews or being a problem client- You’ve got to step back and instead of taking it personally, you have to realize… Nine times out of Ten they’re simply mirroring what’s going on in their own psyche. So whatever fear you have, remember… there’s a good chance that they’re just mirroring what’s going on inside of them and to be able to be present in the moment and… try to decipher what’s really going on.”
  • Getting to a point where you can look at a review and say “Am I mature enough and wise enough to say there’s something else going on here and I can’t take it personally.” 
  • Being able to come before your team and say “Okay we got some really negative feedback, but here’s what I think it going on. We have to own this. But then there’s some other stuff that maybe is not really what’s going on with us.”

[47:45] Ken: “We can only control ourselves- what are we doing and going to do at an excellent level?” 

  • Obviously we want to align our happiness AND the happiness of our clients- but that isn’t always the case. And in those situations, it isn’t our job as an agency to bring that person happiness. That’s not part of our job description. No one can make someone else happy. Ultimately you can only control what you can control and that is how you act and the work you produce. On those fronts, we run HARD for our clients.
  • “It takes the pressure off of you, it takes the anxiety and kind of egocentric side of it away when you realize that they are people, they have good days and they have bad days.” And it’s not always your job to make their day good!

[49:33] Bob asks: “Do you guys have a process to regularly sit down with your team or your staff and go through these reviews- positive or negative- do you sit down and process it? What’s the value for your whole team?”

  • Brad: “If it’s constructive feedback, that’s definitely something we want to do. Or if it’s feedback because you were all on a conference call with a client and she wasn’t very nice.”
  • We want to create an atmosphere that isn’t just a time for my team to bellyache and complain, or develop a negative sentiment around the client. We want to be intentionally constructive with helping our business AND their business.

[52:45] Brad gives clients a “bat phone” number, for use in emergencies when they feel like nobody on your team is hearing them. Allow them the opportunity to reach out so you can meet them halfway and get the communication going. Use your experience and people-reading skills to your advantage. 

[55:23] Brad: “give people props- even if they’re doing what you expect, still give them props. Because what it does is it empowers them to do an even better job.”

[56:32] Ken: The ONE thing that magically can motivate people: 

  • GRATITUDE. “When people give you unsolicited positive feedback, it can go so much farther than all the negative feedback.”
  • “As a leader, the way you motivate someone is not by only beating them down. That doesn’t help you get to where you want to be… Don’t hold back your frustrations and negative feedback, but balance it in a way that gets you to your goal… you need to give them positive feedback and tell them when they’re doing really, really great. Do more of this, do less of this, this was okay, but it can be done better.”

[59:00] Ken: “Think about when your clients give you gratefulness, how much more are you willing to go above and beyond.” 

[1:00:05] Bob discusses being genuine: “The key I think is being genuine… look for opportunities to be genuine, to really be human and engaged and empathetic with your team member or your client.”

  • Model the way that you’d like for them to treat you and you will hopefully see that in return.
Ep 3: New year! What’s your word? What's your plan for this year?13 Jan 202000:54:27

Summary:

Bob Hutchins, Brad Ayres, and Ken Ott discuss the practice of setting a purpose and direction for your agency this year. In a world where you’re always worrying about your clients, it’s important to take the time to be intentional about your own business.

 

Resources Mentioned: 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode:

  1. Ken’s word for 2020: GO. Go Public with your purpose, mission, and work. Be intentional with your purpose and share it - boldly! 
  2. Brad’s word for 2020: CLARITY. Gaining clarity about the 5-year snapshot of your agency and who you want to be is vital to long-term growth and success. In an industry that is being disrupted every day, gaining clarity on your services, value proposition, and mission and pivoting accordingly is a must. 
  3. Bob’s word(s) for 2020: TRANSFORMATION and LEAP. In keeping with the forward-thinking trajectory of this episode, Bob speaks on having the bravery to transform your business and take leaps into new territory. 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

 

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:52] What’s the 1 word that will be your focus in 2020? What word do you want to define YOU and your company this year? 

  • Ken: “For me and for Metacake, our word is GO… the reason is that for us, we’ve been really good at creating concepts. We’re traditionally more reserved when it comes from shouting from the rooftops. 2019 was a big push towards syndicating our message about our services that we provide… and now we’re boldly, publicly, talking about that message.”

[8:00] Going Public with Metacake’s unique purpose:

  • “The number with any business or anything you’re doing is to figure out the why and purpose behind it… when you do have that, you have true genuine raw human nature fire underneath what you’re doing… it allows you to enjoy what you do and push you through the hard times… money and success only fulfills you so much.”

[10:00] Go Public with Purpose means being intentional about your message regardless of the circumstances 

  • “We’re talking to brands and trying to help them become healthier organizations and grow in healthy ways… Your ability to push through roadblocks is only relative to the why and the reason behind why you’re going public.” 
  • “We have a purpose and our purpose is greater than just the services we provide… 
  • “Helping those brands be just 1% better with their message, their mission, their success in a healthy way… has an exponential impact on the world in a positive way.”

[11:12] Metacake Store / 2020 T-Shirt

  • If you want to see our 2020 theme team shirt, you can check it out here: store.metacake.com

[15:35] Brad’s New Years word: Clarity

  • “We’re in an industry that is hyper-disrupted at this point. Two years is a lot of time for change.”
  • Brad speaks on the value of integrating new products and services with the next 5 years in mind, thinking about how to keep his company valid and current along with the changing industry. Getting Clarity on the long-term vision as the industry shifts.  

[17:44] Bob Hutchins reflects on his past in running an agency and fighting the same mental battles. 

  • “There’s a difference between goals and priorities… We can have goals for the new year, but those only go so far. If you don’t integrate them into your priorities for your business or don’t have clarity about what’s really important… Those goals just become another service that you perform. They don’t get integrated into who you are.”

[20:00] Ken on aligning your business with a purpose regardless of the business beginnings. 

  • “Some of the struggles of being in an agency is that, without realizing it, you didn’t necessarily start it with a purpose or out of a need.”
  • When your USP (unique selling proposition) is based on services, the true scope for competition is decreased. But from a business strategy standpoint, having a mission and a vision and a purpose and capturing that passion with the way you run a business- this is the key to long-term, impactful success. 

[22:45] Brad asks Ken what he does to measure the effective success of a yearly mantra or vision.

  • [23:50] “...it influences the actions and the vision and priority. Maybe not of everyone in the entire company, but certainly myself and the tip of the spear.”
  • “I have to be completely bought into the idea and have it come from a genuine place and that influences other people, but most likely my actions more than anything else.”
  • “In 2020 with greater intention, we’re going out and booking speaking engagements and conferences.”

[27:00] Bob speaks on how the mentality of the leader impacts the entire team. 

  • “I think what you guys are talking about- Brad with clarity- as you push into that, you’ll see that with your team.”

[28:10] Bob references The Big Leap by Gay Hendrixson.

  • “The upper genius- what’s that ceiling that keeps you from breaking through? They get it, but then somehow sabotage it. He talks about how to leap and get over these things.”

[30:17] Bob’s words for the New Year: Leap and transformation

  • How do you stay in the transformation process continually while also making leaps and strides forward, always?
  • “Where do I need to be placing my skills and abilities?”

[31:45] Ken asks how Bob will make this happen in 2020.

  • “I can take those lessons of human personality and business and management and technology and… it’s a wide open universe to apply those kinds of things and explore and be willing to explore than in the leap when needed… not everyone has the freedom or luxury to do it and maybe it’s not about the highest paying gig but the most purposeful.”

[35:00] Sometimes taking a leap means a leap of faith- having the guts to leap and trust that the net will appear.

[36:25] On the importance of receiving advice and feedback:

  • “It’s important to get advice and feedback from people you trust.”

[40:00] Ken’s reflections on the true role of a leader

  • TD Jakes quote “As a leader your job is often to be crushed while being consistent.”
  • There is a delicate balance between the pressures of the outside world and the inner workings of a business. The leader has to be able to honestly portray risks when taking a Leap, but also fortify their team with confidence that they can lead properly and with enthusiasm about the risks and rewards of the Leap.

[45:00] Diving into transformation with confidence also means having the right team around you. 

  • “Loyalty can be the best thing in an agency, but it can also be the worst thing in an agency. You’re an entity, and you’re only going to grow as an entity. You can grow all you want as a leader, but if people aren’t following then there’s no point.”

[48:09] Brad speaks on clarity

  • “For me, clarity comes with time to isolate myself, to be able to focus and get away from the day in, day out stuff. So part of my clarity is protecting my time so that I can get clarity, number one.”
  • Spending time alone to compare notes with yourself, take stock of ideas, and bounce ideas off of those that you trust means gaining clarity of your purpose, which then equips you to better lead your team and inform them of the reality of the work that they’re doing. 
Ep2: How do you consistently generate new QUALITY business as an agency?31 Dec 201901:03:13

Summary:

Bob Hutchins, Brad Ayres, and Ken Ott talk about (the struggle) of getting new business in episode #2 of Agency Exposed. They talk about their own pain points within their businesses, tools they can’t live without when it comes to new client acquisition, and maintaining balanced relationships with clients as a young agency. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Referrals are always going to be the most powerful customer acquisition tools- the Power of Word of Mouth.
  2. No one client should make up too much of your overall revenue- work to balance out this trend in the early years of your business.
  3. Long-term, deep business relationships will ALWAYS be your best advocates. 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

 

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:34] Bob on Getting New Business

  • “Reality of an agency owner is keeping enough biz in pipeline to keep up with overhead first of all, to keep your team busy, and ultimately to be profitable.”

[1:14] What are your specific pain points?  Other than salespeople, what are other tools and methods you use to drum up business? 

[1:43] Ken: Metacake is constantly trying and testing new ways to get business

  • Ultimately “building some sort of relationship at scale with people” where people associate you with expertise in your field. Create authority in their minds when they think of you.  

[3:32] Brad: At Anthem, the difficulty is “Communicating to potential clients exactly what will benefit them.” 

  • More services = more complexity when explaining what Anthem can do for any given potential client. 

[6:25] From high level, what is the best way to get clients?

[6:50] Ken: Metacake has 3 main channels: cold leads, partners, & referrals. 

  • Referrals are not good to rely on completely, they are not repeatable, scalable, and consistent. Instead create a sales ENGINE that can be maintained and kept up regularly, with a combination of all 3. 

[10:29] Bob: Write a book! 

  • And market the heck out of it. This will create a built-in lead mechanism thats perpetual long-term because someone is going to pass that book on to somebody.

[13:40] Brad: Take note of where your current or past clients found you- and follow up. 

  • “I always look back at the clients we get and try to analyze where they first came from, where they first heard of us- I always ask them those questions… how they heard about us, what they thought about us, how that perspective changed after working with us…”

[14:18] Bob: Is there a tool in your tool box that you absolutely cannot do without? A tool that your business would be nothing without? 

[14:35] Brad: Word of Mouth.

  • Be bold enough to start asking those questions! 1st person referrals are GOLD. *Hubspot mentioned, link?*

[15:35] Ken: Highest quality lead sources are referrals.

  1.  First you have to be really really good at something and being specialized. 
  2. Second, you have to be able to apply it to client’s needs. Use word of mouth to show off that proof. Speak, get on stage, market yourself and your knowledge. 

[17:56] Bob: Create content about your work. 

  • Press releases about projects you’ve launched will let the industry know what you’re doing. Those projects will be searchable online forever!

[18:56] Content Creation: How to do it, what types, how to use it

[19:10] Brad: Planting seeds of content creation along the way is a great way to sow seeds for the future. 

  • Sometimes it might feel like a press release for a project is not worth it, but you may just be too close to the content to recognize the value. 
  • Press releases aren’t really to get into the news, but to be juice for the Google algorithm. Do this often and the likelihood of someone coming across your content increases.
  • Doing more written articles that are being published on LinkedIn and other channels to drive traffic further. Articles aren’t necessarily about the work you’re doing, but maybe even about your client’s industry to draw new perspectives.
  • Getting a “seat at the table” in an industry that you specialize in gets you recognition and helps you promote yourself as a thought leader. 

[25:09] Ken: Let’s talk RFP’s. (Requests for Proposal) Do you do these things and is it worth it? 

[25:49] Brad: RFP’s come by word of mouth for Anthem, and usually we only take those. 

  • Helps to compare cost/time expense vs reward/returns from that project. 

[27:31] Bob: RFP model is at one end of spectrum, versus charging for a proposal. 

  • “We will create an RFP and it will cost you. Value to you is that even if you don’t hire us, you can use our detailed plan to do it all yourself.”

[29:25] Ken: My #1 goal is financial independence.

  • From a business standpoint that means… having operating capital in the bank at any given time. We don’t want any 1 client to be so big that they dictate everything we do…so that we can make healthy decisions” 

[30:40] Bob: As a young agency, how do you maintain healthy boundaries with clients without putting 1 above the others because they are paying your bills? 

  • Ken: “No 1 client can be more than 10 percent of our revenue” 
  • WHEN this does happen, it’s a challenge to intentionally increase revenue everywhere else and be aware of not allowing 1 client to dominate the work of every other. 

[33:40] Brad: The way many agencies pop up:

  • Often freelancers start agencies with a big client that they use to create a business around. Adding new clients quickly becomes necessary, so they’re not in a compromised position if that big client becomes unhappy. 

[38:00] What tool/s do you use to aid client management? 

[38:33] Hubspot

  • Bob: Making your business your #1 client and changing your mindset around internal marketing is necessary to grow your business and get the clients that you want. 
  • Ken: “Any business needs to grow its business and grow it’s brand.” Discusses blocking out time to work on internal marketing plans and building the business. 
  • Brad: Uses Calendly to book meetings with clients or co-workers. Allows people to set up appointments based on your free time and schedules time to invest in biz dev. 

[49:36] Bob’s #1: “Spend more time with your current/existing clients- take them to lunch and continuously educate them. Create case studies about other clients doing different things.”

[51:00] Brad: “Send existing clients a newsletter to let them know what we’re doing for other clients.” Discusses letting clients know that you’re experts in other services, let them know what you’re up to so that they don’t go somewhere else for a service that you offer!

[52:58] Ken on the Real Value of an Experienced Agency:

  • “Being able to tell clients ‘We know this works this way because we’ve done it here and here… maybe think about doing it this way?” 
  • Be INTENTIONAL about flipping typical perspective that agencies only have 1 client and should be afraid to let clients know about others. 

[54:00] The power of LinkedIn

  • Ken: “The percent of the population that is an ideal client… is extremely small. So finding those pockets of people… on these consumer-based social network would take forever… LinkedIn is a much smaller pool that’s much more specialized.”
  • Metacake FB strategy is brand building and brand recognition. Content there is created for those who are interested in starting their own business. 

[58:35] Brad: What is your #1 thing for generating new clients

  • Bob: Build good relationships in person and online. Long-term and Deep relationships will be your biggest advocates. 
  • Brad: “Serve someone well and if they change jobs or move, the odds of them bringing you into new biz is high.”
  • Ken: “Important but not urgent things that will make you successful include truly finding your voice and what you’re good at, then creating content through that, for the sake of telling the world your perspective on things… in terms of tactics, maintaining our high-quality partner network is 100% our focus… peers that always generate high-quality leads.”
Ep 1: What’s Your Superpower? How to be seen as the BEST in your field.31 Dec 201900:58:43

Summary:

Bob Hutchins, Brad Ayres, and Ken Ott talk about their Marketing Superpowers in the very first episode of Agency Exposed!  They share how they wound up in Nashville, discuss running your business based on your strengths and staying in your lane of expertise when it comes to working with new clients. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

  1. Stay in your lane of expertise, play to your strengths and develop those to be the BEST at that thing. 
  2. Cultivate a mindset of ABUNDANCE (not scarcity) within your organization.
  3. Creating internal processes are a NECESSITY for growth. 

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

 

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:20] - Brad Ayres shares about growing up in Detroit, what brought him to Nashville, and the origin of Anthem Republic. 

  • “Helping companies really see who they are… define what their anthem is and to help get their employees, their constituents, and their customers behind it.”

[4:24] - Ken Ott tells us about his childhood in Queens and how the tough lessons he learned early on have informed the growth of Metacake and his passion for GROWTH in every aspect of life.  

  • Metacake is an ECommerce Growth Team that offers expertise in 3 areas: Paid marketing, Site building (optimization), & Email marketing. 

[12:00] -  Bob Hutchins tells us about his early passion for technology, early days in Christian ministry and transition to entrepreneurship, moving to Nashville and 17+ years of agency experience. 

[15:20] - Question #1: What is your Superpower? 

  • These are things that are natural gifts/strengths that have helped in developing business/career and give you the opportunity to do something unique. 

[17:30] - Ken loves GROWTH! 

  • “I’m relentless and I seek it out… that’s part of the fiber of who we are as a company.”
  • Sharing ideas, pain points, and lessons learned with other agencies is something that has been frowned upon in the past. Metacake believes that collaboration and communication with companies that would typically be considered competition is a NECESSITY. 

[20:07] Bob, Ken, & Brad talk about Transparency, Collaboration, and why entrepreneurs are drawn to the Greater Nashville area. 

  • Open minded and more collaborative than other cities, where competition and a “we’re experts in everything” mindset.

[23:07] Brad talks about The Active Antagonist 

  • “We always have to create an active antagonist, someone that’s gonna be against you. I’ve let that down here… The only person who is against me, is me. And my own limitations and the box I put myself in."

[23:34] Scarcity vs Abundance

[24:56]  Bob asks: How much does the local/regional culture impact your mindset & the way you do business in a connected, international world? 

  • Scarcity vs Abundance: The Guys discuss the importance of your Business/Living Culture and how it influences your Business Success
  • Often client expectations do not meet up with reality, so it’s important to be aware of how a client expects to communicate and work with you. 

[33:21] How to say no when you feel out of your lane/expertise.

  • Metacake’s business evolution and client philosophy
  • Ken on options vs creating your own standards. “There are 3 basic business models, be the best, be the only one, or the cheapest.” Only 1 leads to lasting impact and high levels of expertise.

[39:00] Making yourself indispensable to your clients

  • Brad: “Make yourself indispensable and you’ll never be out of a job.”

[42:00] Is the customer "always right" in 2019? 

[44:20] In order to be the best at what you do, internal/business health comes first. 

  • Service does not mean servant! 
  • The Guys discuss processes and policies within your business and how it impacts your long-term internal health. Processes help to remove your personality and emotions from the business atmosphere. 
  • Brad: “Your business is run by processes, and people run the processes.”
  • Bob on the challenge of creating internal processes: “How do you provide an environment of freedom, creativity, and ultimately a beautiful product at the end for the client or service, whatever it may be.. That functions head and shoulders above what they have, and put restrictions on that.” 

[52:29] The Guys wrap up by discussing strengths, weaknesses, and partnership. 

  • “Rather than trying to work overtime on the things you’re really bad at to kinda get yourself even, work more on the things you’re really good at and become the best at those things. Be aware of what you’re not good at… but when you know you’re not the best, find other people that are.”
Ep 123: How to write a book20 Jan 202300:47:53

Subtitle:

How to write a book. So many want to, so few do. Though it might seem lofty, unrealistic, or daunting, you CAN write a book. Everyone in our world has a different experience and perspective and something unique to say; the challenge is putting it into book form. In the last episode, we dove into Bob Hutchins and Jenny Black’s book, Our Digital Soul, breaking down the solution to media trauma and collective anxiety. In today’s episode, we continue our three part discussion of Bob’s book, but we focus more on the behind the scenes of how to write a book as well as the processes and some practical tips. We highly encourage you to check out Bob and Jenny’s book on Amazon or ourdigitalsoul.com and let us know your thoughts or questions in the comments below. 

 

Summary:

In this episode, we continue to discuss Bob Hutchins and Jenny Black’s book, Our Digital Soul. In our last episode, we talked about how to heal and be part of the solution to the collective anxiety and media trauma we as a society have endured and continue to bear. If you haven’t yet, please go check out the previous two episodes to get the full scoop of our three part series breaking down Bob and Jenny’s book. This episode is different from the past two because instead of breaking down the content of Bob’s book, instead, we dive into the processes involved in writing a book. Bob talks about his motivation behind writing this book and his previous three as well as the role writing has played in his business and life. He also talks about his process behind picking a topic, doing research on it, and deciding if it is something the public is interested in. Bob discusses the opportunities he’s had because of his book as well as his top tips and advice for anyone thinking about writing a book. He also talks about the importance of writing everyday, finding your unique perspective, and making your book authentically you. If you enjoyed today’s episode and feel curious about media trauma and how to heal, don’t forget to purchase Bob Hutchins’ and Jenny Black’s book, Our Digital Soul: Collective Anxiety, Media Trauma and a Path Toward Recovery. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  • Write everyday. Whether it’s a journal, notes of things you learned, or simply an idea you thought of, it makes a huge difference to write something everyday. These writings don’t have to be groundbreaking ideas, just little snippets that you can reflect on later that can help you when in the process of writing a book. “I’m just writing everyday.”
  • Find your unique perspective. This may sound cliche, but everyone in this world has their own perspective and something to say. Find what you’re passionate about and talk to people about it to see if there seems to be a public interest in it. Do your research and see if and what other authors have written about the topic. Don’t get discouraged by what you may find, keep an open mind and continue writing and researching. “My test is always, when you talk to people about it, does it resonate, do their eyes light up and say, ‘Oh, I've never thought about it that way.’”
  • Make it book authentically yours. Don’t retell someone else’s story or filter your passion or perspective through someone else’s lens. Even if you think your book is the most boring book on the face of this earth, it will resonate with and impact someone because true connection happens through authenticity and honesty. Tell the story you want from your unique, authentic perspective. “The most important number one most important thing is make sure it's authentically yours.”



For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:32] Bob opens this episode with a chat about old tv shows, inflation, and how the 

[6:34] Brad says, “the thought of writing a book is very daunting to me. So I would love to break down some myths of writing a book… I'd like to get to the heart of like, your motivation for book writing,”

[7:31] Bob talks about his love of writing and how he’s built his business and marketing on content and how those things helped him become familiar with and comfortable with the idea of writing. 

[9:49] Bob discusses the importance of identifying your reasoning behind why you want to write. “Depending on what your reasoning for writing is, also should drive how it's done.”

[12:10] Bob talks about his motivation for writing this book and his overall motivation to write. “The motivation was certainly thought leadership. And so that's a lot of my drive is thinking deeply about things and having a voice in the environments that I found that I find myself in my career.”

[13:05] Ken asks Bob, “what was your process like in just deciding your topics?”

[14:09] Bob says that there isn’t just one way to write a book and that one of the most important things is to just write something everyday. He also talks about the way he identifies if his topic is interesting to the outside world and would make a good book. 

[17:53] Brad asks Bob, “How do you figure out if your book is unique? What’s the process?”

[18:38] Bob talks about the importance of research, outlining ideas, and identifying the target demographic.

[21:22] Brad asks Bob, “what kind of things does your book allow you to do that you maybe wouldn't have been able to do?”

[23:37] Ken talks about how in any type of business and marketing, “you have to have a formula for success.”

[29:02] Ken mentions that one of the values of writing quality content is that it can be used to write a book. He also talks about his secret to writing effective articles and blog posts. 

[34:40] Bob breaks down the most important thing to remember when writing a book. “The most important number one most important thing is make sure it's authentically yours.”

[36:11] Brad asks Bob what the cost would be to write a book.

[37:13] Bob says that the price depends on what you’re looking for but it could be between a few thousand dollars to twenty thousand. 

[39:49] Ken asks Bob if he writes the title first or last and if he recommends finding a publisher or not. 

[47:04] Bob closes today’s episode by telling the listeners that they can find his book on Amazon. “It's called “Our Digital Soul: Collective Anxiety, Media Trauma, and a Path toward Recovery. You can just Google my name or Jenny black, my co author or just Our Digital Soul.”

 

Ep 122: Being human in a digital world06 Jan 202300:51:19

Subtitle:

Being human in a digital world. It’s no secret that our society has become a digital one; almost everything we do is online or involves the internet. In the last episode, we dove into Bob Hutchins and Jenny Black’s book, Our Digital Soul, breaking down collective anxiety and media trauma. In today’s episode, we continue our discussion of Bob’s book, but we focus more on the solutions and ways to reduce media trauma through screen time and how to heal from the influence of technology. We highly encourage you to check out Bob and Jenny’s book on Amazon or ourdigitalsoul.com and let us know your thoughts or questions in the comments below. 

 

Summary:

In this episode, we continue to discuss  Bob Hutchins and Jenny Black’s book, Our Digital Soul. In our last episode, we talked about what collective anxiety and media trauma are and in this episode, we discuss how to heal as a society and how to remain human in a digital world. In order to remain human, it’s important to consider what defines humanity and then apply those aspects to our lives in the digital age. Bob discusses a few of the ways to remain human. The first one is that staying human is about less. Online we have the world at our fingertips. The internet enables you to do so many things online. Another way to stay human is to accept your limitations. Because the internet is so vast and has “all the answers”, it conditions society to believe that we do not have limitations when online. Bob also discusses the importance of coming to terms with the paradox and mysteries of humanity. Our world isn’t black and white, yes or no, there’s often a lot of gray and maybes. The internet can convince its users that everyone is one way or another and this is false. There are many mysteries to life that we haven’t figured out yet, and sometimes there isn’t a clear cut answer. We as humans also don’t always get what we want, but technology creates the illusion that we can always get what we want due to the lack of limits on technology. As professionals in the technology industry, we are responsible to lead the way and start setting boundaries and being intentional about our marketing and be the start of the solution. You won’t want to miss our next episode where we’ll break down the process of writing a book. If you feel curious about media trauma or want to be part of the solution, don’t forget to purchase Bob Hutchins’ and Jenny Black’s book, Our Digital Soul: Collective Anxiety, Media Trauma and a Path Toward Recovery. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  • Staying human is about less. We’ve all been that person who hoarded their halloween candy or had a random collection of rocks. This behavior is unhealthy, yet we allow ourselves to indulge in it when it comes to technology. We as a society are endlessly scrolling, posting, or hoarding our online experiences. We use technology as a tool to escape the limits of our world. Instead of hoarding when it comes to technology, we might exercise discipline and enjoy the social experience online in moderation. “Successful humanity is about making decisions, sticking with them, and moving forward.”
  • Accept your limitations; you can’t always get what you want. We are human and we have limitations on what we can do and it’s a fact of life that it is impossible to always get what you want. Technology has enabled and conditioned us as a society to believe that because knowledge is so accessible and almost everything is right at our fingertips, we can get whatever we want whenever we want. This is false, and when we ‘return to reality’ after being online and we don’t get what we want, this can drive us back to technology to continue getting the bursts of dopamine. It’s also important to remember that creating beautiful things takes time and effort, it’s not going to be instant or easy and we will make mistakes along the way. “All of the things in the real world take time; it takes accepting our limitations in order to create something beautiful.”
  • Come to terms with the paradox and mysteries of humanity. Though the internet almost always has the answers, recipes, or news you are looking for, there are things that it will never understand. There’s only so much that programming and social media can convey. Nothing is ever just black or white; there is more middle ground than the internet may lead you to believe. Humanity is complex, and it can’t be defined or simplified by technology. “When you're in a digital space. Everything is divided into either or categories. In real life, you're a mix of things. Online, you're actively creating an identity that begins to define you in society. Then it begins to define society, and when the digital definition becomes your primary identity, you will miss out on innumerable human facets of who you are that a program can't translate or compute.”

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:31] Bob opens this episode by introducing the topic, part two of Our Digital Soul by Jenny black and Bob Hutchins.

[2:37] Brad talks about how in the previous episode, they discussed the challenges posed to us through social media and screens, and he asks Bob to unpack the solutions and the ways we as a society can heal.

[5:22] Bob begins a discussion about some of the solutions or methods we can use and act on to limit our time on technology and the resulting trauma. “The first one is: Staying human is about less.” “Successful humanity is about making decisions, sticking with them, and moving forward. We look at a person who hoards and we go, that's really unhealthy. We kind of do that in the digital world, we hoard our options. We're endlessly scrolling, we hoard our experiences, because we want to escape from the limits of human existence.”

[8:25] Ken talks about the importance of exercising the discipline muscle because, “once it's gone, it's really hard to get back, and it's so critical in life.”

[9:41] Brad talks about how he’s noticed that often he will use his phone as a way to fill dead space and prevent boredom. “Why do I feel the need to pick up my phone? When there's a dead space? Why can't I just allow this space to happen? And be okay with not having to entertain my mind right now?”

[10:23] Bob discusses the fact that, “boredom is our brain processing”. 

[11:29] Ken adds that your subconscious does process things through sleeping or just when your conscious is not focused or actively doing something.

[12:42] Bob reads a segment from his book and talks about two other ways to remain human in the digital world, “the second one is staying human means accepting limitations. All of the things that in the real world take time, it takes accepting our limitations in order to create something beautiful.”... “Staying human means coming to terms with the mystery and paradox of humanity.”

[17:05] Brad mentions the idea that remaining human in this digital space is not only about what you consume but also how you present yourself.

[20:27] Ken discusses the adage, “with great power comes great responsibility.” and how it applies to technology.

[25:47] Bob reads a section of his book and breaks down the idea that “Staying human also means you don't always get what you want.” and how technology has conditioned our society to believe that we can have whatever we want whenever we want because there are no boundaries to what we can do with technology. 

[32:04] Bob talks about how each of his three kids have grown up in different eras of technology and how it has impacted each of their lives individually. He also talks about some of the rules he and his family have to help them remain human and reduce the time they spend on screens. 

[43:15] Ken asks, “As professionals in this industry, what can we do? To not help hurt the situation, but improve the situation? How do we put boundaries on what we do to be part of the solution and not the problem and still do business?”

[43:58] Bob discusses the importance of giving a genuine experience to your customers that is human and natural that doesn’t exploit their weaknesses through technology. 

[45:35] Ken entertains the idea of, “Putting reasonable limits on the unlimited. Put even limits on E commerce. I was thinking in my head, like, what if we shut down websites at 9pm? Like should websites close?”

[49:40] Bob wraps up by informing listeners that they can purchase Our Digital Soul on Amazon for fifteen dollars. “We're the number one release in the psychology section for about a week and a half. It's called Our Digital Soul: Collective Anxiety, Media Trauma and a Path Toward Recovery. You can go to our digital soul.com If you want to know more, or you can just search it up on Amazon.”

Ep 121: What is media trauma?16 Dec 202200:52:15

Subtitle:

Media trauma. Sounds scary… but (our own) Bob Hutchins and Jenny Black’s new book, Our Digital Soul helps to, “guide you through the overwhelming maze of modern life to the life you really want, as it takes a hard look at the impacts of digital media and the trauma that results for all ages and every generation. Backed by research and experience, Black and Hutchins share their own personal journeys as well as those of their clients to explore a path where we can recover and thrive alongside our digital reality.” We dive deep on Bob’s new book, trauma bonds, technology, social media, small-t trauma, and more on this insightful episode. 

 

Summary:

What is media trauma? In order to understand what media trauma is, we first need to acknowledge that all technology is an extension of us. Because of this it impacts and changes who we are physiologically, psychologically, emotionally, and as a community. The magnitude of this impact is partially due to the imbalance of our brains and our technology. While our technology has continued to advance, our brains have stayed the same. This imbalance can lead to overwhelming amounts of small-t traumas. Small t-traumas are things such as a breakup, the death of a pet, losing a job, getting bullied, or being rejected by a friend group. These social small t-traumas happen even more online, that compound upon each other, causing media trauma. All trauma is created through trauma bonds and trauma bonds are defined as “emotional bonds with an individual that arise from a recurring cyclical pattern of abuse, perpetuated by intermittent reinforcement through rewards and punishment.” If we changed the word “individual” into “technology” would that statement not define our relationship with technology? In order to heal from media trauma, we must become aware of it, educate ourselves and others on the magnitude of media trauma, and begin to exercise self discipline. We will dive even further into Bob Hutchins and Jenny Black’s book, Our Digital Soul in the next episode; you definitely won’t want to miss it! We also highly encourage you to check out their book on Amazon or ourdigitalsoul.com and let us know your thoughts or questions in the comments below. 

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  • All technology is an extension of us. Though technology can be a very broad term it could include things that are considered commonplace along with computer and internet based inventions. Consider this; an airplane is an extension of our feet and a shovel is an extension of our arms. With this kind of perspective, computers could be considered extensions of our brain and the internet an extension of our nervous system. This understanding helps lay the foundation for comprehending media trauma and the magnitude of its impact. “If it's an extension of us, then it fundamentally changes us. Physiologically, psychologically, and as communities…”
  • We have godlike technology. Bob has mentioned this quote before, “The problem with humanity is we have Paleolithic brains, medieval institutions and godlike technology”. Due to this unique combination, this can lead to overwhelming amounts of small-t traumas because of the imbalance between us and our technology.
  • Media trauma is real. We’ve all experienced feeling left out, and this feeling along with others is magnified and multiplied by social media, creating repeating small-t traumas that compound upon one another. Bob defines trauma bonds as relating to an abusive relationship with a spouse, and changes “someone” into “technology”, as a stark description of our relationship with technology. He doesn’t make this comparison lightly. Trauma bonds, or emotional bonds, with a device or a technology that arise from recurring cyclical patterns of abuse, perpetuated by inner intermittent reinforcement, through rewards and punishment.”

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:32] Bob opens this week’s episode with a chat about what the guys have been up to recently.

[5:47] Bob talks about his book that was just released, “Our digital soul: collective anxiety, media trauma and a path toward recovery”.

[8:47] Bob begins a discussion about technology and its impact on society and says that,  “good marketing is Psychology and math.” “it's getting people to respond and engage and then measuring and scaling it”.

[16:06] Bob talks about the difference between video games and cell phone time/social media/work and how they impact your brain differently. 

[17:16] Bob breaks down how all technology is simply an extension of us as humans.

“Every new technology is an extension of us. if you think of the wheel, it was an extension of our feet, right? We have to frame it that way, versus it's just a tool, and it's separate from me, no technology is ever separate from us…If it's an extension of us, then it fundamentally changes us. Physiologically, psychologically, and as communities… What is the computer and the cell phone an extension of? It's an extension of our brains. So what then is the internet? It's a further extension of our brains, and I would argue it's an extension of our nervous systems.”

[21:57] Brad adds that it can often be very easy to be overwhelmed with the high amounts of information with emotional ties that enter our brain every day.

[23:06] Bob talks about a quote from a biologist, EO Wilson, “the problem with humanity's we have Paleolithic brains, medieval institutions and godlike technology.”, adding that, “you can't plug a Paleolithic brain and expect it to keep up with godlike technology.”

[24:25] Brad asks Bob if he believes that AI will be able to regulate the amount of information and stimulation we receive to healthier levels.  

[26:54] Bob defines media trauma, “small-t” traumas, and dives into some of the side effects (or “small-t’s”) of screen life. “We define media trauma as experiences through media, and personal devices that hinder or harm our capacity to be mentally whole.”

[32:22] Ken discusses how according to Dr. Andrew Huberman, “the frequency of dopamine hits that we get daily is the number one societal problem because because they're their weight, they're way more frequent than they ever have been in history.”

[34:29] Bob dives deep into an explanation of his and Jenny Black’s book, discussing how the internet compounds small-t traumas, three of the five symptoms that indicate that you have media trauma, and breaks down trauma bonds. “That's something called a trauma bond. Now I want to read the definition, and then I'm going to change one word. Trauma bonds are emotional bonds with an individual that arise from a recurring cyclical pattern of abuse, perpetuated by intermittent reinforcement through rewards and punishment.  But let me change one word. Trauma bonds, or emotional bonds, with a device or a technology that arise from recurring cyclical patterns of abuse, perpetuated by inner intermittent reinforcement, through rewards and punishment.”

[42:58] Ken asks whether we as a society can exercise our discipline muscle now that we know the true impact of technology on our lives. 

[44:36] Bob talks about the importance of self awareness, education, and collective intervention in order to, “retrofit this crazy godlike technology to our paleolithic brains.”

[48:03] Ken asks what the audience should take away from this, and why should they read this book?  

[49:09] Bob says that, “mental health and wellness professionals. We want to get it in the hands of all of them. So hopefully it's accessible to everyone. But it is chock full of studies and data and information that could make an impact.”

[49:58] Bob says that you can buy Our Digital Soul on amazon.com or at ourdigitalsoul.com. 

[50:29] Bob talks about some of the topics for the next episode. “What are some things that you can do to heal? What are you addicted to? One of the indicators is, what's the first thing that comes to your mind when you open your eyes in the morning you wake up?”

 

Ep 120: How to close more business18 Nov 202200:49:44

Subtitle:

The goal of all businesses is to make profit, and that’s only possible if you’re able to consistently close business at a profitable rate. So the question is, how do you close more contracts? In today’s episode, we break down the process of funneling clients, and some key steps to produce the most success and increase your close rate. We talk about investing, communication, Mark Cuban, money, and more on this week’s episode!

 

Summary:

On today’s episode we explore strategies to close more business. In order to figure out how to increase your closing rate, first you have to analyze how you get clients there and how your funnel works. Once you’ve identified the steps and processes your business uses to close contracts and work with clients, then you can work on improving your processes and systems. In the inquiry phase, the top of the funnel, we’ve learned through our experience that asking questions is key to moving forward with clients. Some of the most helpful questions that you can ask are “Why now?, Why us?, and What would a successful project or result look like for you?”. These questions can help you identify the timeline, scope, and budget of the project as well as set clear expectations. We’ve also learned that having the client make a small investment with your business is key. This investment should ultimately leave them with a high amount of valuable information about their company and what all needs to be done to reach their goals for the project. This can help eliminate competition and give you a real sense of the project as well as give the client confidence to move forward with the project. The key in all of these things is communication. Oftentimes in life, people are disappointed because of unrealistic or unmet expectations. In order to prevent this disappointment and conflict, communication is vital. Be honest with what your company needs to uphold your standards of work as well as who you are and what you are able to do. It all boils down to money and if they feel like they are receiving a high quality product. In the end, money isn’t what we care about, it’s what that money can buy or do for us.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  • Ask the ‘why’ questions. When businesses are in the inquiry phase, it’s important to gather information about the client and their company, the project they want done, the scope, their budget, and the timeline. Three excellent questions to ask to fully understand these details are the “why questions”. “ Why now? Why us? What would the things be that make it a win?”  These questions can help your business move forward with clear direction.
  • Build in a “small investment” step. One step in the closing process that has helped Ken and his business boost their closing rate is the “small investment” step. This step allows clients to feel like they are investing a small amount of money to understand the problem they need to solve as well as the ways it can be solved. It eliminates the risk factor, and if done correctly, can eliminate your competitors, increasing your close rate. “It allows them to test the waters with you at very low cost.”
  • Communicate expectations and capabilities clearly. One of the most important skills in all business and in life in general is communication. Without communication, people can feel disconnected, excluded, out of the loop, shocked, and even angry. Lack of communication causes problems and can lose clients. Not only is communication with the client important, but so is communication with your team. Communication sets realistic goals and expectations and creates a healthy business relationship. “The key is to communicate to your potential client, this is who we are.”

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:47] Ken open’s this week’s episode by wishing Bob a happy birthday.   

[3:31] Ken begins a discussion about this week’s topic, sales, and how to improve your closing rate. “What are the logical stages that we go through that we want to track step to step?”

[4:36] Ken begins to break down the stages that his business, Metacake, goes through, starting at the beginning with initial inquiry. “We have some sort of initial call where we qualify them.”

[5:05] Ken discusses the three main questions he asks during the initial inquiry and how it helps him to understand the company and the potential project. “Why now? Why us? What would the things be that make it a win?”

[10:43] Bob talks about the importance of managing expectations. 

[14:07] Ken discusses the three main factors of a project and talks about a key psychology tactic that has helped his business boost their closing percentage. “In our philosophy there are like three factors to a project. They’re timeline, scope, and budget we've adjusted our pipeline a little bit, and one of the things that has helped us close the most is like putting into place some sort of small, very low cost, essentially strategy product that allows the clients to test the waters with you at very low cost.”

[20:07] Ken says that inserting this step, “develops trust, which builds in ownership to the solution. Also you kind of eliminate competition most of the time.”

[28:20] Ken talks about his goal with this product was to create a clear deliverable product that benefits the client, impresses them, and allows them to see what they actually need and how his business can deliver. 

[32:00] Ken discusses how helping the client visualize the solution to their problem has a magical effect; it helps them feel confident moving forward.

[34:25] Ken talks about how often price is thought of as equal to quality (higher price means higher quality), and because of this assumption, many people are willing to and even happy to pay a higher price. He also adds that, “no one really cares about money. We think we do, but we really care about the results of the money.”

[38:02] Brad makes the point that he and his team feel more at peace about certain projects when they know that they’re being paid enough to uphold their high standard. “We're happier internally when we know we have enough.”

[39:50] Ken adds on and says, “for projects where we haven't gotten paid enough, no one's happy.”

[42:11]  Brad analyzes the common belief that abundance means overpaid and how that isn’t true. “Abundance is enough.”

[43:30] Bob talks about a way to communicate your financial needs in a way that  is about serving the client and upholding the company’s standard.

[46:44] Brad closes by talking about Mark Cuban and his pharmaceutical business and how, “Mark knows his lane. He knows exactly what that business is going to be. The key is to communicate to your potential client, this is who we are.”

Ep 119: Be in the time maximization business04 Nov 202200:48:47

Subtitle:

We’ve all waited in line for long periods of time, either by choice or necessity. As businesses, we want to be the business consumers choose to wait in line for, but be aware of what people pay for. It’s all about time, gaining more time, achieving something faster, and enjoying the time they spend. To that end, every business is in the time maximization business. On today’s episode, we break down the importance of time, time management, customer service, being proactive, pursuing purpose and meaning, and more on this week’s episode!

 

Summary:

On today’s episode, Brad discusses a negative experience he had recently with the healthcare industry and how that’s helped him view customer service and time differently. One of the major lessons all businesses should take from Brad’s experience is customer service. No one likes waiting, and time is everyone’s most valuable asset. This is why customer service is so crucial. It’s also important to remember that your clients are, in a sense, your boss; you wouldn’t want to be disrespectful to or offend your boss. Because time is your most valuable asset, it’s important to manage it well. Whether it’s by blocking out chunks of your day on your calendar, having a checklist, or some other plan, figure out what works best for you to manage your time. Don’t waste your time; it’s limited and you can’t earn it back. This is way easier said than done, so one way to manage your time well is to not get sucked into reacting to and putting out the daily fires. Take a moment to assess the situation and then decide the level of urgency and if it’s an emergency and then go from there. Maybe have a time of day when you answer any of your team’s questions and understand the day’s squeaky wheels. Remember to pursue purpose and meaning over success and passion; those will come in time. In conclusion, maximizing your time and your customers’ time is the key to becoming the line they want and choose to wait in.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  • Customer service is a priority. Brad’s experience with the healthcare industry has many valuable lessons for all businesses to take away. One of the top lessons is that when customer service is overlooked, it can result in stressed employees, frustrated customers, and a loss of business. Although there are differences between a doctor’s office and an agency, this principle applies everywhere. Your clients are in some ways, your boss; treating them well is a priority. “If every business ran the way a health care hospital or doctor's office runs, most businesses will be out of business.”
  • Time is your most valuable resource; manage it well. Although everything in the world may be screaming at you to earn money, or achieve success and fame, the one asset that cannot be earned and is often misspent every day is time. The reality is, our time on this earth is limited, so how do we want to spend it? Time management is one of the most important skills a person can ever develop, and it is crucial for agency owners. Don’t make the mistake of underestimating the value of time and time management. “Of all the resources, time is the only one you can't get back.”
  • Be the thermostat, not the thermometer. As we all know, time management is important, and most people have methods of planning and staying on top of their schedules and tasks, but we all have a million things that pop up every day that demand our attention. When this happens, it’s important to do a quick assessment of the situation and determine if it’s a real emergency. Be proactive and prepared to deal with these situations and determine how you and your team need to spend your time, otherwise you’ll spend all your time being a firefighter. “Be the thermostat, not the thermometer.”

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:31] Bob opens this week’s episode with a discussion about production.

[2:48] Bob introduces the topic for this episode, time management and lessons to learn from the healthcare industry.

[3:16] Brad talks about productivity and how he spends his time along with his struggles with time management.

[6:47] Brad breaks down his recent experience with the healthcare industry and launches a discussion about the lessons all businesses should take from this experience. “There are two things that will bring people back to their health care providers. Number one is empathy, and number two is time.”

[9:17] Ken says that, “if every business ran the way a health care hospital or doctor's office runs, most businesses will be out of business.”

[11:11] Brad elaborates on his challenges with his recent experience and talks about his empathy for the dentist as well as his shared struggles. “I struggle with the same thing. I struggle with trying to run a business and also making sure our clients are satisfied and feeling like they’re serviced.”

[12:52] Bob talks about some of the lessons to be learned from this experience as well as the shift the healthcare industry is having and the allowances that need to be made because of this shift. 

[17:17] Ken talks about the value of time and how it is often overlooked as the most valuable resource. 

[18:37] Ken says that it’s important to recognize your superpower and to leverage it so that people would want and choose to wait in line for you and your business.

[23:03] Ken talks about the three things a business can do to earn other people’s time. “If you can determine what the problem is, be really really good at solving that problem, and become famous for that problem, you can have a line out your door.”

[27:20] Brad discusses how this experience has impacted how he views customer service and interactions.

[28:37] Brad asks the guys how they manage their time and avoid getting sucked into putting out fires all day. 

[29:05] Bob talks about how he uses task lists to motivate him and manage his time

[32:29] Ken says that he is in between Brad and Bob and that he believes, “no matter what your personality is, in order to get something done, you need to focus on it. In order to focus, you need to develop the discipline muscle to not chase squeaky wheels. I do this with my customer in mind. I look at it as, okay, I'm going to decide if this is an emergency or not, not you. In order to have a successful, peaceful, well balanced agency or any service business, you need to take ownership of what you’re going to do and when.”

[34:04] Bob summarizes Ken’s thoughts on how he manages his time. “Be the thermostat, not the thermometer.”

[34:08] Ken talks about the importance of recognizing the process when measuring success by results. “You have to have the awareness of not just measuring success by the result, because the result may not be there.”

[40:01] Bob discusses the book, “The War of Art” by Steven Pressfield and how it relates to this discussion of productivity and time management in the business world.

[43:30] Bob wraps up by talking about the importance of pursuing purpose in order to find happiness, passion, and hopefully success. “Do not pursue success, but actually follow purpose. Don't pursue happiness, pursue purpose, and when you and when you pursue and are involved in purpose and meaning, passion will ensue.”

 

Ep 118: Remote vs In Office vs Hybrid... Which is best?21 Oct 202200:47:42

Subtitle:

*jeopardy countdown plays* “Which work environment is best: remote, in-office, or hybrid?” The answer to this question depends on what your goals, growth projections, team size, and personality are. There are pros and cons to all of these methods, and we unpack each of them as well as subleasing, mental health, office dogs, and more in this week’s episode!

 

Summary:

On this week’s episode, we talk about the pros and cons of remote, in office, and hybrid work. Remote working makes it possible for your employees to have a flexible schedule, travel, and prioritize time with family and friends. In office working provides human connection, team camaraderie, and the potential for higher productivity. Hybrid work environments are a mix of both of these; a happy medium. Any of these methods could work well for your agency, but hybrid seems to be the most optimal. We dive deep on what elements are important to have in an office to create a healthy place where your employees can grow and thrive creatively while being productive. We also explore what the workforce will look like and want in five years as well as the importance of having a holistic perspective for your business. All of these things depend on the goals you have for your business, the size of your team, your personality, and your dreams and desires.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  • Hybrid offers flexibility and human connection. There are many pros and cons to remote and in office work environments. The beauty of a hybrid workplace is that it combines the positive traits of both of the other methods. Human connection and flexible schedules are important for mental health, and a mentally healthy employee is a happy, productive, and creative employee. While hybrid offers a happy medium, any of these methods could work for you and your business; that’s the beauty of running your own agency! “The hybrid model seems to be the most optimal of all the studies. You can get that team creativity and workflow and face to face, which is really important, but you also get the freedom.”
  • Future growth and goals for the business as well as team size and personalities impact what work environment would work best for you and your agency. If you are extroverted like Brad, quarantine may have been a challenge and had a negative impact on you and your work. Others who are introverted thrived during quarantine and work best remotely. The future goals for your business, the size of your team, and the personalities of your employees influence what kind of work would be best for your business. “Five years down the road, you have to move into offices. You may stay partially remote, maybe not, you never know. What kind of stuff would you need for sure at that office for your employees to thrive there?”
  • Have a holistic view of your business. Due to the pandemic, the business world has become more aware of the importance of creating a healthy work environment where employees can thrive and grow creatively while being productive. It’s important to take these elements into consideration when deciding what works best for your business. “I think in order to make a really good, creative, productive, healthy environment, we as business owners have to think beyond just the square footage, desks, and computers.”

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:42] Ken opens this week’s episode by chatting with the guys about the interview with Rogan and Zuckerburg, technology, social media, and mental health.

[5:08] Ken talks about how humans struggle with addictions to technology and how wisdom and restraint will become increasingly necessary as technology advances.

[10:20] Bob discusses how there are many different ways to run your business as a result of the pandemic. “It's an interesting time, because while there's so many agency owners that have gotten rid of office space altogether, there's some that are going back to the office. And most are doing some sort of hybrid. There's pros and cons to all of those.”

[13:38] Ken talks about the net positive and net negative effects of hybrid and remote work. He also discusses convenience and how often, “as you grow, you learn that convenience is not necessarily serving you.”

[16:35] Bob discusses some of the benefits of a hybrid work environment. “The hybrid model seems to be the most optimal of all the studies. You can get that team creativity and workflow and face to face, which is really important, but you also get the freedom.”

[18:00] Bob says that the best work environment depends on your desires, personality, and management style.

[21:25] Brad asks the guys, “Five years down the road, you have to move into offices. You may stay partially remote, maybe not, you never know. What kind of stuff would you need for sure at that office for your employees to thrive there?”

[22:48] Bob answers Brad’s question and discusses the importance of team size, growth projections, and what the goal of the space is.

[24:42] Brad talks about the possibility of purchasing extra office space and leasing it out until his company needs that space.

[27:23] Ken talks about defining the vision and future goals for the business, size and the cost associated with it, and subleasing.

[30:04] Brad discusses the benefits of subleasing as well as the idea of purchasing and owning a space. “We could have 60% of the office, and then sublease 40%, which actually helps us subsidize our own fees and rent. I also like that there's people, even if they don't work for us, with different ideas and different backgrounds.”

[31:27] Brad talks the guys through a few of the things he’s taking into consideration as he plans for his company’s new office space.

[33:12] Bob asks the guys, “five years from now, what's the workforce going to look like?”, igniting a discussion about what a workplace should look like and how it can become a place your employees want to work.

[35:55] Ken elaborates on what he believes is the ideal work space. “Ideally, people come here because that's the best place for them to work. And they deal with some frictions in life, because it's worth it. You've got everything you need to do a really good, productive day of work that you believe is better than in your bedroom. How do we make this the best place in my employees’ mind?”

[38:54] Bob talks about the importance of taking a more holistic approach to business.

[41:35] Ken closes with a chat about office dogs and says that he tells his kids, “If you want a dog, pray that God changes my heart. Because I can't take a dog right now.”

Ep 135: More rest, more value, more profit = better life15 Sep 202300:50:10

Subtitle: 

Dive into a world where business insights blend with the rhythm of excellence, as we unpack the essence of the "Messi Effect." Just as a catchy jingle sticks in your mind, on today’s episode, we explore how aligning strengths and impeccable timing can revolutionize success. Join the guys as they discuss how to simplify the complex, fine-tune your abilities, and conduct your own symphony of achievement. 

 

Summary:

In this week's episode, the guys talk about their summer experiences, rest, value, profit, simplicity, and more. Ken shares his family's annual trip to upstate New York, emphasizing the significance of establishing deep familial connections in the Adirondacks. Brad delves into his newfound intentional rhythm for managing tasks and avoiding feeling overwhelmed. Bob describes his Florida vacation and the highlight of his summer – witnessing Lionel Messi's debut in MLS. He extrapolates important life and business lessons from Messi's approach, highlighting the value of understanding one's strengths, staying focused, and delivering when the time is right. The discussion shifts to business matters. Ken outlines positive changes his business has made, underlining the importance of proper pricing and recommending reframing the term "agency" to bring about transformative shifts. Ken introduces a tool called Harpa for analyzing longer texts and segues into the "Messi Effect," advising businesses to focus on their core strengths and remain within their expertise. The conversation touches on the tendency to overlook simple solutions and the value of practicing intentional simplicity. Brad observes that relentless busyness doesn't necessarily drive business growth, while Bob introduces the effort justification bias as it relates to focusing on strengths. Brad advocates for setting aside personal time to enhance creative flow and cognitive capabilities. Bob concludes the episode by stressing the need to balance and nurture both sides of the brain, preventing burnout and cognitive overload by renewing, resting, and reviving mental capacities.

 

Top 3 Curtain Pulls in this episode: 

 

  1. Maximize the Messi Effect. By concentrating on unique strengths, mastering expertise, and delivering value strategically, you can achieve remarkable results. This approach prioritizes focus over dispersion, encouraging alignment with core competencies and seizing timely opportunities for impactful outcomes. “He knows his lane. He knows what he's good at. And he doesn't try to be anything. But when it’s time for him to stand up, he delivers. He doesn't try to be all things and doesn't try to defend. His timing is impeccable. He's always passing, he's unselfish.”

  2. Seek out the simple. In the realm of business, valuing simplicity is a potent yet often overlooked strategy. Embracing simplicity cuts through the noise, unveiling efficient solutions. “It took me a long time to realize that we as humans are conditioned to think that the simple solution is not the right solution…The thing that you are really good at, just do a lot of that thing. So don't jump to the other side.”

  3. Create a rhythm to optimize your abilities. Establishing a consistent routine enhances efficiency and minimizes overwhelm. By aligning actions with energy levels, you unlock cognitive and creative potential. This rhythm becomes a reliable guide, smoothing the path to your goals. Take time to rest, enjoy nature, and use the other half of your brain. “In the creative space, the flow is what gets your juices going, but you have to shut everything out. Allow your brain to maximize its capability. It's soothing and healing.”

 

For more tips, discussion, and behind the scenes:

 

About The Guys: 

Bob Hutchins: Founder of BuzzPlant, a digital agency that he ran from from 2000 -2017. He is also the author of 3 books. More on Bob: 

Brad Ayres: Founder of Anthem Republic, an award-winning ad agency. Brad’s knowledge has led some of the biggest brands in the world. Originally from Detroit, Brad is an OG in the ad agency world and has the wisdom and scars to prove it. Currently that knowledge is being applied to his boutique agency. More on Brad:

Ken Ott: Co-Founder and Chief Growth Rebel of Metacake, an Ecommerce Growth Team for some of the world’s most influential brands with a mission to Grow Brands That Matter. Ken is also an author, speaker, and was nominated for an Emmy for his acting on the Metacake Youtube Channel (not really). More on Ken: 

 

Show Notes:

[0:35] Brad opens this week’s episode with the idea that the guys should have a jingle for Agency Exposed.

[1:30] Bob asks the guys what they did this summer.

[2:00] Ken talks about his family’s trip to upstate New York to the Adirondacks and the value of putting down deep familial roots. “I've gone every year for my entire life. It's just a special place for us.”

[7:55] Brad tells the guys about his new 1980 Porsche and his trips up to Michigan.

[12:15] Brad also breaks down his new intentional rhythm he’s been creating over the summer. “I feel like this summer I have been able to kind of just create more of a rhythm and it's been really helpful…there's a point where you start feeling overwhelmed, and you really don't know why. You have to stop and take a look at your day and try to figure out how do I do what I need to do, but not feel overwhelmed when I'm doing it?”

[14:07] Bob talks about his vacations to Florida and his highlight of the summer, seeing Lionel Messi play his first MLS game. “There's just something amazing about watching people that are like the highest elite level of their game.”

[18:05] Bob breaks down some important life and business lessons he’s learned from Messi. “He knows his lane. He knows what He's good at. And he doesn't try to be anything. But when it’s time for him to stand up, he delivers. He doesn't try to be all things and doesn't try to defend. His timing is impeccable. He's always passing, he's unselfish.”

[19:44] Bob segues into a new topic by asking the guys about their businesses.

[19:57] Ken mentions some of the positive changes his business has made, the importance of pricing, and why you shouldn’t call yourself an agency. “Change the name to change the game.”

[23:35] Brad talks about AI, its explosive growth, and the potential for all businesses. 

[24:11] Bob adds that it’s important to, “stop yourself and go, what can I automate, and what can I make more efficient with this tool?”

[27:18] Ken tells the guys about Harpa, a tool he uses to analyze and understand longer or larger texts.

[29:50] Ken talks about “The Messi Effect”, and how to apply it to your business. “I think it comes down to like doing what you're really, really good at, and just staying in that lane.”

[33:51] Ken discusses the tendency to overlook the simple answer, and the importance of intentionally practicing simplicity. “It took me a long time to realize that we as humans are conditioned to think that the simple solution is not the right solution…The thing that you are really good at, just do a lot of that thing. So don't jump to the other side.”

[37:19] Brad adds on saying, “I've noticed that,I felt like in business that if I wasn't running hard, that wasn't moving the needle in my business. That never gets you anywhere.”

[39:36] Bob mentions an important psychological principle, effort justification bias, and relates it to pursuing the simple; focusing on your strengths and assets. 

[41:11] Ken talks about the importance of your time because it’s, “the most valuable thing in your life. And it's the only thing that you have to really leverage into doing something of worth or good.”

[46:51] Brad discusses the value in setting time aside for yourself to prepare and reset in order to maximize your brain’s capabilities. “In the creative space, the flow is what gets your juices going, but you have to shut everything out. Allow your brain to maximize its capability. It's soothing and healing.”

[47:57] Bob closes this week’s episode by talking about the importance of accessing both parts of the brain to prevent burnout or cognitive overload. “You have to renew it, and you have to rest it, and you have to revive it.”

© My Podcast Data